PDF

#1 - The Ancient Tradition - Ep. 1-10

From legends of clal hub - july 22 2026/Legends of Clal - Hub/The Ancient Tradition/#1 - The Ancient Tradition - Ep. 1-10.pdf · 2.0 MB · open the original file
Text pulled from the PDF. Layout and pictures are not shown; open the original to see the real page.

--- page 1 ---

Episode

#1

-

The

Ancient

Tradition

https://theancienttradition.com/1-the-ancient-tradition/

00:00

Music

00:06

You’re

listening

to

The

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Music

provided

by

Joseph

McDade.

He

is

your

host,

Dr.

Jack

Logan.

00:22

Welcome

to

the

Ancient

Tradition

podcast.

I’m

your

host,

Jack

Logan.

Jack

is

short

for

Jacqueline.

Since

this

is

the

inaugural

edition,

it’s

only

fitting

that

I

start

by

way

of

introduction

with

a

little

bit

of

background,

give

you

some

information

about

what

brought

this

podcast

to

fruition,

and

that

starts

way

back

in

the

mid-90s

when

I

was

thinking

a

lot

about

religion

and

spirituality.

So

I

started

reading

and

I

read

loads

and

loads

of

books.

00:50

And

that

included

things

from

academic

articles

to

scholarly

books.

And

I

even

dove

into

the

sacred

religious

writings

themselves.

And

I

tried

to

read

on

a

whole

array

of

religious

traditions.

And

this

included

the

ancient

Egyptian

religion,

the

Hellenistic

mystery

religions,

early

Christianity.

I

read

about

a

whole

bunch

of

Native

American

folk

religions.

I

just

tried

to

get

the

lay

of

the

religious

landscape.

And

the

more

and

more

I

read,

the

more

I

started

to

notice.

01:19

that

there

were

these

remarkable

similarities

between

these

apparently

different

religious

traditions.

And

this

is,

in

the

modern

world,

this

is

a

lot

how

these

religious

traditions

are

perceived

as

being

vastly

different

from

each

other.

But

as

I

was

reading,

I

was

getting

really

a

much

different

perception

of

the

world’s

religions.

Because

instead

of

being

vastly

different

from

each

other,

I

was

seeing

an

abundance

of

really

remarkable

similarities

and

correspondences

between

them.

--- page 2 ---

01:48

And

this

was

apparent

in

the

symbols

that

they

used,

the

cosmogonies,

which

are

ancient

creation

stories

about

how

the

world

came

to

be.

I

could

see

similarities

in

the

liturgies,

in

the

rituals,

especially

in

the

architecture.

I

mean,

really

just

everywhere.

And

it

was

in

these

books

that

these

similarities

were

being

pointed

out

by

reputable

scholars.

These

were

scholars

that

went

to

pretty

prestigious

universities.

02:16

they

were

the

ones

pointing

out

these

similarities.

And

they

came

from

a

kind

of

a

variety

of

backgrounds.

They

were

in

comparative

religion,

ancient

cosmology,

anthropology,

archeoastronomy,

just

kind

of

an

array.

And

so

these

were

not

wackadoodle

pseudo-scientists.

These

were

legitimate

academic

scholars,

which

just

made

what

they

had

to

say

ring

a

little

more

deeply.

Several

of

them

argued

that

02:44

the

evidence

was

so

abundant

and

profound

and

that

the

threads

between

the

religions

were

so

apparent

that

it

was

really

almost

incontrovertible

that

the

religions

of

today

were

descendants

of

some

common

source,

a

single

religious

tradition

that

originated

in

deep

antiquity.

Let

me

just

give

you

a

feel

for

some

of

what

they

wrote.

One

of

these

scholars

by

the

name

of

Lord

Raglan,

he’s

passed

away

now.

03:11

He

used

to

be

a

fellow

of

the

Royal

Anthropological

Institute

of

Great

Britain

in

Ireland.

And

he

wrote,

and

he’s

talking

here

about

the

similarities

in

religious

customs

that

he

saw.

He

says,

quote,

there

are

some

remarkable

customs

which

are

found

in

every

continent.

The

probability

is

that

these

customs

spread

over

the

world

from

one

center.

And

he

continues,

and

this

time

he’s

talking

about

similarities

that

he

sees

in

religious

rights.

He

says.

03:40

Quote,

these

rites

are

all

found

in

one

form

or

another

in

most

religions,

whether

ancient

or

modern,

savage

or

civilized.

Striking

resemblances,

for

example,

have

been

pointed

out

between

the

rituals

of

Roman

Catholicism,

Buddhism,

and

the

ancient

religion

of

Mexico.

It

seems

absurd

to

suppose

that

these

resemblances,

which

run

through

all

known

forms

of

ritual,

are

the

results

of

instinct

or

of

coincidence.

What

the

facts

suggest

is

that

04:10

--- page 3 ---

whatever

the

ultimate

origin

of

ritual,

all

extant

rituals

are

derived

from

a

single

ritual

system.

You

know,

I

was

reading

stuff

like

this

and

this

was

kind

of

blowing

my

mind

a

little

bit.

They

were

arguing

that

in

deep

antiquity

was

this

original

religion

from

which

all

of

the

religions

of

today

sprung.

Here

is

another

one

of

these

scholars.

His

name

is

René

Gounon

and

he

was

a

French

intellectual.

He

notes

a

lot

of

correspondences

in

04:38

particularly

in

initiation

rites

and

he

wrote

quote,

from

all

of

the

comparisons

brought

forward,

we

can

already

draw

a

conclusion.

When

one

finds

such

concordances

everywhere,

is

this

not

more

than

a

mere

indication

of

the

existence

of

a

pre-mordial

tradition?

Primordial

means

in

the

beginning

or

from

the

start.

He

continues,

there

is

but

one

unique

tradition.

05:06

from

which

every

orthodox

traditional

form

is

derived.

A

little

more

contemporary

scholar

by

the

name

of

Mercea

Eliade,

he

has

passed

away

now

and

I’m

gonna

definitely

talk

about

him

more

in

just

a

minute,

but

he

wrote,

quote,

“‘Continuous

reading

reveals

above

all

the

fundamental

unity

of

religious

phenomena.'”

And

I’ve

definitely

seen

that.

The

more

and

more

I

read,

the

more

and

more

I’m

seeing

it

just

everywhere

because

you

know

what

you’re

seeing

now.

05:33

You’ll

just

glaze

over

it

if

you’re

reading

and

being

like,

I

don’t

know

why

there’s

a

bird

on

a

pole.

But

once

you

realize

that

this

bird

on

this

pole

is

everywhere,

you

start

to

see

it

everywhere.

A

more

contemporary

scholar

than

even

Merced

Eliade,

a

gentleman

by

the

name

of

Marinus

van

der

Sluis.

He’s

probably

younger

than

I

am,

but

he’s

a

scholar

out

of

the

Netherlands.

And

he

did

a

lot

of

his

research

on

cosmological

traditions,

ancient

cosmological

traditions.

06:01

And

he

noticed

that

there

was

just

a

lot

of

consistencies

all

over

the

world

in

these

cosmologies.

He

writes,

quote,

It

emerges

that

practically

all

cultures

sustain

surprisingly

similar

notions

about

the

origin,

the

Constitution

and

the

destiny

of

the

cosmos.

A

single

template

can

be

distilled,

a

story

told

around

the

globe.

So

I’m

reading

books

and

I’m

reading.

06:27

--- page 4 ---

quotes

just

like

that.

And

this

is

entirely

new

to

me.

I

had

no

idea

that

there

was

evidence

and

an

abundance

of

it

that

pointed

to

a

single,

unique

religious

tradition

and

deep

antiquity.

I

had

to

know

more.

So

for

the

past

couple

of

decades,

I’ve

tried

to

make

a

very

serious

study

of

it.

And

it’s

turned

out

to

be

this

unbelievable

ride.

It’s

been

a

great

adventure.

And

even

though

I’m

still

deep

into

the

books,

I’ve

got

a

stack

right

next

to

me

lined

up,

ready

to

be

read.

06:58

This

was

never

an

academic

pursuit

for

me.

It

always

was

and

it

continues

to

be

a

spiritual

one.

You

know,

I

kind

of

thought

about

this

in

terms

of

the

telephone

game.

I

don’t

know

if

you’ve

ever

played

the

telephone

game,

but

if

you

haven’t,

it’s

a

pretty

fun

game.

But

basically

what

happens

is

somebody

starts

with

a

message

and

then

they

relay

that

message

to

the

ear

of

the

person

next

to

them.

And

it’s

passed

down

the

line

from

person

to

person

to

person.

And

as

the

message

is

passed

from

person

to

person,

07:26

the

original

message

gets

skewed

or

altered.

And

sometimes

there’s

a

player

who

just

intentionally

corrupts

the

message

just

for

fun.

But

when

the

game

is

finished,

then

the

last

person

who

received

the

message

recites

it

back

to

the

entire

group.

And

then

it’s

compared

to

the

original

message.

And

the

differences

between

those

messages,

people

usually

laugh

because

it’s

a

pretty,

pretty

funny

change

from

the

original

to

the

last.

So

for

example,

the

original

message

may

have

been

something

like

a

dog

named

Moose.

07:56

ran

loose

through

the

spruce

forest,

chasing

a

goose.

But

after

it’s

been

passed

through

the

group,

it

might

end

up

something

like

a

goose

and

a

moose

chased

a

dog

up

a

spruce.

So

through

the

process

of

passing

the

message

down

from

person

to

person,

elements

of

the

original

message

are

lost

or

altered.

But

other

elements

remain

stubbornly

intact,

and

that’s

where

the

magic

is

there.

08:24

there

seems

to

be

threads

of

the

original

message

that

usually

remain.

So

like

in

the

example

I

just

gave

you,

you’ve

got

a

goose

and

a

moose

and

a

dog

and

a

spruce,

it

kind

of

gets

jumbled

up

a

little

bit,

but

those

features

of

it,

the

goose

and

the

moose

and

the

dog

and

the

spruce

stay

stubbornly

intact.

So

I

wondered

from

a

religious

perspective,

if

I

could

kind

of.

08:47

--- page 5 ---

take

the

telephone

game

and

work

it

in

reverse.

I

could

start

with

the

elements

that

stayed

stubbornly

intact

and

work

kind

of

my

way

backwards.

If

I

could,

then

I

just

might

be

able

to

reconstruct

the

world’s

original

pure

theology.

The

idea

was

that,

you

know,

kind

of

the

farther

back

I

went,

the

closer

I

would

get

to

the

original

doctrines.

And

so

this

was

really

a

search

for

the

untainted

09:17

uncorrupted,

unpolluted

original

religious

doctrine

or

theology

that

had

been

imparted

to

human

beings.

And

so

at

its

core

it

really

was

a

study

as

a

way

to

search

for

truth

or

spiritual

truth.

I

hoped

I’d

learn

by

reconstructing

the

ancient

theology

the

answers

to

a

lot

of

really

important

questions.

And

what’s

interesting

is

that

there

are

loads

and

loads

of

books

out

there

but

there

isn’t

a

single

one

that

I

could

find

that

puts

it

all

together.

09:47

into

one

comprehensive

understanding

of

what

this

ancient

tradition

was

characterized

by.

What

did

it

look

like?

So

that’s

what

I’m

going

to

attempt

to

do

in

this

podcast

is

put

the

pieces

together

and

create

kind

of

more

of

a

comprehensive

view

of

it.

Hopefully

it

will

answer.

Well,

it

will

because

I

already

know

what’s

coming

ahead.

It

will

provide

a

lot

of

answers

for

the

really

important

questions

like

who

is

God?

What

is

God

like?

10:17

What

was

taught

in

this

tradition?

What

was

the

basic

theology?

How

did

they

teach

the

theology

or

impart

it

to

others?

Why

do

human

beings

even

need

religion?

Which

I

think

is

a

great

question.

And

was

that

original

tradition

an

organized

religion?

If

not,

okay,

but

if

it

was,

how

was

it

structured?

How

does

it

explain

the

purpose

of

this

earthly

experience?

10:46

What

happens

after

we

die?

So

there’s

some

really

profound

existential

questions

that

should

be

addressed

by

the

ancient

tradition.

And

I

don’t

wanna

like

give

all

of

it

away,

but

it

will

answer

every

single

one

of

those

questions.

And

what’s

really

neat

is

that

individual

parts

converge

into

this

beautiful

unity

and

kind

of

wholeness

that

you

would

just

not

expect

unless

there

was

something

true

about

it.

So

if

I’m

gonna

take

this

approach

seriously,

I’d

have

to

set

aside

11:16

--- page 6 ---

any

of

the

preconceived

religious

or

spiritual

or

theological

notions

should

just

go

with

where

the

stubbornly

intact

bits

and

elements

led.

And

that’s

not

easy

to

do.

And

I

recognize

it’s

not

an

easy

thing

to

do,

especially

if

one

has

been

raised

in

a

particular

religious

tradition.

But

this

is

going

to

be

the

only

way

that

I’d

be

able

to

attempt

a

reconstruction

of

the

pure

religious

tradition

of

the

ancients,

which

I

refer

to

in

this

podcast

as

the

ancient

tradition.

11:45

And

what

I

didn’t

know

then,

but

I

know

now,

is

that

this

was

gonna

turn

into

just

an

amazing

adventure,

an

adventure

of

a

lifetime.

And

I’m

constantly

surprised.

In

fact,

just

this

morning,

I

read

a

Japanese

myth

that

knocked

my

socks

off

because

of

how

well

it

preserved

in

Japanese

cultural

terms,

key

elements

of

the

ancient

tradition.

And

I’m

constantly

surprised

and

enlightened.

It’s

been

an

amazingly

fun

ride,

meaningful,

very

fulfilling.

12:13

before

my

study,

I’d

never

heard

any

of

this.

And

almost

everyone

I

talked

to

had

never

heard

of

any

of

this

before

too.

I

just

don’t

know

how

this

is,

you

know,

we’re

in

2022,

23.

And

I

thought,

what

if

I

put

it

into

a

podcast

and

shared

with

others

what

I

found?

You

know,

this

would

at

least

force

me

to

organize

my

thoughts

and

put

together

an

outline

of

the

ideas.

And

these

were

things

I’d

been

thinking

about

for

many

years.

I

also

felt

that

this

podcast

might

be

a

worthwhile

12:43

venture

because

I

was

thinking

about

the

world

that

we

live

in

and

man

you

look

outside

and

it

just

feels

like

that

there

is

chaos

and

confusion

in

abundance.

You

know

there’s

no

other

way

to

say

it

but

that

this

is

a

challenging

spiritual

environment

to

live

in.

It

seems

that

for

many

the

world

is

a

spiritual

wilderness.

People

don’t

know

where

to

look

and

they

especially

don’t

know

what

to

believe.

All

they

know

is

that

they

don’t

feel

whole.

13:11

and

they

feel

like

something

is

missing.

So

I

thought

a

podcast

would

be

an

excellent

way

to

share

that

exciting

evidence,

and

for

me,

mind

boggling

evidence

of

this

pure

ancient

religious

tradition,

along

with

its

theological

tenants.

So

those

who

are

searching

can

see

for

themselves.

I

hope

it

might

provide

a

few

answers

for

those

who

are

searching,

or

at

least

point

you

or

them

in

the

right

direction.

--- page 7 ---

13:38

The

ancient

tradition

is

theologically

rich.

It

provides

answers

for

all

of

the

fundamental

existential

questions

a

human

being

could

ask.

Like

I

mentioned

earlier,

this

has

never

been

an

academic

pursuit

for

me.

It’s

always

been

a

spiritual

pursuit.

My

research

has

been

a

search

for

evidence

of

spiritual

truths.

I

believed

that

if

there

was

a

purpose

to

this

earthly

existence,

then

God

at

some

point

would

have

to

have

given

those

spiritual

truths

to

human

beings.

14:07

Or

how

else

would

we

human

beings

have

ever

known

if

there

was

a

God

or

what

was

true

or

not

and

what

the

purpose

of

this

whole

earthly

experience

was.

And

in

the

process

of

reading,

I

came

across

a

remarkable

scholar,

a

gentleman

by

the

name

of

Marcia

Eliade,

who

I

quoted

earlier.

And

I

didn’t

know

it

at

the

time,

but

I

would

later

find

out

that

Eliade,

before

he

passed

away,

he

was

actually

the

chair

of

the

Department

of

History

of

Religions

at

the

University

of

Chicago.

And

I

found

out

that

he

was

14:36

actually

quite

famous

in

many

academic

circles.

He

was

known

as

one

of,

if

not

the

foremost

scholar

of

comparative

religion

in

the

world.

And

after

his

death,

the

University

of

Chicago

established

the

Marcella

Eliade

Chair

in

the

history

of

religions

as

a

way

to

honor

his

many

contributions

to

the

field.

And

he’s

written

a

lot

of

books.

He’s

written

many,

many

books,

all

of

which,

every

single

one

of

them,

in

my

opinion,

are

worth

reading.

And

many

of

them

will

play

a

really

important

role

15:06

in

helping

establish

the

ancient

tradition.

This

podcast

has

a

companion

website

called

theancienttradition.com.

And

if

you

visit

theancienttradition.com

and

you

wanna

learn

more

about

Eliade,

you

can

go

to

the

menu

and

search

under

scholars.

And

there

I

have

a

list

of

all

of

the

noteworthy

scholars

that

I

recommend

reading

for

those

who

are

interested

in

pursuing

more,

and

you’ll

find

Eliade

there.

But

while

I

was

reading

one

of

Eliade’s

books,

15:33

a

book

titled,

Rights

and

Symbols

of

Initiations.

I

came

across

this

amazing

account

of

Aboriginal

peoples

or

Aboriginal

tribes

in

New

South

Wales,

Australia.

So

like

if

you

looked

at

a

map

of

Australia,

and

actually

it’s

on

the

website,

you’ll

see

it

there,

in

the

southeastern

--- page 8 ---

corner,

that’s

referred

to

as

New

South

Wales,

and

above

that

is

Queensland.

And

so

we’re

kind

of

in

that

region

of

Australia.

I’m

reading

this

story

about

them,

and

they

claimed

that-

16:02

The

rituals

that

they

performed

in

their

sacred

ceremonies

were

the

same

rituals

that

had

been

given

to

the

first

ancestors

in

the

beginning.

So

in

these

legends,

they

tell

how

Bayami,

now

Bayami

is

their

creator

god,

and

how

Bayami

after

the

creation

imparts

to

the

first

ancestors

a

religious

tradition.

And

this

is

a

religious

tradition

that’s

characterized

by

initiation

rites.

16:28

Byami,

the

creator

god,

explains

to

the

first

ancestors

that

these

sacred

rituals

were

to

be

performed

only

in

a

sacred

place

on

sacred

ground.

And

this

sacred

ground,

along

with

those

sacred

rituals,

were

known

among

Australian

Aboriginals

as

the

Bora,

B-O-R-A.

A

gentleman

by

the

name

of

Robert

Matthews,

he’s

a

specialist

in

Aboriginal

anthropology.

He

studied

a

lot

of

those

legends,

and

he

wrote

that

the

Bora

ground

itself

16:58

Byami’s

camp.

And

one

of

the

things

I

love

about

all

this

research

is

that

the

same

elements

or

concepts

or

themes

that

we

see

all

over

the

world

are

expressed

in

cultural

or

ethnic

terms.

And

so

Byami,

their

creator

God,

his

first

camp,

they

use

the

word

camp.

We

would

probably

never

use

the

word

camp,

but

since

Aboriginal

peoples

developed

camps

in

many

places,

they’re

referring

to

where

Byami’s

home

is

a

camp.

17:27

So

the

sacred

rituals

were

only

to

be

performed

in

Bayami’s

camp

or

where

Bayami,

the

creator

god,

dwelt,

which

was

a

very

sacred

place.

Today

we

might

refer

to

where

Bayami

dwelt

as

like

a

temple

where

the

god

dwells.

Eliade

wrote,

speaking

of

the

aboriginal

descendants

of

the

first

ancestors,

this

is

what

he

wrote,

quote,

this

is

to

say

that

the

participants

in

the

initiation

ceremony,

17:54

reactualized

the

mythical

period

in

which

the

Bora

was

held

for

the

first

time.

Not

only

does

the

sacred

ground

imitate

the

exemplary

mode,

Bayami’s

first

camp,

but

the

ritual

performed

reiterates

Bayami’s

gestures

and

acts.

During

the

Bora,

the

participants

returned

to

the

mythical

sacred

time

when

Bayami

was

present

on

earth

and

founded

the

mysteries

--- page 9 ---

that

are

now

being

performed.

The

participants

become,

in

some

sort,

contemporaries

of

the

first

18:24

Bora,

the

Bora

that

took

place

in

the

beginning,

in

the

dream

time

to

use

the

Australian

expression.

Wow,

I

found

this

account

really,

truly

amazing

because

here

are

Aboriginal

tribes

in

the

Australian

Outback

claiming

that

the

creator

imparted

a

rich,

pure

religious

tradition

to

human

beings

in

the

beginning.

Now

I

find

so

many

things

really

interesting

about

this

account.

First

is

the

timing.

18:53

So

when

the

ancient

tradition

was

imparted.

And

if

you

look

at

this,

according

to

these

tribes,

the

religious

tradition

was

imparted

in

the

beginning,

right

after

the

creation.

To

me,

this

makes

total

sense

because

if

there

are

absolute

spiritual

truths,

truths

that

we

human

beings

really

need,

truths

that

are

essential

to

whatever

purpose

we’re

here

for,

it

only

makes

sense

that

God

would

want

to

impart

those

truths

to

human

beings

from

the

very

start.

He

wouldn’t

want

to

wait.

19:21

like

thousands

and

thousands

of

years

leaving

millions

of

human

beings

in

the

dark.

So

if

there

are

absolute

spiritual

truths,

wouldn’t

God

want

human

beings

to

know

about

them

from

the

very

beginning?

So

to

me,

this

seemed

perfectly

logical.

But

the

timing

also

implies

something

about

the

truths

themselves,

that

the

truths

imparted

were

very,

very

important,

perhaps

essential.

You’re

not

you’re

just

you’re

nice

once

a

week

Sunday

sermons.

19:49

Timing

of

this

transmission

seems

to

imply

that

there

was

something

very

special

about

what

was

transmitted,

so

much

so

that

it

needed

to

be

given

to

human

beings

from

the

start,

almost

like

without

those

truths,

mankind

would

be

lost,

rudderless,

kind

of

like

adrift.

Second,

I

find

the

location

where

the

religious

tradition

was

imparted

to

be

significant.

Bayami,

the

creator

god,

imparts

the

religious

tradition

in

the

most

sacred

place

on

earth.

20:19

his

camp,

his

home,

the

place

where

he

resided

when

he

dwelt

on

earth

with

mankind

in

the

beginning.

So

this

suggests

that

what

was

imparted

was

of

the

utmost

sacred

nature.

Robert

Matthews,

the

anthropologist

I

just

mentioned

earlier,

points

out

that

the

tribes

went

to

--- page 10 ---

great

lengths

to

try

and

establish

a

sacred

space

in

which

they

could

perform

the

Bora

initiation

rites.

And

the

rites,

20:47

They

just

couldn’t

be

performed

just

anywhere.

They

could

only

be

performed

where

Bayami

dwelt,

which

was

the

holiest

place

on

earth.

And

if

you

go

to

the

ancienttradition.com

and

you

go

to

the

menu

and

you

click

on

evidence,

there

will

be

a

page

for

every

episode

of

this

podcast

where

you

can

look

more

in

depth

at

some

of

the

evidence

that

I

present.

21:11

So

you’ve

got

evidence

and

scroll

down

to

this

episode.

You’ll

actually

see

a

picture

there

of

Australia

and

you’ll

see

where

New

South

Wales

is,

but

you’ll

also

see

a

picture

of

Bayami.

There

is

a

Bayami’s

cave

and

you

can

see

some

of

the

Aboriginal

pictographs

of

Bayami.

And

you

can

also

see

a

picture

of

the

Mogul

Bora

Ring,

which

is

actually

just

north

of

New

South

Wales

in

Queensland.

And

it’s

a

sacred

site

where

the

Bora

from

the

first

time

was

reenacted.

So

you

can

see

an

actual

picture

of

what

a

Bora

looks

like,

where

they

created

that.

21:41

Third,

I

find

how

the

religious

tradition

was

transmitted

super

intriguing.

These

legends

describe

the

religious

tradition

imparted

in

the

beginning

as

a

set

of

rights,

of

initiation

rights,

and

there’s

just

really

no

way

to

get

around

this.

The

account

they

give

is

an

account

of

the

creator

performing

rituals

in

his

sacred

abode

with

the

first

ancestors.

The

creator

himself

22:09

imparts

the

religious

tradition

directly

through

sacred

rights.

And

so

if

God

performed

sacred

rights,

this

also

kind

of

implies

that

God

had

anthropomorphic

features,

which

are

like

a

mouth

by

which

he

could

speak

the

words

of

the

right,

and

arms

and

legs

by

which

he

could

perform

the

rights.

I’m

going

to

save

that

discussion

for

a

future

podcast,

but

it

sure

does

seem

to

imply

that.

The

fourth

thing

that

struck

me

was

22:37

who

transmitted

the

ancient

tradition.

Bayami,

the

creator,

dwelt

on

earth

in

the

beginning

with

the

first

ancestors.

This

is

fascinating.

God

walks

and

talks

with

them.

They

talk

--- page 11 ---

together.

He

even

stays

long

enough

to

build

an

abode

or

a

place

or

a

home

where

he

can

reside

while

he

is

with

them.

And

while

he’s

there,

he

taught

the

first

ancestors

personally,

himself.

23:05

The

first

ancestors

received

the

ancient

religious

tradition

directly

from

God

himself

and

not

from

somebody

else.

They

received

that

ancient

tradition

directly

from

the

source

in

its

pure,

perfect

form.

So

if

you

combine

all

of

these

things

together,

the

timing,

which

was

in

the

very

beginning,

the

location,

which

was

in

Bayami’s

sacred

home,

the

holiest

place

on

earth,

and

the

manner

of

transmission,

23:35

through

sacred

rituals

and

initiation

rites,

and

fourth,

the

officiator

of

the

rite,

God

himself.

Basically

what

the

Australian

Aboriginals

are

claiming

is

that

God

gave

mankind

a

distinct

religious

tradition

in

the

very

beginning,

and

it

was

very

sacred.

23:58

Whenever

I

can,

I

like

to

let

the

ancient

peoples

speak

for

themselves

through

their

ancient

writings

or

texts

and

ancient

myths.

So

we’re

gonna

do

that

here.

We’ll

let

the

Aboriginal

peoples

speak

for

themselves.

This

comes

from

the

Asia

Pacific

Journal

of

Research,

the

full

citation

you

can

see

on

the

website,

but

this

is

what

it

says.

Byami

smiled

and

said,

when

I

show

myself

to

the

little

thing

I

have

created,

I

shall

be

well

content

to

show

myself

in

the

form

of

a

man.

24:26

Bayami

remained

for

a

long

while

on

earth

as

a

man.

He

loved

Taia,

the

world.

He

made

his

home

in

the

mountain,

talking

with

the

animals

and

the

men

and

women

whom

he

created.

There

was

communion

of

spirit

between

them

for

the

period

of

rest

after

the

labors

of

creation

were

a

refreshment

to

the

great

spirit.

Round

his

earthly

home,

the

flowers

bloomed

in

profusion.

The

first

korobori

and

initiation

ceremony

the

world

has

ever

known.

24:54

was

held

at

the

ceremonial

center,

the

place

of

trees,

while

Bayami

was

still

living

on

earth.

Bayami

summoned

the

men

and

addressed

them

as

he

stood

outside

his

whirly,

which

is

an

indigenous

shelter.

He

addressed

them,

it

is

good

for

you

to

enjoy

yourselves.

Now

the

--- page 12 ---

serious

business

must

begin.

The

real

purpose

of

our

meeting

together

in

this

place

is

to

prepare

the

young

men

for

manhood.

First,

you

must

make

a

Bora

ground.

25:22

There’s

so

much

I

love

about

this

account

given

by

the

Aboriginal

peoples

of

Australia.

I

especially

really

like

their

description

of

Bayami’s

home

and

there’s

flowers

blooming

everywhere

in

perfusion.

I

can

just

envision

that.

I

can

see

that

with

my

own

eyes

and

my

imagination.

There’s

also

a

warmth

that’s

kind

of

woven

through

the

whole

account.

This

beautiful

relationship

between

Bayami

and

the

first

ancestors,

especially

the

beginning

where

they

say,

25:50

Byami

smiled.

That’s

the

first

thing

that

they

tell

us

about

Byami

is

that

he’s

smiling

at

them

and

that

he

must

have

enjoyed

being

with

the

first

ancestors

because

he

hangs

out

with

them

for

a

long

time,

walks

with

them

and

talks

with

them,

they

communicate

together.

He

shares

that

time

with

them

and

then

he

teaches

them

these

really

important

sacred

truths.

I

just

love

this

feeling

I

get

from

this

account

of

how

warm

it

is

between

Byami

and

the

first

ancestors.

26:19

This

is

not

the

only

account

we

have

of

a

religious

tradition

being

imparted

in

the

beginning.

There

are

many

accounts

of

it,

and

as

time

permits,

I’ll

add

them

to

the

website

so

you

can

search

them

for

yourself.

But

I

want

to

share

one

more

account.

This

one

comes

from

the

indigenous

Dayak

people

of

southern

Borneo,

and

that’s

in

Indonesia.

Unfortunately,

it’s

not

a

word-for-word

account.

Rather,

it’s

an

anthropologist’s

description

of

the

religious

conceptions

of

the

Dayakian

people.

26:49

Listen

closely,

it

reads,

quote,

The

area

inhabited

by

the

sacred

people

is

the

sacred

land.

It

was

given

to

them

by

the

Godhead.

Man

lives

in

the

sacred

divine

land

of

Mahatala

and

Jatah.

And

I’m

going

to

stop

here

for

a

second.

Mahatala

is

the

creator

God

and

Jatah

is

his

companion.

The

mountains

of

the

sacred

land

reach

up

to

the

upper

world.

The

Godhead

descends

on

them.

27:16

--- page 13 ---

and

on

them

he

meets

men

and

gives

them

his

sacred

gifts.

Man

lives

in

the

sacred

land

in

communion

with

the

supreme

deities.

Mahatala

draws

close

to

him

and

regards

him.

The

world

described

here

is

the

primeval

village,

Batu

Nindan

Tarang.

The

first

human

beings

lived

in

the

primeval

village.

When

this

time

is

spoken

of

or

sung

about

in

the

sacred

legends,

the

songs

say,

quote,

27:46

in

the

beginning

when

our

ancestors

were

still

living,

such

and

such

happened.”

And

in

this

village,

the

sacred

ceremonies

were

first

established.

If

you’re

listening

closely,

you

can

tell

that

there

are

a

lot

of

parallels

between

these

two

accounts.

So

here

you

have

with

the

Diakian

people,

you

have

a

sacred

land,

just

like

you

do

with

the

aboriginal

peoples.

You

have

Mahatala,

the

creator

god,

and

Bayami,

the

creator

god,

and

both

of

them

28:16

We

saw

with

Bayami,

he

lived

in

a

mountain,

lots

of

flowers.

And

here

you

have

Mahatala

at

the

top

of

a

mountain,

and

he

descends

up

and

down

that

mountain

so

he

can

commune

with

the

people

who

are

living

in

the

primeval

village.

And

you

also

have

this

communion

between

them.

They

share

time

together,

the

first

ancestors

and

the

creator

God.

And

during

this

time,

they

impart

important

sacred

ceremonies

or

rituals.

28:43

I

find

the

parallels

between

these

two

accounts

fascinating.

This

Dayakian

account

can

be

found

in

one

of

Mercia

Eliade’s

books

on

sacred

writings.

And

you

can

find

the

full

citation

for

it

on

the

website.

But

Eliade

says

of

this

particular

account,

quote,

“‘Similar

ideas

are

to

be

found

among

innumerable

archaic

and

traditional

societies.

Evidence

of

this

ancient

tradition

that

was

imparted

in

the

beginning

is

found

everywhere

on

the

planet.

It’s

on

every

continent.’

29:12

It’s

among

every

people

and

it’s

in

every

historical

era.

And

that’s

why

I

wanted

to

put

this

together

so

that

I

could

share

it

with

everybody

else,

so

that

you

can

examine

the

evidence

for

yourself.

And

hopefully

more

importantly,

think

about

the

magnificent

spiritual

truths

that

God

imparted

in

the

beginning.

And

that’s

what

this

podcast

is

about.

You

know,

we

live

in

a

really

interesting

world,

one

where

the

very

notion

of

truth

is

questioned.

29:40

--- page 14 ---

You

know,

there

is

even

those

out

there

who

argue

that

we

live

in

a

quote,

post-truth

world

as

if

truth

were

a

fad

or

a

fading

social

construct.

And

I

reject

that.

At

the

core

of

this

podcast

is

a

quest

for

truth,

the

true

tradition,

the

true

doctrine

that

was

given

by

God

in

the

beginning.

I

know

that

podcasters

say

a

lot

of

things

to

hype

up

their

podcast

to

attract

as

many

listeners

as

possible.

30:08

But

I

can

tell

you

that

there’s

really

absolutely

no

way

to

overhype

this

podcast.

It’s

the

real

deal.

If

you

stick

with

this

podcast

because

like

anything

religious,

it

comes

precept

upon

precept

and

the

episodes

are

really

organized

around

that

idea

in

which

we

start

with

the

very

basics

and

we

build

upon

it

so

that

you

get

a

really

comprehensive

view

of

the

ancient

tradition

and

you

study

the

evidence

for

yourself,

contemplate

the

30:36

profound

spiritual

implications

of

what

you

learn,

it

will

blow

your

socks

off.

I

know

it

has

mine

and

it

continues

to

every

day.

Your

deepest

spiritual

questions

will

be

answered

and

not

by

me.

I’m

a

student

myself.

Your

questions

will

be

answered

by

what

you

learn.

We’ll

let

the

evidence

speak

for

itself.

And

I

think

if

you

let

it,

it

can

change

your

life.

I

can

honestly

say.

31:03

because

I

know

what’s

coming

up

in

future

episodes,

that

there’s

not

a

single

podcast

in

the

entire

cyber

universe

that

has

the

potential

to

change

everything

like

this

one

does.

And

I

understand

that

that

sounds

like

oversell,

but

if

what

we

learn

is

true,

if

what

we

learn

really

are

the

truths

transmitted

to

human

beings

in

the

beginning,

then

it

does

change

everything.

And

if

it

changes

everything,

then

it’s

really

not

oversell.

31:33

Although

I

hope

what’s

drawn

you

to

this

podcast

is

a

search

for

truth,

the

truths

imparted

to

human

beings

in

the

beginning.

Undoubtedly,

there

will

be

as

many

reasons

for

why

one

tunes

in

as

there

are

people.

But

regardless

of

what

brought

you

to

this

podcast,

I

can

promise

that

you’ll

learn

something

new

in

every

single

episode,

something

that

you’d

never

known

before.

And

you’ll

learn

all

kinds

of

fascinating

things

about

the

world.

We’ll

travel

through

world

history

to

all

regions

of

the

ancient

world.

32:02

--- page 15 ---

We’ll

visit

the

ancient

Chinese,

Native

American

tribes,

the

ancient

Mayan,

African

tribes,

Polynesian

tribes,

and

many,

many

more,

especially

the

ancient

Egyptians.

You’ll

have

a

much

better

understanding

of

the

Quran,

the

Holy

Bible,

pyramid

texts,

the

Dead

Sea

Scrolls,

the

Popol

Vuh,

and

many

more

of

the

world’s

greatest

religious

texts.

And

you

know,

you’ll

understand

for

the

first

time

the

real

meaning

behind

the

greatest

epic

poems

ever

written,

the

Iliad

and

the

Odyssey,

the

Epic

of

Gilgamesh.

32:32

Jason

and

the

Argonauts.

You’ll

have

a

much

greater

understanding

of

modern

movies

like

the

Immortals

in

the

Marvel

series.

You’ll

find

out

the

true

meaning

behind

many

of

the

world’s

greatest

fairy

tales.

You’ll

learn

why

Rapunzel

has

to

let

down

her

long

hair,

why

princesses

live

in

towers,

why

Jack

climbs

a

beanstalk,

why

birds

talk

to

Cinderella.

I

always

wondered

about

that

one.

You’ll

learn

where

phrases

like

King

of

the

Hill

and

X

marks

the

spot

come

from.

33:00

You’ll

learn

why

Joseph

of

Egypt

wore

a

coat

of

many

colors,

why

the

swastika

was

one

of

the

holiest

and

most

ubiquitous

symbols

of

the

ancient

world.

You’ll

learn

how

chess,

checkers,

and

even

playing

cards

represent

important

cosmological

concepts.

You’ll

understand

the

enthronement

of

King

Charles

III.

You’ll

understand

why

the

Russian

coat

of

arms

is

a

double-headed

eagle,

and

I

could

go

on

and

on.

And

although

you’re

gonna

learn

the

meaning

of

those

curiosities

and…

33:30

and

many

more,

I

hope

what

will

draw

you

back

again

and

again

is

the

rich

theology

inherent

in

the

ancient

tradition,

because

it

holds

the

answers

to

life’s

most

important

questions.

To

finish,

I’ll

recap

the

key

points

we

learned

about

the

ancient

tradition

in

this

episode.

Number

one,

we

learned

that

research

conducted

by

reputable

scholars,

many

working

at

prestigious

universities,

indicated

33:54

that

the

religious

traditions

of

today

are

descendants

of

a

common

source,

a

pure

religious

tradition

that

existed

in

deep

antiquity.

And

we

refer

in

this

podcast

to

this

religious

tradition

as

the

ancient

tradition.

Number

two,

the

ancient

record

affirms,

as

noted

among

the

Aborigines

of

New

South

Wales

and

the

Dayak

people

of

South

Borneo,

that

the

Supreme

Being

himself

in

the

most

sacred

place

on

earth

imparted

a

distinct

religious

tradition

--- page 16 ---

34:23

marked

by

initiation

rituals

to

the

first

ancestors

in

the

beginning.

That

wraps

up

this

episode

of

the

ancient

tradition.

If

you’re

interested

in

learning

more

about

the

evidence

presented

in

this

episode,

visit

theancienttradition.com

and

search

for

this

specific

episode

under

evidence.

You’ll

find

pictures

and

links

and

occasionally

I

even

put

in

a

bonus

section.

34:47

Near

the

bottom

of

the

podcast

page,

there’s

a

button

to

subscribe

to

the

podcast

as

well

as

a

running

countdown

to

our

next

episode.

Next

time

I’ll

tell

you

more

about

my

background

and

we’ll

dive

into

one

of

the

greatest

debates

in

modern

society

and

of

course

give

you

a

taste

for

what’s

to

come.

For

now,

remember

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare,

knowledge

is

the

wing

wherewith

we

fly

to

heaven.

I’m

Jack

Logan

and

I’ll

see

you

on

the

next

edition.

35:16

of

the

ancient

tradition.

35:21

You’ve

been

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Episode

#2

-

Is

it

Possible

to

Know

God?

https://theancienttradition.com/2-is-it-possible-to-know-god/

00:00

Music

00:09

You’re

listening

to

The

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Music

provided

by

Joseph

McDade.

He

is

your

host,

Dr.

Jack

Logan.

00:24

--- page 17 ---

Welcome

to

the

Ancient

Tradition

podcast.

I’m

your

host,

Jack

Logan.

It’s

great

to

have

you

back

and

welcome

to

all

of

our

new

listeners.

Before

I

jump

into

today’s

episode,

I

wanna

let

our

listeners

know

about

our

website.

This

podcast

has

companion

website,

theancienttradition.com,

where

you

can

learn

more

about

the

evidence

that

I’ll

present

in

today’s

episode.

If

you

go

to

theancienttradition.com,

click

on

evidence,

and

then

in

the

dropdown

menu,

you’ll

see

a

page

that’s

dedicated

to

today’s

episode.

00:52

where

you

can

find

pictures

and

links,

the

ancient

accounts,

and

full

citations

for

everything

discussed

in

this

episode.

Today’s

episode

is

Exorcising

the

Ghosts

of

John

Locke,

David

Hume,

and

Immanuel

Kant.

I

love

the

title.

I

adopted

it

from

a

book

written

by

a

fellow

by

the

name

of

John

Rosner.

You

can

find

that

on

the

website

as

well.

We’ll

get

into

why

it’s

critical

that

the

ghosts

of

these

gentlemen

be

exorcised.

01:18

in

a

podcast

that’s

dedicated

to

reconstructing

the

religious

tradition

that

was

imparted

to

human

beings

in

the

beginning.

So

the

best

way

to

jump

into

this

is

to

begin

by

telling

you

a

little

bit

more

about

my

background.

I’m

coming

at

this

from

a

hybrid

background.

In

terms

of

my

formal

education,

I

have

a

master’s

and

a

PhD

in

the

social

sciences.

01:43

and

I

teach

at

one

of

the

best

universities

in

the

United

States.

And

I’ve

been

teaching

in

higher

education

for

a

couple

of

decades.

So

I’ve

been

thoroughly

trained

in

the

scientific

method,

the

language

of

academia.

But

at

the

same

time,

I

grew

up

in

a

home

full

of

faith

and

love

for

God.

And

I

can’t

even

remember,

I’ve

tried,

but

I

can’t

even

remember

a

time

in

my

life

where

I

didn’t

know

deep

inside

that

I

was.

02:11

connected

to

a

supreme

being

who

loved

me

beyond

my

comprehension

and

Loved

me

perfectly

Now

I

recognize

not

everybody

knows

that

or

feels

that

but

it’s

something

of

which

I’ve

always

had

a

certain

knowledge

So

this

begs

the

question.

How

do

I

know

this?

How

do

I

know

with

such

certainty

that

there

is

a

supreme

being

who

loves

me?

02:39

And

what

we’re

talking

about

here

in

academic

speak

is

called

epistemology,

or

the

study

of

what

can

be

known.

What

is

knowable

and

how

is

it

known?

And

as

you

might

guess,

there’s

--- page 18 ---

a

lot

of

debate

in

academic

circles

and

in

religious

circles

over

what

can

and

can’t

be

known.

And

many

in

the

academic

community

would

argue

that

there’s

just

no

way

that

I

could

know

that

there

is

a

supreme

being

who

loves

me.

03:08

They’d

argue

it

isn’t

knowable.

And

when

I

say

that

to

myself,

and

I

tell

myself

that

it’s

not

something

that

I

could

possibly

know,

I

still

know.

It

doesn’t

go

away.

It’s

always

there.

I

still

know

deep

inside

of

me

that

there’s

a

Supreme

Being

who

loves

me.

It’s

a

knowledge

I

have

that’s

apparently

a

permanent

part

of

my

knowledge

set.

It’s

sort

of

like

knowing

that

the

sun

is

a

blazing

ball

of

gas.

I

can’t…

03:38

unknow

it.

I

just

know.

And

so

why

does

academia

reject

the

knowledge

I

have

of

a

loving

supreme

being?

Well

you

can

blame

that,

you

guessed

it,

on

John

Locke,

David

Hume,

and

Immanuel

Kant,

among

others

like

René

Descartes

and

Francis

Bacon.

These

philosophers

beginning

in

the

17th

and

18th

century

argued

that

reason

and

sensory

knowledge

were

the

best

and

later

the

only

methods

04:07

by

which

one

could

acquire

knowledge

or

know

something

for

sure.

In

other

words,

they

argued

that

the

only

things

that

could

be

knowable

were

things

that

were

acquired

through

reason

and

the

senses.

Everything

outside

of

reason

and

the

senses

could

not

be

known.

What

they

did

was

essentially

convince

the

world

that

nothing

could

be

known

unless

it

was

according

to

the

methods

that

they

deemed

capable

of

producing

knowledge.

And

in

two

short

centuries,

they

convinced

the

world.

04:36

that

all

other

methods

of

acquiring

knowledge

outside

the

methods

they

privileged

were

incapable

of

producing

valid

knowledge.

Their

epistemological

movement

is

known

as

rationalism,

ratio

being

the

Latin

word

for

reason.

And

rationalism

is

alive

and

it’s

thriving

all

over

the

world.

In

fact,

it’s

so

deeply

embedded

in

society

that

we

could

even

refer

to

it

as

a…

05:03

Weltanschwang,

which

is

the

German

word

for

a

profound

philosophical

worldview,

one

that’s

so

comprehensive

it

permeates

and

shapes

a

person’s

entire

conception

of

the

world.

--- page 19 ---

Locke,

Hume

and

Kant’s

rationalist

Weltanschwang

is

so

powerful

that

it’s

socialized

into

every

rising

generation.

We

reinforce

it

every

day

in

the

ivy

towers

and

academic

halls

all

over

the

world.

05:34

And

John

Rochner,

who

I

mentioned

earlier,

he

says,

quote,

schools,

colleges

and

universities

and

nearly

every

major

social

institution

presented

in

the

lives

of

Western

people

have

inculcated

enlightenment

principles,

either

overtly

or

subliminally.

And

for

the

most

part,

they’ve

discouraged

belief.

And

he’s

talking

about

belief

in

God.

All

right,

so

rational

conditioning

is

so

much

a

part

of

our

daily

perception.

06:00

about

what

can

and

can’t

be

known

in

the

world

that

very

few

of

us

ever

question,

whether

rationalism

itself

is

a

valid

view

of

what

can

and

can’t

be

known,

or

whether

rationalism

is

the

only

way

one

can

come

to

know

something.

What’s

extremely

important

to

point

out

here

is

that

the

ancients

had

a

completely

different

view

of

what

could

be

known.

06:24

So

for

5,600

years

of

documented

history

before

these

rationalist

philosophers

arrived

on

the

scene,

the

ancients

were

really

uncompromising

in

their

claim

that

we

can

find

in

the

ancient

records,

mythologies,

liturgies,

and

symbols

that

there

was

a

spiritual

reality

outside

of

this

one,

a

reality

which

could

be

known

to

human

beings.

06:49

the

ancients

hadn’t

been

socialized

into

the

limitations

of

Lockean,

Humean,

Kantian

rationalist

epistemology.

And

so

the

ancients,

if

they

lived

today,

they

would

outright

reject

the

notion

that

knowledge

was

limited

to

these

analytical

or

sensory

functions.

Now,

I

wanna

stop

here

for

just

a

second

and

just

say

like,

I

love

science.

I’m

not,

this

is

not

about…

07:15

Bashing

science

because

I

love

science.

I

love

I

love

learning

about

science

and

teaching

science

I

love

all

the

wonderful

things

that

science

has

taught

me,

especially

in

things

like

astronomy

I

just

I’m

kind

of

a

little

bit

of

an

astronomy

nerd

So

I

really

do

appreciate

science.

The

point

here

is

is

that

science

is

limited

and

Having

taught

the

scientific

method

quite

a

bit

in

my

career.

I

have

a

pretty

healthy

understanding

of

these

limitations

--- page 20 ---

07:43

So

I

wanna

take

a

moment

and

outline

those

limitations.

And

this

is

not

about

throwing

the

baby

out

with

the

bath

water,

as

I

mentioned,

I

love

science

and

all

that

wonderful

knowledge

that

I’ve

gained.

But

it’s

about

challenging

the

unwarranted

dogmatic

position

that

scientists

take,

that

science

is

the

only

method

by

which

something

can

be

known.

In

fact,

the

word

science

itself

is

derived

from

the

Latin

word

08:13

scientia

which

means

knowledge.

And

as

one

scholar

said

it,

quote,

to

define

science

as

knowledge

has

its

own

problems.

It

gives

the

impression

that

science

is

the

totality

of

knowledge

and

the

totality

of

science

is

knowledge.

So

they

use

knowledge

as

the

word

for

science

to

convey

that

they

are

kind

of

one

and

the

same.

And

this

gives

the

impression

that

anything

that

is

not

08:42

it

invalidates

any

knowledge

that

has

not

come

via

the

scientific

method,

which

of

course

is

an

extremely

dogmatic

statement.

What

most

in

academia

won’t

tell

you

is

that

rationalism,

which

led

to

the

scientific

method,

is

itself

a

social

construct.

And

in

many

ways,

rationalism

and

the

scientific

method

are

built

on

less

stable

ground

than

most

people

think.

09:09

And

I

wanna

take

a

moment

here

and

walk

you

through

some

of

those

philosophical,

metaphysical,

evidentiary

and

technological

limitations

of

science.

All

right,

so

number

one,

science

and

the

scientific

method

were

invented

by

philosophers.

Quote,

scientific

method

was

formulated

by

philosophers,

the

preeminent

dealers

in

ideas.

These

philosophers

not.

09:37

scientists

are

responsible

for

the

package

of

ideas

now

called

scientific

method.

Scientific

method

was

not

divinely

given

to

scientists

on

stone

tablets.

And

that’s

taken

from

a

book

called

What’s

Behind

the

Research

and

I’m

going

to

quote

them

a

couple

more

times

as

I

out

like

this

because

they

do

a

really

nice

job

of

articulating

some

of

these

points.

What’s

important

to

point

out

is

that

when

students

are

taught

the

scientific

method,

it’s

usually

taught

as

if

10:05

--- page 21 ---

it

were

given

to

philosophers

and

scientists

on

stone

tablets.

Imagine

the

irony

in

that.

But

students

are

left

with

the

impression

that

the

scientific

method

is

infallible,

that

it’s

the

ultimate

culmination

in

evolutionary

thinking

that

we’ve

arrived

in

some

way

in

our

quest

for

finding

a

method

that

will

lead

us

to

absolute

truth,

that

there’s

no

other

10:31

epistemological

frontiers

left

for

us

to

explore

or

find

because

we’ve

already

found

it.

Very

few

students

leave

with

the

impression

that

what

we

call

science

and

the

scientific

method

is

actually

a

social

construct,

the

product

of

philosophers,

invented

by

philosophers

and

advocated

by

philosophers.

10:55

Thomas

Kuhn

argues

in

the

most

widely

cited

article

in

Social

Science,

The

Structure

of

Scientific

Revolutions,

that

science

is

a

socially

constructed

paradigm

of

knowledge.

It’s

a

subjective

consensus

about

how

truth

is

achieved

and

defined.

Number

two,

the

scientific

method

is

a

theory.

11:19

This

is

from

what’s

behind

the

research,

quote,

science

itself

is

based

on

theories

or

speculations.

The

method

used

to

support

or

disprove

other

theories

is

itself

a

theory

about

how

this

supporting

and

disproving

is

done.

There’s

no

foreordained

or

self-evident

truth

about

how

science

is

to

be

conducted

or

indeed

whether

science

should

be

conducted

at

all.

11:44

So

when

we

understand

this,

that

what

we

call

science

and

the

scientific

method

is

really

just

a

theory

about

what

constitutes

knowledge

and

how

that

knowledge

is

obtained,

we

can

see

that

there

is

the

possibility

that

this

theory

could

be

mis-defining

knowledge

or

it

could

be

too

narrow

or

it

could

be

flat

out

wrong.

It’s

a

theory

after

all,

which

leads

us

to

the

next

limitation.

Number

three.

12:12

Science

itself

is

not

empirically

provable.

Science

can’t

validate

itself.

Quote,

and

this

is

again

from

what’s

behind

the

research,

scientific

method

cannot

itself

be

experimentally

tested.

Scientific

method

has

what

some

philosophers

call

the

bootstrap

problem.

Just

as

those

who

wear

old

fashioned

boots

cannot

raise

themselves

into

the

air

by

pulling

on

the

straps

of

their

boots,

--- page 22 ---

12:40

So

practitioners

of

the

scientific

method

cannot

use

its

method

to

validate

itself.

In

other

words,

you

can’t

use

the

scientific

method

to

validate

whether

the

scientific

method,

which

we

just

established

was

a

theory

of

knowledge,

is

valid

or

not.

There’s

just

no

way

to

test

whether

or

not

this

scientific

theory

of

knowledge

is

really

giving

us

the

correct

understanding

of

what

constitutes

knowledge.

13:05

or

whether

its

methods

actually

lead

to

knowledge.

We’re

left

with

no

way

to

verify

science’s

veracity.

So

what

do

we

do?

What

does

this

mean?

Well,

that

leads

me

to

number

four.

Number

four,

belief

in

science

and

the

scientific

method

requires

faith.

You

heard

that

right.

Since

you

can’t

use

the

scientific

method

to

prove

the

scientific

method

is

a

valid

theory,

13:33

on

how

to

acquire

knowledge

or

how

to

know

something,

it

requires

that

anyone

who

uses

it

have

faith

that

it

does

what

it

claims

to

do

since

there’s

no

way

to

prove

it

does.

In

other

words,

the

scientific

method

is

not

built

on

sturdy

pillars

of

established

validity.

It’s

now

sand,

lots

and

lots

of

sand.

13:58

We

just

have

to

take

the

scientist’s

word

that

it

leads

to

valid

knowledge

and

we

have

to

have

faith

in

the

scientists.

But

see,

the

scientists

didn’t

invent

it,

so

we

really

have

to

have

faith

in

the

philosophers

who

invented

it,

which

means

we

have

to

have

faith

in

Locke,

Hume,

and

Kant.

So

see

how

quickly

we

went

from

the

wide-held

perception

that

science

equals

valid

knowledge,

anything

not

using

the

science

being

invalid,

to

really,

it’s

all

about

faith.

14:27

in

particular

philosophers.

Now,

how

is

that

better

than

faith

in

a

supreme

being

who

is

infinitely

smarter

than

human

beings?

Number

five,

scientific

success

does

not

necessarily

equate

with

validity.

So

now

you’re

probably

thinking

to

yourself,

well,

what

about

all

the

great

things

we

get

from

science,

like

the

iPhones

or

vaccinations,

airplanes,

gene

therapy?

One

scholar

said

it

like

this.

14:56

--- page 23 ---

The

prestige

that

science

enjoys

today

is

no

doubt

attributable

in

large

measure

to

the

striking

successes

in

the

rapidly

expanding

reach

of

its

applications.

What’s

behind

the

research

say

some

people

argue

that

many

successes

of

science

demonstrate

its

validity.

However,

this

argument

contains

the

same

bootstrap

problem.

Siding

success

begs

the

questions.

15:23

what

one

considers

success

and

how

one

verifies

success.

Clearly

these

are

speculative

theoretical

issues.

Success

may

be

in

the

eye

of

the

beholder.

All

right

so

there’s

a

lot

here.

Basically

Slife

and

Williams

are

arguing

that

we

are

back

to

how

scientists

define

what

constitutes

knowledge

and

what

that

knowledge

looks

like.

So

if

we

define

knowledge

empirically

15:50

then

the

scientific

method

is

a

roaring

success.

But

if

we

define

knowledge

as

something

like,

say,

knowing

that

I’m

loved

by

a

supreme

being,

then

science

is

an

utter

failure

in

finding

that

knowledge.

You

can’t

successfully

produce

that

type

of

knowledge,

whether

or

not

science

is

a

success

or

a

failure

then,

whether

or

not

we

deem

it

that

depends

entirely

on

how

16:19

knowledge

is

defined.

But

who

gets

to

decide

how

knowledge

is

defined?

Well,

now

we’re

back

to

Thomas

Kuhn’s

arguments

where

he

argued

that

science

is

a

subjective

consensus

on

what

constitutes

truth.

There’s

nothing

inherently

true

about

defining

knowledge

as

only

the

product

of

analytical

or

sensory

functions.

Which

brings

me

to

number

six.

16:47

Since

science

can’t

empirically

validate

itself,

it

has

to

establish

itself

on

metaphysical

assumptions.

So

since

it

can’t

validate

itself,

scientists

have

to

start

by

making

major

assumptions

about

reality

and

what

constitutes

reality.

We

call

these

metaphysical

assumptions.

Meta

meaning

beyond

and

physics

referring

to

the

physical

world.

So

beyond

the

physical

or

the

science

of

things

that

17:16

transcend

what

is

physical

or

natural.

Some

of

you

might

already

recognize

there’s

a

problem

here.

Science,

which

is

a

theory

of

knowledge

that

rejects

knowledge

of

a

--- page 24 ---

non-physical

world,

is

now

being

built

on

assumptions

which

transcend

what

is

physical

or

natural.

So

here

we’re

kind

of

on

sandy

ground

again.

Here

are

some

of

the

metaphysical

assumptions

on

which

science

is

built.

17:45

It

assumes

that

reality

is

thing-like,

that

we

can

observe

it

with

our

senses.

It

assumes

that

reality

is

naturalistic

or

materialistic.

And

number

two,

it

assumes

because

reality

is

thing-like,

it’s

possible

to

establish

its

objective

reality.

We

can

split

ourselves

from

the

object

and

find

its

true

objective

reality.

And

number

three,

it

assumes

that

A

precedes

B

in

time.

18:13

so

that

you

can

assert

that

change

is

caused.

All

right,

the

kicker

here

is

that

maybe

none

of

these

assumptions

about

reality

are

actually

true.

Maybe

none

of

this

is

the

real,

real.

You

know,

I

was

thinking

of

the

movie,

The

Matrix.

Neo

assumes

reality

is

thing-like,

the

world

he’s

in

meets

all

of

the

sensory

criteria,

but

it

turns

out

that

he’s

actually

living

in

a

dream

world.

He’s

hooked.

18:41

up

to

the

matrix,

which

is

a

computer

program

that’s

simulating

the

real.

None

of

what

he’s

experiencing

in

the

dream

world

is

the

real,

real.

So

the

point

here

is

that

philosophers

like

Locke,

Hume

and

Kant

made

the

decision

to

limit

what

was

constituted

as

real

to

what

was

thing-like.

So

this

assumption

was

made

by

philosophers.

19:07

And

they

could

be

flat

out

wrong

about

this

assumption.

Maybe

reality

is

not

thing-like,

or

maybe

some

parts

of

reality

are

thing-like

while

others

are

not,

or

maybe

none

of

true

reality

is

thing-like.

We

just

don’t

know.

But

we

don’t

have

to

agree

with

the

assumption

made

by

philosophers

that

reality

is

limited

to

only

that

which

is

thing-like.

We

don’t

have

to

take

philosophers’

word

for

it.

19:37

when

we

have

real

experience,

especially

when

we

have

real

experiences

that

contradict

these

metaphysical

assumptions.

One

last

note

here,

since

metaphysical

assumptions

can’t

be

investigated

by

the

scientific

method,

scientists

are

safely

guarded

against

ever

learning

--- page 25 ---

whether

or

not

they

are

wrong.

How

convenient.

But

never

forget

that

all

of

the

metaphysical

assumptions

20:05

upon

which

science

is

built

are

unproven.

When

we

apply

a

different

set

of

assumptions,

we

get

an

entirely

different

picture

of

reality

or

what

is

real.

Maybe

not

everything

that

is

real

is

thing-like

and

maybe

not

everything

that’s

real

can

be

observed

through

the

senses.

Number

seven,

science

is

in

its

infancy.

Like

I

mentioned,

I

love

astronomy.

And

so

the

field

of

astronomy

is

an

excellent

example.

20:33

of

the

infancy

of

science.

And

although

it’s

really

hard

to

believe

it

right

now,

we

used

to

believe

that

there

weren’t

that

many

planets

in

the

Milky

Way

galaxy,

and

possibly

that

they

were

only

unique

to

our

solar

system.

And

this

scientific

belief

was

based

primarily

on

the

fact

that

we

didn’t

have

any

scientific

instruments

that

could

find

these

planets.

Planets

are

dark,

and

if

you

place

them

against

a

dark

sky,

they’re

virtually

impossible

to

see.

So…

21:02

If

we

couldn’t

see

them,

then

they

probably

weren’t

there.

Just

30

years

ago,

astronomers

searching

for

exoplanets,

and

exoplanets

are

planets

outside

of

or

external

to

our

solar

system.

These

scientists

were

ridiculed

and

ostracized

because

they

believed

that

there

were

planets

all

over

the

universe.

Two

of

these

astronomers

in

the

United

States,

two

of

these

astronomers,

Dr.

Jeffrey

Marcy

and

Dr.

Paul

Butler.

21:31

despite

being

ridiculed

for

years,

kept

searching

the

night

sky

for

planets

outside

of

our

solar

system.

But

it

was

kind

of

rough

going.

Listen

to

what

Dr.

Marcy

said

about

those

early

days.

When

I

told

older

astronomers

that

I

was

gonna

hunt

for

planets

around

other

stars

by

this

Doppler

technique,

I

remembered

that

they

would

look

down

at

their

shoes

and

scuffle

their

feet

a

little

bit

and

change

the

subject.

22:01

They

felt

sorry

for

me

that

I

was

reaching

for

little

green

men

and

pyramid

power

and

some

sort

of

crazy

metaphysical

effect

like,

you

know,

planets

and

life

in

the

universe

that

was

akin

to

hunting

for

UFOs.

It

took

Dr.

Marcy

and

Dr.

Butler

eight

years

to

build

scientific

tools

capable

of

finding

an

exoplanet.

And

Dr.

Butler

says,

quote,

--- page 26 ---

22:29

We

were

struggling

without

any

roadmap.

Nobody

knew

who

we

were.

The

few

people

who

knew

what

we

were

trying

to

do

also

knew

that

our

quest

was

quixotic

at

best

and

more

likely

just

flat

out

laughable.

But

after

all

that

perseverance,

on

December

30th,

1995,

Dr.

Marcy

and

Dr.

Butler

found

their

first

exoplanet

and

it

was

a

massive

planet,

about

seven

times

the

mass

of

our

Jupiter

and

it

was

22:57

orbiting

around

the

star

70

Virginis,

which

is

about

60

light

years

away

from

us.

And

so

that

exoplanet

is

now

known

as

70

Virginis

B.

And

by

2008,

more

than

half

of

the

300

plus

confirmed

exoplanets

had

been

found

by

them.

So

it’s

pretty

neat.

But

as

the

New

York

Times

points

out,

just

30

years

ago,

quote,

23:27

as

science

fiction

in

respectable

academic

circles.

Now

the

primary

reason

for

this

was

because

no

exoplanets

had

been

found

and

why

couldn’t

they

be

found?

Because

our

science

and

our

scientific

tools

were

in

their

infancy.

We

just

didn’t

have

the

scientific

instruments

capable

of

finding

exoplanets.

But

thanks

to

the

perseverance

of

astronomers

like

Dr.

Marcy

and

Dr.

Butler,

today

we

do.

23:55

and

scientists

have

developed

all

kinds

of

scientific

instruments

in

the

past

30

years

that

are

capable

of

finding

these

exoplanets.

It

includes

things

like

transit

photometry,

radial

velocity,

reflection

and

emission

modulations,

gravitational

microlensing,

ellipsoidal

variation,

and

relativistic

beaming,

to

name

some

of

them.

You

can

get

on

the

website

and

learn

more

about

them

if

you’d

like.

But

every

day

scientists…

24:22

continue

to

develop

these

and

refine

these

scientific

instruments

so

that

they

can

find

more

and

more

exoplanets.

Now

the

first

confirmed

exoplanet

outside

of

our

solar

system

was

PSR

125712b

and

that

was

found

30

years

ago

in

1992

by

some

astronomers

in

Europe.

But

since

then

more

than

5,000

exoplanets

have

been

found.

24:48

--- page 27 ---

And

hundreds

of

these

are

found

every

year.

I’ve

been

following

them

for

a

while,

it’s

kind

of

fun

to

watch,

but

now

astronomers

estimate

that

there

are

more

planets

in

the

universe

than

stars.

Consider

this,

astronomers

estimate

that

there

are

about

400

billion

stars

in

the

Milky

Way

galaxy

alone,

400

billion,

but

between

one

and

10

trillion

orbiting

planets.

So

that…

25:17

computes

to

between

2

and

25

times

as

many

planets

as

stars.

Unbelievable.

Now,

and

if

you

times

that

by

the

estimated

one

to

two

trillion

galaxies

in

the

known

universe,

you

have

a

number

of

planets

that

is

not

even

comprehensible

to

the

human

mind.

It’s

just,

the

cosmos

are

just

littered

with

planets.

They

are

everywhere.

25:46

Now,

if

you

would

have

made

that

claim

30

years

ago,

you

would

have

been

thrown

out

for

astronomical

heresy.

And

I

did

kind

of

throw

in

that

pun.

With

that

many

planets,

the

chances

of

life

are

actually

enormous.

And

so

today,

exoplanet

exploration

is

a

worldwide

phenomena.

And

NASA

started

the

Exoplanet

Science

Institute

at

Caltech

in

2008.

Now

the

whole

scientific

community’s

jumped

on

board.

26:16

And

if

you’ve

been

watching

the

news

just

this

week,

NASA

announced

that

the

Webb

Telescope

had

found

its

first

exoplanet,

LHS-475b.

And

it’s

a

rock

planet,

and

it’s

almost

exactly

the

size

of

Earth.

It’s

pretty

neat.

But

the

point

here

is

that

what

can

be

known

via

science

is

itself

limited

by

how

technologically

advanced

our

scientific

instruments

are.

If

our

instruments

can’t

find

or

see

something,

26:45

It

may

not

be

because

it’s

not

there

or

it’s

not

real.

It

could

actually

be

because

our

instruments

are

young

and

inadequate

or

incapable

of

finding

it.

And

so

in

this

case,

the

reason

we

couldn’t

see

in

quotes

or

find

those

exoplanets

was

due

to

poor

scientific

instruments.

So

see

the

exoplanets

were

there

all

along

whether

our

instruments

were

capable

of

finding

them

or

not.

And

is

it

possible

that

the

same

could

be

said

of

a

spiritual

world?

27:14

There

is

the

real

possibility

that

what

the

scientific

method

deems

to

be

not

real,

the

spiritual

or

supernatural,

is

only

considered

such

because

we

just

don’t

have

the

scientific

--- page 28 ---

instruments

capable

of

observing

it

right

now.

And

who

knows?

One

day

our

scientific

instruments

will

become

so

refined

that

it

could

observe

a

spiritual

realm

beyond

what

is

presently

known.

But

because

science

invalidates

or

delegitimizes

what

it

can’t

find

or

see,

27:43

it

doesn’t

necessarily

mean

that

it

doesn’t

exist.

I

mean,

just

look

at

all

those

exoplanets.

So

as

that

old

adage

goes,

the

absence

of

evidence

is

not

the

evidence

of

absence.

Number

eight,

science

is

limited

by

available

evidence.

So

just

as

I

mentioned,

science

is

limited

to

the

evidence

that

it

can

get

its

hands

on.

So

if

it

can’t

get

its

hands

on

the

evidence,

then

it

can’t

be

quote,

no.

28:12

but

it’s

a

far

jump

to

go

from

not

known

to

doesn’t

exist.

And

because

of

this,

all

of

the

conclusions

that

are

made

by

the

scientific

method

are

inherently

tentative.

They’re

subject

to

further

evidence.

So

no

absolute

truths

can

be

established

then

because

there’s

always

the

possibility

that

one

might

encounter

more

evidence

or

different

evidence

in

the

future

that

may

contradict

28:41

their

original

conclusions.

So

case

in

point,

being

previous

to

1992,

there

were

no

exoplanets.

And

then

after

this

new

evidence

came,

there’s

so

many

exoplanets

in

the

universe

that

it’s

not

even

humanly

comprehensible.

And

that’s

a

big

shift.

So

science

can

never

prove

anything

to

be

absolutely

true.

There

are

no

absolute

truths

it

can

find.

It

can

only

claim

that

the

available

evidence

hasn’t

disproven

it

yet.

And

as

such,

29:10

maybe

it

would

behoove

scientists

to

be

just

a

little

more

humble

about

what

they

actually

know

and

the

tentative

nature

of

that

knowledge.

Number

nine,

the

sterile,

almost

cold,

drab

picture

of

reality

described

by

rational

and

scientific

methods

isn’t

representative

of

lived

human

experience.

John

Rossner

notes,

quote,

for

the

most

part,

29:38

the

more

limited

empirical

sciences

of

today

are

still

largely

based

upon

a

collage

of

already

outmoded

rationalistic

materialistic

a

priori’s

and

perspectives,

which

are

uncapable

to

cope

with

such

vital

human

issues.

So

what

vital

human

issues

is

he

talking

about?

He’s

talking

--- page 29 ---

about

the

lived

experience

of

human

beings.

Love,

hate,

hope,

meaning,

morality,

ethics,

mystery.

30:07

aesthetics,

beauty,

forgiveness,

joy,

all

of

these

are

a

huge

part

of

the

lived

human

experience,

but

they’re

inscrutable

to

science.

So

try

and

take

a

rationalistic

scientific

approach

to

a

student

who

feels

a

deep

sense

of

anomie,

a

student

who

feels

completely

rudderless,

a

student

who

doesn’t

know

30:36

what

he

should

do

with

his

life.

He

doesn’t

feel

like

society

cares

what

he

does.

He

doesn’t

even

know

if

there’s

any

point

to

what

he

does.

He’s

completely

lost.

And

I’ve

met

students

like

this

and

unfortunately

there

are

lots

of

them.

Science

has

zero

answers,

zero

to

this

situation.

Listen

to

this

psychologist

quote,

31:03

The

present

outlook

of

science

has

all

but

destroyed

the

natural

capacity

of

modern

man

to

hope,

to

believe,

to

love.

More

and

more

of

our

patients

complain

of

a

sense

of

meaninglessness

in

life.

More

and

more

often

the

reason

is

the

outlook

of

science,

or

what

has

become

through

them

as

the

outlook

of

science.

Sometimes

it’s

called

reductionism.

31:28

Thinking

people

tend

to

feel

that

science

has

cut

man

down.

It’s

explained

away

everything

that

matters.

Religion

then

becomes

nothing

but

wish-fulfilling

fairy

tales.

Love

is

nothing

but

body

chemistry.

Art

is

nothing

but

a

surge

of

conditioned

reflexes.

All

color

has

gone

and

all

hope

is

lost.

Science

has

made

everything

hollow

and

pointless.

I

wouldn’t

call

it

a

flight

from

reason

to

look

elsewhere

than

science

for

rescue.

31:56

that’s

thoroughly

rational.

So

rationalism

becomes

irrational

when

it

doesn’t

match

lived

experience

or

human

needs,

when

it

dehumanizes

us.

A

scholar

by

the

name

of

Makali

Kanu

in

the

Journal

of

Humanities

and

Social

Science

wrote,

quote,

on

the

issue

of

the

ultimate

purpose

of

our

existence

or

of

the

universe,

science

is

lacking.

32:19

--- page 30 ---

The

belief

in

purposes

cannot

be

observed

and

therefore

cannot

be

addressed

by

the

methods

of

natural

science,

which

are

tied

to

observation.

The

fact

that

science

does

not

make

use

of

the

concept

of

ultimate

purposes

in

no

way

suggests

that

the

concept

is

not

meaningful

or

important

to

lived

human

experience.

It

is

also

argued

that

the

method

of

investigation

that

is

deliberately

restricted

to

the

naturalistic

or

the

purely

material

or

mechanistic

32:48

will

not

be

competent

to

deal

with

most

of

the

fundamental

questions

of

morality

and

value,

psychology,

theology

and

religion,

philosophy

and

some

other

areas

as

well.

I

think

one

scholar

said

it

best,

he

said

it

like

this,

man

cannot

live

by

science

alone

and

I

would

concur.

Although

in

modern

society,

there

are

a

number

of

problematic

issues

associated

with

the

33:17

scientific,

Vilton

Schwang.

In

this

podcast,

it’s

the

philosopher’s

wholesale

rejection

of

spiritual

knowledge

that

is

most

problematic.

And

at

the

beginning

of

this

episode,

I

mentioned

that

for

my

entire

life,

I’ve

had

a

certain

knowledge

that

I’m

loved

by

a

supreme

being.

And

I

don’t

necessarily

know

how

I

know

that,

but

I

know,

and

it’s

never

wavered

my

entire

life.

Rationalists

reject

this

33:47

when

they

say,

how

can

you

know

there

is

a

God

who

loves

you?

That’s

not

knowable.

What

they’re

really

saying

by

asking

this

is

that

my

so-called

knowledge

of

God

doesn’t

conform

to

the

a

priori

assumptions

of

rationalist

scientific

epistemology.

My

so-called

knowledge

isn’t

thing-like

or

observable.

Therefore,

it

can’t

possibly

be

knowledge.

It

must

be

some

figment

of

my

imagination

or

some

chemical

response,

whatever

it

is,

it’s

not

knowledge.

34:17

And

this

is

where

the

ancient

world

radically

disagrees.

The

ancients

declared

that

the

spiritual

realm

was

knowable,

that

it’s

possible

to

have

direct

knowledge

of

the

spiritual

realm.

The

ancient

record

is

rife

with

sacred

writings,

myths,

liturgies,

cosmologies,

and

symbols

that

attest

to

a

knowable

spiritual

world,

to

a

knowable

God.

34:47

And

I’m

not

talking

about

secondary

book

knowledge

here

where

one

reads

about

the

spiritual

experiences

of

someone

else.

I’m

talking

about

acquiring

direct

knowledge

of

--- page 31 ---

spiritual

truths

and

the

spiritual

world

for

oneself.

This

is

where

the

ancient

tradition

comes

in.

The

ancient

tradition

is

unequivocal

in

declaring

that

the

spiritual

realm

is

knowable.

35:13

Not

only

does

it

declare

that

it’s

knowable,

the

ancient

tradition

emphasizes

the

absolute

necessity

of

acquiring

spiritual

knowledge

if

one

desires

to

reach

their

full

potential.

So

for

this

reason,

I

hope

it’s

now

evident

why

it’s

so

important

to

exorcise

the

ghosts

of

John

Locke,

David

Hume,

and

Immanuel

Kant

who

told

the

world

that

they

couldn’t

know

God.

The

ancients

35:43

exorcise

those

philosophers

that

tell

us

that

we

can’t.

It’s

one

of

the

most

damning

philosophies

of

men.

The

ability

to

know

God

is

one

of,

if

not

the

most

important

gifts

given

to

human

beings.

That

wraps

up

this

edition

of

the

Ancient

Tradition.

To

recap,

we

learned

in

this

episode

that

the

ancient

record

attests

in

stark

contradistinction

to

17th

and

18th

century

philosophers.

36:10

that

the

spiritual

realm

is

knowable,

that

human

beings

can

obtain

direct

knowledge

of

a

supreme

being.

If

you’re

interested

in

learning

more

about

the

evidence

presented

in

this

episode,

visit

theancienttradition.com.

Search

for

this

specific

episode

under

evidence,

and

you’ll

find

pictures

and

links

and

sometimes

a

bonus

section.

And

near

the

bottom

of

the

podcast

page,

there’s

a

button

to

subscribe

to

the

podcast

as

well

as

a

running

countdown

for

next

week’s

episode.

36:39

all

of

which

you

can

share

with

your

family

and

friends.

Next

time

I’ll

dive

into

the

origin

of

the

ancient

tradition,

who

started

it

and

where

did

it

start?

For

now,

remember

in

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare,

knowledge

is

the

wing

we’re

with,

we

fly

to

heaven.

I’m

Jack

Logan,

and

I’ll

see

you

on

the

next

edition

of

the

ancient

tradition.

37:03

You’ve

been

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

--- page 32 ---

Episode

#3

-

Was

the

Ancient

Tradition

Man-Made

or

God-Revealed?

https://theancienttradition.com/3-was-the-ancient-tradition-man-made-or-god-revealed/

00:00

Music

00:09

You’re

listening

to

The

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Music

provided

by

Joseph

McDade.

He

is

your

host,

Dr.

Jack

Logan.

00:26

Welcome

to

the

Ancient

Tradition

podcast.

I’m

your

host,

Jack

Logan.

It’s

great

to

have

you

back

and

welcome

to

all

of

our

new

listeners.

Before

I

jump

into

today’s

episode,

I

want

to

let

our

listeners

know

about

our

website.

This

podcast

is

a

companion

website,

the

ancienttradition.com

where

you

can

learn

more

about

the

evidence

that

I’ll

present

in

today’s

episode.

If

you

go

to

the

ancienttradition.com

and

click

on

evidence

in

the

pull

down

menu,

you’ll

see

a

page

dedicated

to

today’s

episode.

00:54

You

can

find

pictures

and

links,

the

ancient

accounts

and

full

citations

for

everything

discussed

in

this

episode.

In

our

last

episode,

we

established

that

the

ancient

record

attested

in

stark

contradistinction

to

17th

and

18th

century

philosophers

that

the

spiritual

realm

was

knowable,

that

human

beings

could

obtain

direct

knowledge

of

a

supreme

being.

And

as

you

continue

to

listen

to

this

podcast.

01:23

you’re

gonna

be

exposed

to

an

astounding

number

of

correspondences

or

parallels

between

religious

traditions

that

span

the

centuries

and

cover

the

entire

globe.

The

question

is,

how

do

we

explain

this?

And

we’ll

get

to

that,

but

before

I

do,

let’s

start

with

an

even

broader

question,

a

fundamentally

important

question

that

must

be

addressed

before

we

start.

If

there

was

a

singular

ancient

religious

tradition,

--- page 33 ---

01:53

where

did

it

come

from?

And

the

answer

to

this

question,

I

think,

can

be

narrowed

down

to

really

one

of

two

options.

Either

the

ancient

tradition

was

man-made

or

socially

constructed,

or

it

was

revealed

by

God

or

God

revealed.

And

there

really

aren’t

any

other

options.

The

world

isn’t

without

myriad

philosophers

advocating

for

a

man-made

explanation.

02:22

So

I’m

gonna

run

through

a

few

of

them

and

then

I’m

gonna

walk

you

through

what’s

written

in

the

ancient

record.

So

let’s

start

with

Nietzsche.

Nietzsche

is

famous

in

part

for

his

provocative

statement

that

quote,

God

is

dead.

And

this

is

a

statement

which

is

one

of

the

best

known

statements

in

all

of

philosophy.

As

an

atheist,

Nietzsche

wasn’t

proclaiming

that

an

actual

God

had

died.

02:50

really

he

was

referring

to

the

way

enlightenment

ideas

like

those

of

Locke,

human

Kant,

which

we

mentioned

in

the

previous

episode,

had

effectively

killed

God

by

convincing

the

world

through

rationalistic,

materialistic

philosophy,

that

it

was

impossible

for

human

beings

to

know

God.

And

if

one

couldn’t

know

God,

then

he

was

effectively

dead.

But

these

philosophers

were

in

a

bit

of

a

quandary.

03:19

since

they’d

killed

off

God,

where

would

they

get

a

legitimized

system

of

morality?

And

then

that’s

where

Kant

jumped

in.

Kant

not

only

argued

that

God

was

not

knowable,

but

he

also

argued

that

God

was

not

even

needed.

He

argued

that

human

beings

could

develop

a

system

of

morality

on

their

own

through

reason

or

rational

means.

And

he

coined

this

creation

of

his,

the

03:47

categorical

imperative.

And

I

don’t

have

time

to

get

into

it

right

now,

but

suffice

it

to

say

that

there’s

considerable

debate

in

the

philosophical

community

over

whether

it

really

is

possible

to

develop

a

truly

rational

system

of

morality

as

Kant

outlines.

Killing

God

though,

caused

other

problems

of

which

Nietzsche

was

quite

concerned.

He

was

very

concerned

that

rationalistic

materialistic

philosophers

along

with

killing

God,

04:17

--- page 34 ---

had

also

killed

the

meaning

of

life.

And

Nietzsche

believed

that

without

meaning,

human

beings

would

be

at

great

risk.

And

if

you

know

anything

about

Nietzsche,

you

know

he’s

also

famous

for

his

statements

on

nihilism.

And

nihilism

comes

from

the

Latin

word

nihil,

meaning

nothing

or

nothingness.

And

Nietzsche

was

afraid

that

nihilism

or

believing

life

has

no

meaning.

04:44

would

be

much

more

prominent

in

a

society

once

God

was

dead.

So

you

can

imagine

what

Nietzsche

argued

next.

He

argued

that

philosophers

and

human

beings

needed

to

replace

the

meaning

of

life

originally

offered

by

God

with

a

socially

constructed

meaning.

He

basically

argued

that

human

beings

needed

to

create

their

own

values

and

then

live

by

those

values

and

then

when

they

did

so

they

would

find

some

meaning.

05:12

He

called

these

individuals

who

could

quote,

rise

above

religious

based

meaning

to

their

own

socially

constructed

values

based

meaning

as

ubermensch

and

uber

meaning

super

and

mensch

being

men.

So

these

would

be

super

men.

He

believed

this

was

the

only

way

to

keep

human

beings

from

spiraling

down

the

dark

pessimistic

vortex

of

existential

dread

or

nihilistic

thinking

that

had

been

caused

by

the

likes

of

rationalist

philosophers.

05:41

And

note

how

these

philosophers,

according

to

Nietzsche,

by

killing

God

caused

serious

social

problems.

Problems

to

which

they

then

offered

up

solutions,

essentially

making

them

saviors

of

human

beings.

And

don’t

forget

that

many

of

their

ideas

initially

caused

the

problems

that

they

are

now

declaring

solvable

by

their

new

socially

constructed

philosophical

ideas.

They

essentially

replaced

God

with

themselves.

06:08

And

don’t

think

for

a

minute

that

Nietzsche

wanted

to

resurrect

God.

He

didn’t.

He

was

an

atheist

his

entire

adult

life,

and

he

saw

the

death

of

God

as

an

important

social

advancement.

So

let’s

read

the

rest

of

his

God

is

dead

quote.

This

is

what

Nietzsche

said,

quote,

God

is

dead,

but

given

the

way

of

men,

there

may

still

be

caves

for

thousands

of

years

in

which

his

shadow

will

be

shown.

And

we

06:36

--- page 35 ---

we

still

have

to

vanquish

his

shadow.

In

Nietzsche’s

eyes

then,

God

was

dead,

but

not

dead

enough.

To

his

dying

day,

Nietzsche

was

an

atheist,

he

hated

Christianity,

and

he

saw

religion

as

a

manmade

system.

So

let’s

move

on

to

Karl

Marx.

Karl

Marx

was

also

an

atheist.

He

argued

that

religion

was

a

manmade

social

institution

that

was

created

to

help.

07:03

the

proletariat

working

class

makes

sense

of

their

oppressive

condition.

And

he’s

famous

for

this

quote.

He

said,

quote,

“‘Religion

is

the

opium

of

the

masses.'”

He

believed

that

like

a

drug,

religion

helped

suffering

proletariat

workers

feel

better

about

the

awful

condition

they

found

themselves

in.

He

said,

“‘Religion

gave

soul

to

their

soulless

condition.'”

And

he

believed

that

once

proletariat

exploitation

was

eradicated,

07:32

then

there

would

be

no

need

for

religion.

And

both

Lenin

and

Mao

implemented

state

atheism

under

their

rule,

which

I

consider

to

be

really

a

tragedy,

especially

in

China,

since

you’ll

see

in

this

podcast,

China

has

such

a

rich

history

of

the

ancient

tradition.

And

the

majority

of

Chinese

people

just

have

no

idea

about

that.

All

right,

let’s

move

for

our

third.

This

one’s

a

theorist,

Mill

Durkheim.

He’s

a…

07:59

classical

social

theorist

and

he

argued

that

religion

was

a

man-made

social

institution

that

was

created

by

human

beings

to

produce

number

one

social

integration

so

religion

was

a

way

to

bind

a

community

together

and

number

two

to

produce

social

regulation

which

would

be

a

way

to

provide

a

unified

system

of

beliefs

that

could

govern

human

behavior

and

he

believed

that

both

of

these

functions

08:26

social

integration

and

social

regulation

were

essential

to

the

stability

of

society.

And

he,

like

Nietzsche,

was

kind

of

concerned

about

a

society

that

was

void

of

religion.

And

what

would

happen

in

society

once

the

vital

functions

of

social

integration

or

social

regulation,

which

were

provided

by

religion,

were

removed

by

secularization?

Well,

not

good

things.

He

argued

that

a

modern

secular

society

would

be

plagued

08:55

by

instability

and

human

beings

in

those

societies

would

be

plagued

by

anomie,

that

breakdown

of

standards

and

values,

that

rudderlessness,

and

also

by

the

loss

of

a

collective

--- page 36 ---

or

binding

consciousness.

Now,

although

he

was

an

atheist,

Durkheim

was

quite

concerned

about

this

secularization

of

society.

He

argued

that

as

long

as

there

was

no

replacement

for

the

vital

functions

performed

by

religion,

then

society

would

face

increasing

instability.

09:25

But

unlike

Nietzsche,

Durkheim

argued

that

there

was

really

no

functional

equivalent

for

religion.

He

thought

maybe

labor

unions

might

be

able

to

form

some

of

the

functions

of

religion,

but

that’s

as

good

as

he

could

come

up

with.

So

in

the

end,

Durkheim

saw

religion

as

a

manmade

social

creation,

one

that

was

created

to

produce

social

stability.

And

he

says,

quote,

by

worshiping

God,

people

are

worshiping

society

itself.

So

in

this

light.

09:54

Durkheim

argues

that

religion

is

a

way

to

worship

ourselves.

And

this

sounds

eerily

like

worshiping

Kant

for

coming

up

with

the

rationalist

replacement

of

the

categorical

imperative

or

Nietzsche

for

coming

up

with

the

Ubermensch

as

a

replacement

for

God

given

meaning.

So

in

Durkheim’s

view,

we

worship

society

or

ourselves.

And

to

his

dying

day,

Durkheim

was

an

atheist.

10:21

Next

we

move

to

Sigmund

Freud.

He

was

also

a

declared

atheist.

Freud

viewed

religion

as

both

an

illusion

and

an

illness.

He

wrote,

quote,

religion

is

an

illusion

and

it

derives

its

strength

from

its

readiness

to

fit

in

with

our

instinctual

wishful

impulses.

So

he

sees

the

creation

of

religion

as

the

wishful

impulse

of

human

beings.

And

he

also

wrote,

quote,

10:48

Religion

is

comparable

to

a

childhood

neurosis.

So

he

saw

those

who

subscribe

to

religious

beliefs

kind

of

sick

or

having

some

sort

of

neurotic

illness.

In

other

words,

in

Freud’s

view,

one

only

believes

in

religion

if

they’re

sick

or

disillusioned.

All

right,

the

last

one

I

wanna

mention

is

Malinowski.

Malinowski

argued

that

religion

was

manmade

as

a

way

to

deal

with

the

stress

of

death.

He

was

an

agnostic.

11:18

which

means

without

knowledge.

So

he

believed

that

it

wasn’t

possible

for

human

beings

to

acquire

direct

knowledge

of

God,

which

we

talked

about

in

the

previous

episode.

So

he

argued

that

God

was

not

knowable.

So

there

you

have

it.

Those

are

the

views

of

some

of

the

--- page 37 ---

philosophers

and

theorists

that

have

argued

for

a

manmade

origin

of

religion.

And

in

each

of

these

cases,

these

men

are…

11:44

are

either

atheist

or

agnostic,

and

the

majority

of

them

present

themselves

or

other

philosophers

as

the

true

saviors

of

morality

and

meaning

and

the

stability

of

society.

So

instead

of

worshipping

God,

they

prefer

that

we

worship

at

the

altar

of

their

philosophical

ideas

be

it

ubermensch

or

the

categorical

imperative,

proletariat

revolution,

social

regulation,

psychotherapy,

or

12:12

rationalistic

materialistic

philosophy.

So

in

each

case

these

men

replace

God

with

social

constructions

of

their

own,

all

of

which

are

intended

to

replace

God

and

be

understood

as

salvatore

solutions

to

the

ills

that

plague

human

beings.

See

there’s

no

need

for

God

if

we

socially

construct

our

own

values

and

meaning.

There’s

no

need

for

God

if

we

socially

construct

a

rational

moral

system.

12:42

And

there’s

no

need

for

God

if

the

proletariat

revolts

and

constitutes

a

classless

communist

society.

There’s

no

need

for

God

if

we

find

other

ways

to

socially

integrate

and

socially

regulate

human

beings.

There’s

no

need

for

God

if

we

can

get

psychotherapy

and

are

freed

of

our

disillusions

and

illness.

Overall,

really

there’s

no

need

for

God

if

we

just

adopt

the

Salvatore

solutions

that

these

gentlemen

hope

that

we

will.

So

in

each

case

they

place

13:11

either

themselves

or

the

philosophies

of

other

men

above

God.

They

see

themselves

and

their

philosophical

ideas

as

more

informed

and

more

brilliant

than

an

omniscient

all-knowing

supreme

being.

You

know

and

that

to

me

is

the

zenith

of

intellectual

hubris.

The

ancients

record

a

very

different

explanation

of

the

origin

of

religion

and

regardless

of

religious

tradition

the

ancients

13:41

that

the

religious

teachings,

knowledge

and

rights

that

form

the

basis

of

their

tradition

was

revealed

by

God

to

human

beings.

And

most

of

them

claim

that

this

knowledge

was

revealed

by

God

very,

very

early

in

human

history.

So

I

wanna

walk

you

through

several

of

these

traditions

and

dive

into

the

ancient

writings

and

myths

because

the

ancient

record

reveals

--- page 38 ---

some

very

intriguing

characteristics

of

this

first

religious

tradition.

And

there

are

some

aspects

there

that

I

think

many

of

you.

14:11

Haven’t

heard

before

all

right.

Well,

let’s

start

with

Egypt

I

want

to

start

with

Egypt

because

it

represents

some

of

the

earliest

religious

writings

known

anywhere

in

the

world

Much

of

the

information

I’ll

refer

to

in

this

section

comes

from

the

ancient

Egyptian

pyramid

texts

basically,

they

are

inscriptions

that

were

written

inside

or

inscribed

inside

the

tombs

of

the

royalty

of

the

fifth

and

sixth

dynasties

and

scholars

date

them

to

between

2600

and

14:40

2200

BC

somewhere

in

there

which

takes

you

know,

which

makes

many

of

these

texts

about

4600

to

4500

years

old

so

we’re

talking

pretty

old

We’ll

start

our

exploration

of

the

origin

of

the

ancient

Egyptian

religion

by

focusing

on

the

god

Thoth.

Thoth

is

a

very

important

being

to

remember.

He

plays

a

very

important

role

in

Establishing

the

ancient

tradition.

So

we’re

gonna

come

back

to

him

time

and

time

again

So

keep

him

in

the

back

of

your

mind.

In

the

ancient

Egyptian

record

15:10

Thoth

is

most

often

depicted

as

a

human

being

with

the

head

of

an

ibis

bird

and

usually

has

a

writing

utensil

and

a

scribal

palette

in

his

hand.

The

earliest

Egyptians

didn’t

actually

conceive

of

the

God

Thoth

as

an

ibis

bird.

It

was

symbolic

and

we’ll

get

into

all

of

the

symbolism

conveyed

by

the

ibis

bird

in

a

future

episode.

But

in

this

episode,

we’re

going

to

focus

on

his

epitaphs

epitaphs,

which

are

central

to

15:38

understanding

the

origin

of

the

ancient

Egyptian

religion.

So

I’m

gonna

try

and

stay

on

task

here.

A

couple

of

things

to

keep

in

mind

first

from

the

references

to

Thoth

in

the

pyramid

text,

it’s

evident

that

Thoth

was

one

of

the

most

important

and

one

of

the

oldest

ancient

Egyptian

gods.

In

one

account,

Thoth

was

born

quote,

from

the

lips

of

Ray.

In

all

of

the

texts,

Thoth

is

closely

associated

with

the

creator

god,

Ray.

So.

16:05

Let’s

take

a

look

at

a

few

of

his

epitaphs.

The

epitaphs

or

titles

that

are

given

to

Thoth

are

very

important

because

they

give

us

a

really

good

idea

of

how

he’s

understood

in

terms

of

the

origin

of

ancient

Egyptian

religion.

All

right,

so

the

first

one

is

Thoth.

His

title

is,

Tongue

--- page 39 ---

of

Ray.

I’m

gonna

draw

upon

a

very

important

book

here.

It

is

written

by

Patrick

Bolan.

It’s

titled,

Thoth

or

the

Hermes

of

Egypt.

In

this

book,

16:35

he

basically

peruses

all

of

the

key

references

to

Thoth

that

he

can

find

in

the

Egyptian

record

and

then

he

kind

of

co-relates

them

together.

And

it’s

really

regarded

as

an

important

contribution

in

the

field

of

the

book.

All

right,

so

this

is

what

Bolan

has

to

say

about

this

epitaph

of

Thoth

as

the

tongue

of

Ray.

He

says,

quote,

Thoth

is

the

assistant

of

Ray,

Thoth

as

the

friend

and

trustworthy

minister

and

scribe

of

Ray.

So

already

we…

17:03

relearn

a

few

things

about

Thoth

that

he’s

a

scribe.

He

writes

down

the

words

of

the

creator

God,

Ray.

The

next

title

is

Thoth,

Lord

of

Sacred

Ceremonial.

Bolan

says,

quote,

“‘Thoth

devised

the

minutiae

of

the

divine

service,

which

was

carried

out

in

the

temples.'”

Okay,

this

is

very

important,

right?

Because

what

it’s

conveying

is

that

Thoth

was

the

author

of,

or

the

originator

of,

17:33

the

sacred

ceremonial

that

the

ancient

Egyptians

performed

within

their

temples.

So

we’re

already

seeing

that

there

is

a

direct

relationship

of

divine

origin

or

God

revealed

religion,

and

they

attribute

this

to

the

God

Thoth.

A

third

epitaph

is

Thoth,

president

of

the

mysteries

of

the

divine

words.

Bolan

says,

quote,

Thoth

appears

not

merely

as

the

Lord

of

sacred

formulae.

18:01

but

as

the

leader

in

the

actual

sacred

ceremonial

itself,

as

a

sort

of

official

master

of

liturgical

ceremonies.

So

now

he

is

the

master

of

ceremonies.

He

leads

them

through

it.

He

guides

them

through

it.

So

they’re

receiving

this

directly

from

the

god

Thoth.

All

right,

a

fourth

epitaph

is,

Thoth,

Lord

of

the

Divine

Words.

Bolan

says,

quote,

Thoth’s

epitaph,

Lord

of

the

Divine

Words,

implies

his

lordship.

18:29

over

the

formula

or

ritual

and

cult.

That

worship

implies

again

that

Tuthoth

was

assigned

the

duty

of

superintending

the

celebration

ritual

ceremonial

and

that

in

Tuthoth

was

found

the

source

of

all

such

mysterious

power.

There

is

abundant

evidence

in

the

text

that

Tuthoth

--- page 40 ---

was

assigned

the

authorship

of

the

forms

of

cult.

So

again,

Tuthoth

is

seen

as

the

primary

author

18:56

the

ancient

Egyptian

religion.

He’s

the

one

that

gave

them

or

revealed

to

them

all

the

important

rituals.

All

right

a

fifth

title

is

Thoth

Lord

of

the

Cubit.

Bolan

says

quote

the

hieroglyphic

texts

of

the

temple

of

Edfu

refer

to

the

cubit

by

calling

it

quote

cubit

of

Thoth

or

quote

cubit

of

establishing

Ma’at.

One

text

indicates

that

the

god

Thoth

was

considered

to

be

the

lord

of

the

cubit.

19:23

Everything

suggests

that

this

instrument

was

an

essential

tool

or

even

the

emblem

for

craftsmen

and

technicians,

the

ceremonial

cubit

rod.

Symbolically

this

standard

ruler

in

its

votive

form,

this

precious

collection

of

tables

ensures

the

control

of

time

and

space.

Essentially

to

Maat,

the

balance

of

which

is

one

of

the

guarantors,

the

cubit

is

precisely

and

perhaps

secretly

kept

within

the

temple.

If

you

go

to

theancienttradition.com

19:53

and

you

click

on

this

episode

and

you

scroll

down

a

little

bit,

you’re

going

to

see

a

picture

there

of

an

ibis

bird

and

you’ll

see

that

it’s

in

stride.

The

ancient

Egyptians

argued

or

believed

that

the

length

of

the

stride

of

the

ibis

bird

was

holy

and

it

was

actually

the

length

of

a

cubit.

And

so

what

this

conveys

and

what

we’ll

see

in

a

lot

of

other

aspects

related

to

Soth

is

that

he’s

the

author

of

every

single

aspect

of

the

ancient

Egyptian

temple.

20:23

from

the

hieroglyphs,

he

created

the

hieroglyphs,

to

the

measurements

of

the

temple,

he

created

those,

to

setting

out

the

exact

foundation

of

the

temple.

Every

single

aspect

of

the

temple

needed

be

according

to

the

prescriptions

of

Thoth.

The

last

epitaph

of

Thoth

I

wanna

mention

is

Thoth,

a

second

ray.

Bolan

says,

quote,

Thoth

is

often

equated

to

ray

as

the

night

sun

and

acts

as

his

deputy.

20:51

He’s

seated

at

his

right

hand

in

the

position

of

honor.

In

a

lot

of

the

depictions

of

Thoth,

you’ll

see

him

seated

on

a

throne,

which

is

kind

of

to

convey

this

idea.

The

point

though

is

that

he’s

very

tight

with

the

god,

Ray.

And

so

he’s

sort

of

like

a

voice

for,

or

a

scribe

for

the

--- page 41 ---

tongue

of

the

creator

god,

Ray.

And

so

he

is

the

one

by

which

the

entire

ancient

Egyptian

religion

is

revealed

to

human

beings.

21:21

Let

me

read

what

Bullen

said

here.

Quote,

Thoth

is

described

at

an

early

period

as

the

founder

of

the

cult

carried

on

in

the

temples,

as

the

originator

of

divine

sacrificial

worship

and

as

the

author

of

all

order

in

the

state.

It

is

as

author

of

the

institutions

of

temple

worship

that

we

find

Thoth

engaged

so

often

in

the

building

and

furnishing

of

shrines

of

all

kinds.

He

did

not

content

himself,

however,

with

marking

off

sites.

21:51

The

erection,

internal

arrangement,

and

decoration

of

the

temples

was

regarded

as

designed

by

him.

It

was

usual

for

Egyptian

shrines

to

boast

of

their

complete

conformity

with

the

plans

and

prescriptions

of

Thoth.

It’s

evident

from

the

ancient

Egyptian

record

and

from

these

epitaphs

of

Thoth

that

the

ancient

Egyptian

religion

was

understood

as

a

God-revealed

religion.

It

was

revealed

to

human

beings

through…

22:20

the

god,

both.

And

it’s

also

important

to

take

a

moment

here

and

point

out

that

the

religion

that

was

revealed

to

the

ancient

Egyptians

was

a

temple

based

religion.

It’s

centered

in

this

sacred

space

where

God

could

commune

with

human

beings.

Next,

let’s

take

a

look

at

ancient

Mesopotamia.

In

particular,

I

want

to

focus

on

the

famous

epic

poem,

the

Epic

of

Gilgamesh.

So

the

earliest

known

surviving

copy

of

the

Epic

of

Gilgamesh

was

written

on

cuneiform

tablets.

22:49

and

they

were

found

in

the

library

of

Ashurbanipal

in

the

early

1850s.

Scholars

date

the

poem

to

around

2100

BC.

And

if

they

have

that

dating

correct,

the

Epic

of

Gilgamesh

is

the

earliest

known

literary

composition

of

note

and

the

second

oldest

religious

text

after

the

pyramid

text,

which

we

just

mentioned.

The

poem

is

quite

long,

but

I

wanna

focus

on

one

particular

aspect

of

the

poem,

which

will

make

it

much

shorter.

In

the

poem,

23:17

King

Gilgamesh

is

in

search

of

eternal

life.

He’s

learned

that

Unapishtim,

who

is

the

Mesopotamian

version

of

Noah,

preserved

the

sacred

secret

teachings

of

eternal

life,

which

had

been

taught

before

the

flood.

So

King

Gilgamesh

sets

out

on

this

awesome

quest

to

find

--- page 42 ---

Unapishtim

so

he

can

acquire

the

important

secret

knowledge

he

needs

to

gain

eternal

life,

just

like

Unapishtim

did.

23:44

The

traditional

epic

poem

was

written

on

11

tablets,

and

I’ll

be

quoting

from

various

sections

of

tablets

one,

four,

and

six.

And

I’ll

be

quoting

from

Andrew

George’s

English

translation,

so

let’s

start.

This

is

the

very

beginning

of

tablet

one.

Epic

of

Gilgamesh.

He

who

saw

the

deep,

the

country’s

foundation,

who

knew,

was

wise

in

all

matters.

Gilgamesh

who

saw

the

deep.

24:13

Gilgamesh

the

tall,

magnificent

and

terrible,

who

opened

passes

in

the

mountains,

who

dug

wells

on

the

slopes

of

the

uplands,

and

crossed

the

ocean,

the

wide

sea

to

the

sunrise,

who

scoured

the

world

ever

searching

for

life,

and

reached

through

sheer

force,

you

napished

him

the

distant,

who

restored

the

cult

center

destroyed

by

the

deluge,

and

set

in

place

for

the

people

the

rights

of

the

cosmos.

I

am

afraid

of

death,

so

I

wander

the

wild.

24:43

to

find

Yunapishitin

son

of

Ubertutu.

I

am

seeking

the

road

of

my

forefather,

Yunapishitin,

who

attends

the

God’s

assembly

and

found

life

eternal

of

death

and

life.

He

shall

tell

me

the

secret.

I’m

gonna

jump

forward

now

to

the

part

of

the

epic

where

King

Gilgamesh

finds

Yunapishitin

and

converses

with

him.

Said

Gilgamesh

to

him,

to

Yunapishitin

the

distant,

I

look

at

you,

Yunapishitin.

25:12

Your

form

is

no

different.

You’re

just

like

me.

You’re

not

any

different.

You’re

just

like

me.

I

was

fully

intent

on

making

you

fight,

but

now

in

your

presence

my

hand

has

stayed.

How

was

it

you

stood

with

the

gods

in

assembly?

How

did

you

find

the

life

eternal?

Said

you

knapished

him

to

him

to

Gilgamesh.

Let

me

disclose,

oh

Gilgamesh,

a

matter

most

secret.

To

you

I

will

tell

a

mystery

of

gods.

25:41

And

Lil

came

up

inside

the

boat.

He

took

hold

of

my

hand

and

brought

me

on

board.

He

brought

aboard

my

wife

and

made

her

kneel

at

my

side.

He

touched

our

foreheads,

standing

between

us

to

bless

us.

In

the

past,

Ynapishtim

was

a

mortal

man,

but

now

he

and

his

wife

shall

become

like

gods.

There’s

a

lot

of

truly

amazing

stuff

going

on

in

this

poem.

And

so

I

--- page 43 ---

wanna

break

it

down

here

just

a

little

bit.

And

I

wanna

start

off

with

the

very

first

phrase

where

he

says,

he

who

saw

the

deep.

26:11

Here

the

deep

is

referring

to

the

mysteries

or

wisdom

that

Gilgamesh

brought

back

from

his

meeting

with

unapishtim.

Gilgamesh

was

given

knowledge

on

how

to

worship

the

gods

and

how

to

live

a

good

life

and

Ultimately

how

to

obtain

eternal

life.

Now

if

you’re

familiar

with

the

poem,

you

know,

he

ultimately

does

not

Gain

eternal

life

which

makes

this

very

much

a

tragedy,

but

let’s

go

back

into

the

poem

and

look

a

little

closer

26:40

where

he

talks

about

and

he

describes

Unapishtim,

he

says,

Unapishtim

was

the

one

who

restored

the

cult

center

that

had

been

destroyed

by

the

deluge.

So

this

puts

us

as

pre-deluge,

before

the

flood

of

the

earth,

he’s

saying

that

there

was

a

cult

center

that

basically

this

Mesopotamian

Noah

was

familiar

with

and

part

of

and

then

after

the

flood

he

27:10

and

he

refers

to

this

ancient

religion

as

the

rites

of

the

cosmos.

King

Gilgamesh

understands

that

really

what

the

core

of

this

original

religion

was

that

Unapishtim

had

was

the

ability

to

gain

eternal

life.

And

then

he

goes

on

and

he

refers

a

little

bit

more

and

tells

us

more

about

Unapishtim

and

he

says,

Unapishtim

attended

the

God’s

assembly

and

found

eternal

life.

So

it

suggests

in

some

way

Unapishtim

ascended

to

heaven.

27:39

where

he

attended

some

sort

of

council

or

assembly

of

the

gods

and

there

they

told

him

a

secret

or

they

conferred

to

him

or

revealed

to

him

certain

information

that

would

allow

for

him

to

gain

eternal

life.

All

right,

jump

forward

and

this

is

where

we

get

to

even

more

of

the

God

revealed

religion

section

here

in

the

back

when

he

when

Gilgamesh

finds

Yenepishem

and

Yenepishem

relates

28:08

truly

amazing

account

of

what

happened

to

him

while

he

was

on

the

ark.

And

he

says

to

him,

Yenapishtim

said

to

Gilgamesh,

let

me

disclose,

oh,

Gilgamesh,

a

matter

most

secret.

So

that’s

another

point

I

want

to

bring

out

is

that

this

original

religion

was

one

that

was

so

sacred

that

it

was

preserved

for

people

who

met

certain

qualifications.

It

wasn’t

just

--- page 44 ---

distributed

to

everybody.

This

was

really

sacred

information

that

was

only

disclosed

to

certain

individuals.

28:36

The

way

the

story

is

told,

it

seems

like

Ynapishtim

is

not

yet

in

the

ark

himself.

So

this

is

before

they

get

into

the

ark,

apparently.

And

so

he

says

that

Enlil

came

inside

the

boat

and

took

hold

of

Ynapishtim’s

hand

and

brought

him

on

to

the

ark.

And

then

he

brought

his

wife

onto

the

ark

and

together

they

both

kneel

at

his

side.

And

then

Enlil,

the

god,

touches

their

foreheads

and

then

he

is

transformed

from

a

mortal

man.

29:06

and

he

and

his

wife

become

like

gods.

This

is

just

an

amazing

story

that’s

here.

For

our

purposes

in

this

episode,

what

I

really

want

to

convey

is

that

this

information

was

revealed,

God

revealed

through

this

God’s

counsel

and

then

through

the

God

Enlil

himself

coming

and

interacting.

And

I

also

want

to

point

out

again

that

the

anthropomorphic

features

of

Enlil,

he

takes

him

by

the

hand

suggesting

that

God

has

a

hand.

29:35

to

bring

him

on

the

boat.

Just

some

fascinating

stuff

here.

And

of

course,

we

will

come

back

to

this

in

another

episode.

Unfortunately,

we’re

already

out

of

time,

but

I

hope

you’re

already

seeing

or

noticing

some

intriguing

parallels,

not

only

between

the

Egyptian

account

and

the

Mesopotamian

account,

but

also

the

accounts

that

we

covered

in

episode

number

one

of

the

Aboriginal

peoples

in

New

South

Wales,

Australia,

and

the

Dayak

people

of

Burneo.

Note

how

in

30:03

Each

of

these

accounts,

the

supreme

being

either

reveals

the

religious

tradition

in

a

temple

setting

or

the

religious

tradition

is

directly

connected

to

a

temple

context.

I

think

this

is

really

important.

Let

me

just

give

you

a

quick

example

of

this

in

which

we

have

Unapishtim

who

is

apparently

standing

outside

of

the

ark

and

God

appears

in

the

ark.

If

you

compare

this

to

the

biblical

account

in

which

we’re

speaking

of

Noah,

there’s

a

lot

of

features

of

the

ark.

30:31

that

suggests

to

scholars

that

the

ark

itself

was

a

temple.

The

measurements

of

the

ark

and

how

it

was

revealed,

how

to

build

the

ark,

all

of

these

are

important

features

related

to

a

--- page 45 ---

temple

context

for

an

apostate.

So

there’s

a

lot

there

that

suggests

that

the

ark

itself

was

a

temple.

And

if

we

go

back

to

the

aboriginal

peoples

in

New

South

Wales,

you’ll

recall

that

Bayami,

the

creator

god,

imparts

a

religious

tradition

to

the

people.

30:58

in

the

most

sacred

place

on

earth,

which

was

his

camp.

And

that

camp

where

he

resided,

or

where

Bayami,

the

god,

dwelt

on

earth,

was

near

a

mountain.

And

mountains

are

almost

always

a

synonym

for

a

temple.

And

it’s

there

that

Bayami

relays

to

them

the

religious

tradition.

It’s

here

that

Bayami

reveals

to

the

people

the

mysteries.

He

teaches

them

important

spiritual

truths

and

reveals

to

them

the

sacred

ceremonies

or

rituals

that

are

associated

with

those

truths.

31:28

and

all

of

this

takes

place

in

a

temple-like

setting.

If

we

look

at

Egypt,

in

Egypt,

the

god

Thoth,

as

lord

of

the

sacred

ceremonial,

reveals

to

the

earliest

Egyptians

the

sacred

ceremonies

which

were

to

be

performed

in

the

Egyptian

temples.

And

all

of

this,

which

like

Unapishtim

of

Mesopotamia,

are

deeply

connected

to

obtaining

eternal

life.

I

have

a

whole

lot

more

I

wanna

share

on

this

topic,

so

I’m

gonna

do

a

part

two

next

week.

31:57

We’re

definitely

gonna

take

a

look

at

Adam

and

the

Judeo-Christian

perspective.

We’re

gonna

look

at

Hinduism.

I’m

gonna

share

with

you

one

of

my

favorite

books.

It’s

an

apocryphal

Old

Testament

book,

the

Book

of

the

Secrets

of

Enoch,

which

has

got

some

fabulous

stuff

in

it.

We’re

also

gonna

look

at

Mandeism,

which

is

one

of

the

only

surviving,

if

not

the

only

surviving,

Gnostic

sect

from

early

Christianity.

We’re

gonna

look

at

the

Elysian

Mysteries,

Islam.

32:23

as

well

as

some

Native

American

tribes,

the

Lenape

and

of

my

favorite,

of

course,

the

Hopi.

If

you’re

interested

in

learning

more

about

the

evidence

presented

in

this

episode,

visit

theancienttradition.com

and

search

for

this

specific

episode

under

evidence.

Near

the

bottom

of

the

podcast

page,

there’s

the

button

to

subscribe

to

the

podcast

as

well

as

a

running

countdown

to

our

next

episode,

all

of

which

you

can

share

with

your

family

and

friends.

In

addition,

I

invite

you

to

check

out

our

sister

podcast,

32:51

--- page 46 ---

the

ancient

tradition

audio

writ,

where

you

can

find

audio

recordings

of

the

many

ancient

texts,

which

we

refer

to

in

this

podcast

as

well

as

the

occasional

scholarly

article.

If

you’re

interested

in

listening

to

a

recording

of

the

full

text

of

the

Epic

of

Gilgamesh,

check

out

our

sister

podcast,

the

ancient

tradition

audio

writ.

I’ll

leave

you

with

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare,

knowledge

is

the

wing

wherewith

we

fly

to

heaven.

I’m

Jack

Logan.

I’ll

see

you

on

the

next

edition.

33:21

of

the

ancient

tradition.

33:25

You’ve

been

listening

to

the

ancient

tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Episode

#4

-

Did

God

Reveal

The

Ancient

Tradition

in

the

Garden

of

Eden?

https://theancienttradition.com/4-did-god-reveal-the-ancient-tradition-in-the-garden-of-eden/

00:00

Music

00:09

You’re

listening

to

The

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Music

provided

by

Joseph

McDade.

He

is

your

host,

Dr.

Jack

Logan.

00:25

Welcome

to

the

Ancient

Tradition

podcast.

I’m

your

host,

Jack

Logan.

Great

to

have

all

of

you

listening

in

today.

In

our

last

episode,

we

established

that

both

the

ancient

Egyptians

and

ancient

Mesopotamians

unequivocally

claimed

that

their

religious

traditions

were

revealed

to

human

beings

by

a

supreme

being.

In

the

ancient

Egyptian

record,

we

find

hundreds

and

hundreds

of

references

inscribed

inside

the

tombs.

00:52

on

temple

walls,

on

steles,

as

well

as

written

on

important

papyri

like

the

Book

of

the

Dead

and

the

Turin

Pyrrhus,

claiming

the

god

Thoth

revealed

every

single

aspect

of

ancient

Egyptian

temple

worship

and

the

accompanying

funerary

rites

to

human

beings.

And

I

haven’t

exposed

to

--- page 47 ---

you

a

lot

of

those

references

yet,

but

they’ll

play

an

important

role

in

reconstructing

the

ancient

tradition

in

the

near

future.

They’re

definitely

in

the

pipeline.

01:20

We

also

read

a

fascinating

account

in

the

Epic

of

Gilgamesh

where

Unapishtim,

the

Mesopotamian

Noah,

recounts

to

King

Gilgamesh,

quote,

a

matter

most

secret,

a

mystery

of

gods,

in

which

before

he

and

his

wife

entered

the

ark,

the

chief

god

of

the

Sumerian

pantheon

and

Lil

appeared

in

the

ark

and

beckoned

Unapishtim

and

his

wife

to

join

him

on

the

boat.

And

there

the

god

Anil

01:48

Revealed

a

mystery

and

performed

a

sacred

rite

the

outcome

of

which

you

napished

him

and

his

wife

received

eternal

life

And

in

both

cases

the

religious

tradition

was

revealed

by

a

supreme

being

And

in

both

cases

the

supreme

being

either

revealed

the

religious

tradition

in

a

temple

setting

or

the

religious

tradition

was

directly

Connected

to

a

temple

context.

There’s

a

lot

more

in

the

epic

of

Gilgamesh

that’s

relevant

to

our

discussion

So

if

you

haven’t

had

a

chance

to

read

the

epic

of

Gilgamesh

02:17

then

check

out

our

sister

podcast,

The

Ancient

Tradition,

Audio

Rit,

and

there

you’ll

find

an

audio

recording

of

the

full

epic.

It’s

worth

your

time

and

we’ll

definitely

come

back

to

it

in

future

episodes.

Today’s

episode

is,

did

God

reveal

the

ancient

tradition

in

the

Garden

of

Eden?

So

in

this

episode,

we’re

gonna

look

at

what

the

ancient

Hebrews

claimed.

In

particular,

we’re

gonna

dive

into

the

Garden

of

Eden

story

in

the

Bible

starting

in

Genesis

chapter

two.

02:46

Our

main

objective

here

is

to

see

if

there’s

any

evidence

in

the

text

that

God

revealed

the

ancient

Hebrew

religious

tradition

to

Adam

and

Eve

in

the

very

beginning

while

they

were

in

the

Garden

of

Eden.

A

lot

of

important

things

are

going

on

in

this

account.

So

I’ll

be

reading

from

the

King

James

Version.

The

Bible

was

originally

written

in

Hebrew,

but

I’m

going

to

draw

upon

the

original

Hebrew

in

a

couple

of

places

because

it’ll

help

clarify

some

important

aspects

of

the

story.

03:13

Whatever

your

background

is

though,

I

guarantee

you

that

you’re

gonna

learn

something

new

today

about

the

Garden

of

Eden

story

that

you

didn’t

know

previously.

So

let’s

start

in

Genesis

chapter

two.

Chapter

two

starts

where

chapter

one

leaves

off,

God

has

just

spent

six

days

or

eras

creating

the

heaven

and

the

earth.

And

it

reads,

thus

the

heavens

and

the

earth

were

finished

and

all

the

host

of

them.

03:37

And

on

the

seventh

day

God

ended

his

work

which

he

had

made,

and

he

rested

on

the

seventh

day

from

all

his

work

which

he

had

made.

And

God

blessed

the

seventh

day

and

sanctified

it,

because

that

in

it

he

had

rested

from

all

his

work

which

God

created

and

made.

And

the

Lord

God

formed

man

of

the

dust

of

the

ground

and

breathed

into

his

nostrils

the

breath

of

life,

and

man

became

a

living

soul.

And

the

Lord

God

planted

a

garden

eastward

in

Eden,

04:06

and

there

he

put

the

man

whom

he

had

formed.

And

out

of

the

ground

made

the

Lord

God

to

grow

every

tree

that

is

pleasant

to

the

sight

and

good

for

food.

The

tree

of

life

also

in

the

midst

of

the

garden

and

the

tree

of

knowledge

of

good

and

evil.

And

a

river

went

out

of

Eden

to

water

--- page 48 ---

the

garden,

and

from

thence

it

was

parted

and

became

into

four

heads.

The

name

of

the

first

is

Pisan,

that

is

which

compasseth

the

whole

land

of

Havilah,

where

there

is

gold.

04:35

and

the

gold

of

the

land

is

good,

there’s

delium

and

the

ankhs

stone.

So

let’s

stop

there

for

a

minute

and

start

with

a

really

important

first

question.

What

is

the

Garden

of

Eden?

Now,

most

of

you

would

probably

say,

well,

it’s

a

garden,

but

a

closer

examination

of

the

text

tells

us

that

there’s

much,

much

more

to

this

garden

than

a

quick

pass

would

lead

us

to

believe.

05:00

And

much

of

what

I’m

gonna

share

with

you

comes

from

a

fantastic

article

written

by

an

Old

Testament

scholar

by

the

name

of

Richard

Davison,

who

in

2015

examined

the

key

terminology

and

he

looked

at

the

literary

structures

and

the

themes

of

the

Garden

of

Eden

story.

And

he

found

that

there

was

substantial

textual

evidence

to

conclude

that

the

Garden

of

Eden

was

Earth’s

first

sanctuary

or

temple.

And

this

is

what

he

says.

05:27

There’s

an

emerging

consensus

among

biblical

scholars

that

the

pre-fall

garden

of

Eden

and

its

surroundings

is

to

be

regarded

as

the

original

sanctuary

on

earth.

The

biblical

evidence

for

this

conclusion

has

been

documented

by

scores

of

biblical

scholars.

In

other

words,

the

evidence

within

the

text

and

links

with

other

biblical

texts

05:51

have

led

these

scholars

to

conclude

that

the

first

thing

God

built

on

his

newly

created

earth

was

a

holy

sanctuary

or

a

temple

where

he

could

dwell.

So

let’s

take

a

look

at

some

of

that

textual

evidence,

the

evidence

that

led

these

scholars

to

this

conclusion.

The

first

is

the

eastward

orientation.

The

Genesis

text

states

that

God

planted

his

garden

eastward

in

Eden.

Now

Eden

and

the

garden

are

not

the

same

things.

06:19

Eden’s

the

name

that’s

given

to

a

large

area

of

land.

And

so

according

to

the

text,

God

planted

a

garden

in

the

eastern

section

of

this

land,

the

land

Eden.

Thus

the

garden

was

called

the

Garden

of

Eden.

So

God

planting

the

garden

in

the

east

area

of

Eden

or

eastward,

this

corresponds

with

later

Israelite

sanctuaries,

which

were

built

with

an

eastward

orientation

so

that

the…

06:45

morning

sun

could

shine

on

the

front

doors

of

the

temple.

And

this

can

be

seen

in

the

mosaic

tabernacle

and

in

King

Solomon’s

temple.

And

it’s

even

apparent

in

the

end

times

temple

in

Ezekiel’s

account.

Ezekiel

chapter

47

says,

“‘Afterward

he

brought

me

again

“‘unto

the

door

of

the

house.

“‘And

behold,

waters

issued

out

“‘from

under

the

threshold

of

the

house

eastward,

“‘for

the

forefront

of

the

house

stood

toward

the

east.'”

07:15

The

house

of

course

spoken

of

here

refers

to

the

end

time

temple.

So

there’s

a

clear

connection

here

between

temples

and

eastward

orientation.

Second

in

Genesis

chapter

two

verse

eight,

which

says,

and

the

Lord

God

planted

a

garden

eastward

in

Eden.

The

Hebrew

word

for

plant

is

not

to

and

in

Exodus

1517,

Moses

uses

this

same

Hebrew

verb

not

to

to

plant.

07:44

refer

to

his

holy

sanctuary

on

Mount

Sinai

and

it

reads,

thou

shalt

bring

them

in

and

plant

them

in

the

mountain

of

thine

inheritance

in

the

place

oh

lord

which

thou

has

made

for

thee

to

dwell

in

--- page 49 ---

in

the

sanctuary

oh

lord

which

thy

hands

have

established.

So

Moses

is

clearly

stating

here

that

the

lord

was

the

one

who

built

his

temple

in

the

mountain

so

that

the

lord

would

have

a

place

to

dwell

on

earth

and

that

god’s

people

were

to

be

planted

in

the

temple.

08:13

because

it

was

their

inheritance.

The

Genesis

account

clearly

states

that

it

was

God

who

planted

the

garden,

the

first

sanctuary

on

earth.

It

wasn’t

made

by

human

beings.

The

first

temple

on

earth

was

made

or

planted

on

earth

by

God.

Third,

the

most

important

feature

of

the

Garden

of

Eden

was

a

tree,

the

Tree

of

Life.

08:34

which

stood

in

the

midst

of

the

garden.

And

the

ancient

Hebrews

kept

a

stylized

version

of

the

tree

of

life

in

their

temples,

and

we

know

it

as

the

seven-branched

lampstand

or

the

menorah.

The

menorah

was

a

key

feature

in

both

the

Mosaic

tabernacle

and

King

Solomon’s

temple.

Fourth,

Genesis

chapter

2

verse

9

states,

And

out

of

the

ground

may

the

Lord

God

to

grow

every

tree

that

is

pleasant

to

the

sight.

09:03

and

good

for

food,

the

tree

of

life

also

in

the

midst

of

the

garden,

and

the

tree

of

knowledge

of

good

and

evil.

The

placement

of

the

tree

of

life

in

the

midst

of

the

garden

is

extremely

important.

The

midst

is

generally

associated

with

the

middle

or

the

very

center

of

the

garden.

The

tree

of

life

was

in

the

central

most

point

of

the

garden

that

was

within

the

land

of

Eden.

The

Hebrew

word

for

midst,

betoch,

is

according

to

Davison.

09:31

the

precise

term

for

the

living

presence

of

God

in

the

midst

or

the

toll

of

his

people

in

the

sanctuary.

In

the

mosaic

sanctuary

and

Solomonic

temple,

the

Ark,

which

symbolized

the

presence

of

God

on

his

throne,

was

located

at

the

exact

center

of

the

quadrangle

of

holy

space

containing

the

sanctuary

building

proper.

In

other

words,

the

tree

of

life

symbolized

God

in

the

center

of

all

things.

10:01

or

God

dwelling

in

the

center

of

his

holy

sanctuary

or

earthly

temple.

Fifth,

the

Genesis

account

also

notes

that

a

river

of

flowing

water

went

out

from

Eden.

The

Hebrew

scriptures

are

replete

with

examples

of

living

sacral

waters

flowing

from

the

temple.

And

flowing

waters

were

also

a

key

feature

of

the

end

times

temple

that

Ezekiel

saw

in

vision.

As

we

read

just

a

minute

ago

in

Ezekiel

chapter

47,

it

says,

10:28

afterward

he

brought

me

again

unto

the

door

of

the

house

and

behold

waters

issued

out

from

under

the

threshold

of

the

house

eastward

for

the

forefront

of

the

house

stood

toward

the

east.”

We

find

a

similar

thing

in

Joel

chapter

4

verse

18

which

also

speaks

of

the

end

time

temple

and

it

says

a

fountain

shall

come

forth

from

the

house

of

the

Lord.

In

the

Christian

account

of

John

the

10:56

John

writes

in

Revelation

chapter

22

verse

1,

and

he

shewed

me

a

pure

river

of

water

of

life,

clear

as

crystal,

proceeding

out

of

the

throne

of

God

and

of

the

lamb.

The

association

between

temples

and

flowing

waters

is

widespread

in

the

ancient

Near

East

and

especially

in

ancient

Hebrew

temples,

but

we

also

find

this

association

all

over

the

world.

From

John’s

account

in

Christianity,

the

waters

flowed

directly

from

God’s

throne.

--- page 50 ---

11:25

which

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

account

is

represented

by

the

Tree

of

Life.

Sixth,

the

Genesis

account

notes

that

the

river

of

flowing

water

split

into

four

heads.

So

we

read

in

Genesis

chapter

two

verse

10,

and

a

river

went

out

of

Eden

to

water

the

garden,

and

from

thence

it

was

parted

and

became

into

four

heads.

The

river

splitting

into

four

rivers

is

significant

because

in

the

ancient

Near

East,

the

number

four

was

symbolic

of

two

really

important

11:55

another

way

to

symbolize

the

center

of

all

things.

So

if

one

started

from

the

cardinal

points

and

drew

a

line

directly

from

each

point

towards

the

middle,

the

lines

would

intersect

in

the

very

center.

In

fact,

the

word

temple

is

actually

associated

with

this

very

concept.

In

Greek,

the

word

temenos,

from

which

our

word

temple

is

likely

derived,

means

to

cut,

and

this

refers

to

12:25

the

Cardo

being

the

north-south

line

and

the

Decumanus,

the

east-west

line.

In

other

words,

the

four

rivers

flowing

from

the

Garden

of

Eden

emphasized

in

yet

another

way

that

God

dwelt

in

his

temple

in

the

center

of

all

things.

And

if

we

follow

the

four

rivers

back

to

their

origin,

we

are

back

to

the

absolute

perfect

center

of

all

things

and

all

life,

which

would

be

God’s

throne.

And

second,

in

ancient

Near

East,

the

number

four

also

represented

geographic

totality.

12:54

So

to

say

that

the

waters

of

Eden

flowed

from

God’s

throne

to

the

four

corners

was

just

another

way

of

saying

that

God’s

influence,

his

light

and

goodness

flowed

out

from

his

temple

and

then

covered

the

entire

earth.

Seventh,

the

Genesis

account

gives

us

good

reason

to

think

that

the

Garden

of

Eden

was

planted

on

elevated

land,

like

on

a

hill

or

on

a

mountain.

Richard

Davison

notes,

quote,

13:19

The

Genesis

2

creation

account

implies

that

the

Garden

of

Eden

was

placed

on

an

elevated

position,

for

example,

a

mountain.

The

four

rivers

flow

from

a

common

source

in

four

different

directions,

and

this

seems

possible

only

if

the

rivers

are

flowing

down

from

an

elevated

mountain

location.

This

comports

with

the

location

of

the

heavenly

sanctuary

on

the

mountain

of

God.

So

this

association

between

temples

and

mountains

is

ubiquitous

in

the

world.

In

fact,

13:47

connection

between

the

two

ideas

is

so

tight

that

the

two

words,

temple

and

mountain,

in

the

ancient

world

are

practically

synonyms

for

each

other.

God

appears

to

Moses

on

Mount

Sinai.

Solomon’s

temple

was

referred

to

as

the

mountain

of

the

Lord.

And

there’s

also

a

really

important

scripture

in

Ezekiel

chapter

28

which

actually

describes

the

Garden

of

Eden

as

a

mountain.

Verses

13

and

14

say,

and

this

is

in

reference

to

Adam,

Thou

hast

been

an

Eden

14:16

garden

of

God.

Thou

are

the

anointed

cherub

and

I

have

set

thee

so.

Thou

was

upon

the

holy

mount

of

God.”

Next

we

have

a

reference

to

precious

metals

in

the

Genesis

account

which

also

implies

that

the

Garden

of

Eden

was

a

holy

temple.

If

we

look

at

Genesis

chapter

2

verses

11

and

12

it

says

the

name

of

the

first

and

this

is

referring

to

the

river

Pisan

that

is

it

which

compasseth

the

whole

14:45

the

gold

of

the

land

is

good

and

there’s

delium

in

the

onks

stone.

So

precious

stones

and

minerals

are

mentioned

in

the

scriptures

in

connection

with

the

mosaic

tabernacle

and

also

--- page 51 ---

Solomon’s

temple.

The

furniture

and

the

utensils

of

Solomon’s

temple

were

made

of

gold

and

God

himself

in

the

book

of

Revelation

is

also

symbolized

by

precious

stones.

In

Revelation

chapter

four

verses

two

and

three

it

describes

God

in

these

terms.

15:13

Behold

a

throne

was

set

in

heaven

and

one

set

on

the

throne

And

he

that

sat

was

to

look

upon

like

a

jasper

in

a

sardine

stone

And

there

was

a

rainbow

round

about

the

throne

in

sight

like

unto

an

emerald

And

this

account

by

john

the

revelator

also

mentions

that

the

stylized

tree

of

life

was

present

in

god’s

throne

room,

too

John

writes

in

verse

5

And

out

of

the

throne

15:40

proceeded

lightnings

and

thunderings

and

voices,

and

there

were

seven

lamps

of

fire

burning

before

the

throne.

Ninth,

one

of

the

most

important

features

of

the

Garden

of

Eden

account

that

points

to

the

garden

as

a

temple

or

sanctuary

is

the

tripartite

division

of

the

geography.

So

first

we

start

in

Genesis

with

this

land

called

Eden,

and

then

second,

eastward

in

that

land

of

Eden,

God

plants

a

garden.

16:10

And

then

third

in

the

midst

of

the

garden

or

in

the

middle

of

the

garden

was

a

special

tree,

the

tree

of

life.

So

we

have

three

divisions

there.

These

three

divisions

represent

degrees

of

holiness.

And

we

find

a

similar

tripartite

division

in

the

mosaic

tabernacle

and

also

in

Solomon’s

temple.

Both

the

mosaic

tabernacle

and

Solomon’s

temple

were

surrounded

by

a

courtyard.

And

then

in

the

courtyard

was

a

building

designated

as

the

holy

place.

16:39

then

within

the

holy

place

was

the

most

sacred

holy

place

known

as

the

holy

of

holies.

And

there

the

ancient

Israelites

kept

the

ark

of

the

covenant

and

the

mercy

seat

which

was

the

throne

of

God.

If

you

go

to

our

companion

website

thea

you’ll

find

an

illustration

of

the

tripartite

division

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

compared

to

the

tripartite

division

in

Israelite

sanctuaries.

You

just

need

to

click

on

evidence

and

then

in

the

drop

down

menu

you’ll

17:07

illustrations

along

with

quotes,

all

the

quotes

I’m

giving

you

today

and

full

citations

and

pictures

of

everything

that

we

discuss

in

this

episode.

The

first

illustration

you’ll

see

presents

the

tripartite

division

as

a

series

of

concentric

squares

which

share

a

common

center,

the

Garden

of

Eden,

and

the

Tree

of

Life

marks

the

center,

the

holiest

point.

And

in

the

Israelite

sanctuary,

the

Holy

of

Holies

marks

the

center,

the

holiest

point.

17:35

And

from

there

you

get

a

series

of

squares,

each

marking

a

lesser

degree

of

holiness

as

they

spread

out

farther

and

farther

from

the

center.

In

the

second

illustration,

you’ll

see

this

same

tripartite

structure

juxtaposed

against

the

backdrop

of

a

mountain.

So

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

version,

which

we

just

established

was

likely

planted

on

a

elevated

ground

like

a

hill

or

mountain,

the

Tree

of

Life

is

perched

on

the

summit.

18:01

In

the

Israelite

sanctuary

version,

the

Holy

of

Holies

is

depicted

in

the

center

of

a

platform

slightly

elevated

above

the

holy

place.

And

they

usually

did

this

architecturally

with

a

step

or

a

series

of

steps

or

stairs

to

show

that

increase

in

elevation.

In

both

of

these

cases,

the

depictions

link

holiness

to

ascension.

So

as

one

increases

in

holiness,

one

moves

closer

and

closer

to

the

center.

--- page 52 ---

18:28

to

either

the

tree

of

life

or

the

holy

of

holies,

but

one

also

moves

upward,

higher

and

higher.

And

you

can

also

reverse

it

likewise

as

one

decreases

in

holiness.

One

moves

farther

and

farther

away

from

the

center,

away

from

the

tree

of

life

or

the

holy

of

holies,

and

one

also

moves

downward,

lower

and

lower.

And

we

can

see

this

exact

same

tripartite

structure

of

holiness

in

Moses’s

Mount

Sinai

account.

18:56

Moses

ascends

to

the

summit

of

Mount

Sinai

and

there

he

meets

God

face

to

face.

And

in

Exodus

chapter

19

verses

18

and

20

it

says,

the

Mount

Sinai

was

all

together

on

a

smoke

because

the

Lord

descended

upon

it

in

fire

and

the

Lord

came

down

upon

Mount

Sinai

on

the

top

of

the

mount

and

the

Lord

called

Moses

up

to

the

top

of

the

mount

and

Moses

went

up.

Interestingly,

Moses

also

encounters

a

burning

bush

on

the

summit

of

Mount

Sinai.

19:26

Exodus

chapter

3

verses

1

and

2

say,

Now

Moses

came

to

the

mountain

of

God,

even

to

Horeb.

Mount

Horeb

is

just

another

name

for

Mount

Sinai.

And

the

angel

of

the

Lord

appeared

unto

him

in

a

flame

of

fire

out

of

the

midst

of

a

bush.

And

he

looked

and

behold,

the

bush

burned

with

fire

and

the

bush

was

not

consumed.

Hopefully

you

caught

that

this

burning

bush

on

Mount

Sinai

was

Moses’

encounter

with

the

tree

of

life.

19:53

And

note

how

this

entire

account

is

in

complete

conformity

to

the

tree

of

life

at

the

summit

of

the

mountain,

marking

the

holiest

point

where

God

dwells.

The

tripartite

division

is

further

delineated

in

the

Moses

account

when

God

confines

the

Israelite

people

to

the

foot

of

the

mountain

for

their

lack

of

faith

and

their

disobedience.

Yet

God

invites

the

priests

and

the

elders

to

ascend

Mount

Sinai

about

halfway.

20:22

So

in

Exodus

chapter

24

verses

one

and

two,

it

says,

and

he

the

God

said

unto

Moses,

come

up

unto

the

Lord,

thou

and

Aaron,

and

seventy

of

the

elders

of

Israel,

and

worship

ye

afar

off.

And

Moses

alone

shall

come

near

the

Lord,

but

they

shall

not

come

nigh,

neither

shall

the

people

go

up

with

him.

So

here

we

have

that

tripartite

division,

the

house

of

Israel

is

confined

to

the

foot

of

the

mountain.

20:50

The

priests

and

elders

are

allowed

to

ascend

partway

up

the

mount

and

worship

there,

and

Moses

is

allowed

to

fully

ascend

to

the

summit,

where

in

Exodus

24

verse

16

it

says,

quote,

the

glory

of

the

Lord

abode.

So

it’s

clear

from

this

account

that

the

holiest

space

around

God

is

restricted

only

to

those

who

meet

certain

thresholds

of

holiness.

21:16

God’s

light

emanates

from

the

center

expanding

outwards

and

all

of

the

Israelites

can

fill

a

portion

of

God’s

light

and

glory

as

they

note

in

Exodus

24

where

it

says,

the

sight

of

the

glory

of

the

Lord

was

like

devouring

fire

on

the

top

of

the

mount

in

the

eyes

of

the

children

of

Israel.

So

the

Israelites

could

clearly

see

by

looking

up

at

the

mountain

this

glory

of

the

Lord

and

they

could

feel

some

of

that

but

yet

21:44

The

fullness

of

God’s

presence

was

restricted

in

this

account

to

individuals

who

met

God’s

threshold

of

holiness,

of

which

the

Israelites

did

not.

I

don’t

want

to

get

too

far

off

topic.

The

--- page 53 ---

point

here

is

that

Moses,

in

this

Mount

Sinai

account,

is

giving

us

yet

another

confirmation

of

that

tripartite

division

of

holiness

that

we

see

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

account,

which

implies

that

the

Garden

of

Eden,

like

Mount

Sinai,

was

a

sanctuary

or

temple

where

God

could

dwell.

22:12

So

this

far

into

the

Garden

of

Eden

account,

there

are

so

many

features.

You

have

the

eastward

orientation

of

the

garden.

You

have

the

tree

of

life

in

the

midst

of

the

garden.

You

have

living

water

flowing

out

of

the

garden

into

four

rivers,

the

presence

of

precious

metals,

and

this

tripartite

division

of

holiness

in

a

mountain

context,

all

of

which

directly

point

to

a

temple

context

for

the

Garden

of

Eden

story.

And

so

here

we

are

among

the

ancient

Hebrews,

22:43

back

to

a

temple

context

just

like

we

saw

when

the

god

Bayami

descended

from

his

mountain

abode

to

the

aboriginal

peoples

in

New

South

Wales

Australia

and

the

god

Mahatala

who

descended

from

his

mountain

sacred

land

to

the

Dayak

peoples

of

Borneo

as

we

talked

about

in

episode

number

one

and

this

parallels

the

temple

context

of

the

account

given

by

the

ancient

Egyptians

and

the

god

Thoth

in

the

account

of

Unapishtim

in

the

epic

of

Gilgamesh

23:12

where

God

imparted

to

the

people

sacred

gifts

and

established

the

first

religious

ceremonies

like

we

talked

about

in

episode

number

one

and

number

three.

The

question

now

is

whether

something

similar

occurred

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

with

Adam

and

Eve.

Did

God

give

to

Adam

and

Eve

sacred

gifts?

Did

he

reveal

to

them

spiritual

truths

or

sacred

ceremonies

as

we

see

in

those

other

accounts

that

we’ve

discussed

so

far?

And

we’ll

need

to

jump

back

into

the

Genesis

account

to

see.

23:40

So

let’s

go

back

to

Genesis

chapter

two

and

look

at

verses

seven

and

eight.

God

forms

man

and

it

says,

and

the

Lord

God

formed

man

of

the

dust

of

the

ground

and

breathed

into

his

nostrils

the

breath

of

life

and

man

became

a

living

soul.

And

the

Lord

God

planted

a

garden

eastward

in

Eden.

And

there

he

put

the

man

whom

he

had

formed.

So

immediately

after

forming

Adam,

God

places

Adam

directly

in

the

garden

sanctuary

or

the

temple,

the

temple

that

he

God

planted.

24:11

or

built

so

that

he,

God,

had

a

place

where

he

could

dwell

on

earth.

In

other

words,

the

first

thing

God

does

with

Adam

is

place

him

in

the

holiest

place

on

earth,

in

his

temple,

where

Adam

can

be

in

direct

contact

with

God.

And

this

is

reinforced

in

chapter

two

of

Genesis,

verse

15,

which

says,

And

the

Lord

God

took

the

man

and

put

him

in

the

garden

of

Eden

to

dress

it

and

to

keep

it.

And

sometimes

dress

it

is

translated

as

to

tend.

24:40

In

this

verse,

God

gives

Adam

his

very

first

instructions.

Adam’s

responsibilities

are

to

take

care

of

the

garden,

to

quote,

dress

it,

and

to

quote,

keep

it.

The

Hebrew

words

for

dress

and

keep

here

are

extremely

important.

This

is

what

Richard

Davison

says.

When

viewed

in

this

light

of

their

sanctuary

context,

the

paired

use

of

the

two

Hebrew

terms

avad,

to

dress

or

to

tend,

and

shamair.

25:08

to

keep

in

Genesis

2,

15,

to

describe

the

work

of

Adam

and

Eve

in

the

Eden

Garden,

becomes

highly

significant.

According

to

this

verse,

the

first

couple

were

put

in

the

garden

to

tend

avod

--- page 54 ---

and

to

keep

shamair.

These

Hebrew

terms

literally

mean

to

serve

and

guard

respectively,

but

apply

more

than

the

fact

that

Adam

and

Eve

were

entrusted

with

a

responsible

stewardship

of

serving

and

protecting

their

environment.

25:33

These

two

Hebrew

words,

when

used

together

elsewhere

in

the

Pentateuch

and

elsewhere

in

the

whole

Old

Testament,

in

the

setting

of

the

sanctuary,

consistently

function

as

a

technical

expression

for

the

service

of

the

priests

and

Levites

in

the

sanctuary.

Thus,

the

use

of

this

paired

terminology

in

the

setting

of

the

Eden

Garden

Sanctuary

clearly

implies

a

priestly

function

for

the

first

couple

in

the

Garden

of

Eden.

In

other

words,

in

Genesis

chapter

2

verse

25,

the

very

first

thing

26:02

we’re

told

God

does

after

forming

Adam,

is

assign

him

the

responsibility

to

work

in

his

temple

sanctuary.

And

if

you’re

paying

close

attention,

it’s

here

in

this

verse

that

God

institutionalizes

religion

on

earth.

And

the

religion

he

institutionalizes

is

a

temple-based

religion,

a

temple-based

theology.

It’s

in

this

verse

that

we

see

the

institutionalization

of

God’s

priesthood

26:30

It’s

here

that

God

instructs

Adam

to

serve

or

work

in

his

temple

as

a

priest.

It’s

here

that

God

ordains

Adam,

the

first

priest

on

earth.

In

addition,

there

are

a

couple

of

indications

in

the

garden

account

that

God

not

only

ordained

Adam

as

the

first

priest,

which

he

did

in

his

garden

temple,

but

the

God

also

ordained

Adam

along

with

Eve

as

the

world’s

first

king

and

queen.

26:58

And

we

can

glean

this

from

Genesis

chapter

1

verses

27

and

28,

which

read,

The

garden

is

where

God

dwells.

27:27

which

makes

it

the

Holy

of

Holies.

And

it’s

here

that

God

gives

Adam

and

Eve

dominion

over

everything

on

the

earth

that

he’s

just

finished

creating,

where

he

charges

them

to

subdue

the

earth

and

to

have

dominion

over

it.

And

those

words

subdue

and

dominion

are

tightly

associated

with

rulership

or

kingship.

So

it

appears

here

as

though

God

instituted

not

only

his

priesthood

in

the

garden

sanctuary.

27:54

but

also

some

sort

of

structure

of

civil

authority,

which

was

characterized

by

kingship

and

queenship.

Here,

God

gave

Adam

and

Eve

the

power

to

rule

over

the

entirety

of

his

earthly

creation.

So

in

the

Garden

Sanctuary,

God

made

Adam

the

first

king

priest

or

sacral

king,

and

Eve

the

first

queen

priestess

or

sacral

queen.

And

I

have

tons.

28:22

that

I

want

to

add

to

this

discussion

on

Adam

as

the

world’s

first

king,

which

I

will

definitely

do

in

the

future

since

it’s

absolutely

central

to

the

ancient

tradition.

But

suffice

it

here

to

point

out

that

the

ancient

tradition

imparted

in

the

garden

temple

by

God

was

deeply

connected

to

the

concepts

of

temple,

kingship

and

priesthood.

Now,

I

know

there’s

a

lot

of

people

in

the

world

who

reject

institutionalized

religion,

but

it’s

clear

from

what

we’ve

read

so

far

in

Australia,

Borneo,

Egypt,

Mesopotamia,

28:52

And

here

in

the

Bible,

that

the

ancient

record

is

replete

with

examples

of

God

instituting

a

religious

tradition

on

earth,

along

with

a

priesthood,

sacred

teachings

and

sacred

rituals

or

--- page 55 ---

ceremonies.

From

what

we’ve

learned

so

far,

the

ancient

tradition

imparted

to

human

beings

in

the

beginning

was

an

institutionalized

temple

based

religious

tradition.

In

Genesis

chapter

two,

verse

15,

it’s

not

the

only

evidence

we

have

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

account.

29:21

kind

of

come

to

this

conclusion.

We

can

also

see

in

verse

24

that

God

is

institutionalizing

marriage

between

Adam

and

Eve

and

it

reads,

Therefore

shall

a

man

leave

his

father

and

his

mother

and

shall

cleave

unto

his

wife

and

they

shall

be

one

flesh.

Elcott’s

commentary

notes

the

great

and

primary

objective

of

this

part

of

the

narrative

is

to

set

forth

marriage

as

a

divine

ordinance.

He

who

at

the

beginning

made

them

male

and

female

29:49

pronounced

the

divine

marriage

law

that

man

and

wife

are

one

flesh.

What’s

interesting

is

that

Jesus

expands

on

this

verse

in

Matthew

chapter

19,

verses

4

through

6,

and

he’s

talking

here

to

the

Pharisees,

and

Jesus

says

this,

Have

you

not

read

that

he

which

made

them

at

the

beginning,

made

them

male

and

female,

and

said,

For

this

cause

shall

a

man

leave

father

and

mother,

and

shall

cleave

to

his

wife,

and

they

twain

shall

be

one

flesh?

30:18

Wherefore

they

are

no

more

twain

but

one

flesh.

What

therefore

God

hath

joined

together

Let

no

man

put

asunder.”

So

Jesus

is

clearly

stating

here

that

God

was

the

one

who

in

some

formal

way

or

as

Elcott’s

commentary

said,

through

a

religious

ordinance

or

ritual

married

Adam

and

Eve.

And

let’s

not

forget

that

in

the

garden

account

where

this

marriage

took

place,

the

marriage

between

Adam

and

Eve

took

place

in

the

garden

30:47

which

we

established

was

a

sanctuary

or

a

temple.

So

in

other

words,

God

married

Adam

and

Eve

in

his

temple,

the

holiest

place

on

earth,

at

the

top

of

the

mountain,

on

the

summit,

by

the

tree

of

life,

or

the

bush

that

burned

with

fire,

which

represented

the

fiery

glory

of

God

himself.

And

I

also

wanna

point

out

that

from

Jesus’s

account

in

Matthew,

Jesus

seems

to

say

that

it

was

God

himself

who

conducted

the

marriage

ritual

between

Adam

and

Eve.

31:18

And

in

this

light,

we

can

see

God

as

the

great

high

priest

in

his

temple

performing

the

marriage

ritual

that

binds

Adam

and

Eve

together.

And

I

don’t

know

about

you,

but

this

draws

me

back

again

to

the

aboriginal

God,

Bayami,

whom

the

Aboriginals

said

was

the

one

who

taught

them

the

rituals

and

the

gestures

and

the

acts

of

the

Bora,

their

sacred

initiation

ceremony.

So

here

we

have

in

both

accounts,

it’s

God

himself

who

performs

the

initial

rituals

and

then

teaches

them.

31:47

human

beings.

Both

the

Genesis

account

and

Jesus’s

account

in

Matthew

highlight

the

sanctity

of

marriage,

but

they

also

indicate

that

marriage,

God’s

sanctioned

marriage,

was

performed

in

God’s

temple

and

constituted

an

important

part

of

the

temple

tradition

that

God

institutionalized

in

the

garden.

After

Adam

and

Eve

partook

of

the

forbidden

fruit,

the

Genesis

account

says

that

their

eyes

were

opened

and

they

realized

that

they

were

naked.

32:15

Naked

is

a

loaded

word

here.

There’s

a

lot

we

could

discuss,

but

I’m

going

to

force

myself

to

stay

on

topic.

Suffice

it

to

say

that

there’s

a

lot

of

neat

stuff

here

that

we’ll

have

to

tackle

at

some

point.

But

they

recognize

their

nakedness,

so

Adam

and

Eve

scramble

and

they

sew

together

--- page 56 ---

some

fig

leaves

from

the

garden

to

cover

themselves.

In

Genesis

chapter

3

verse

8

reads,

and

they

heard

the

voice

of

the

Lord

God

walking

in

the

garden

in

the

cool

of

the

day.

32:42

and

Adam

and

his

wife

hid

themselves

from

the

presence

of

the

Lord

God

amongst

the

trees

of

the

garden.”

At

this

point

in

the

narrative,

Adam

and

Eve

are

still

in

God’s

temple.

They

haven’t

been

cast

out

yet.

And

so

as

a

quick

side

note,

I

think

it’s

interesting

here

that

Adam

and

Eve

hear

God

walking.

Perhaps

they

hear

his

footsteps?

I’m

not

sure.

This

is

just

one

of

the

many,

many

references

in

the

Bible

to

God

having

the

form

of

a

body,

a

mouth,

ears,

a

face,

arms.

33:10

here

in

this

case

legs

and

feet.

These

are

the

anthropomorphic

features

of

God.

Just

a

little

side

note.

The

description

of

God

walking

in

the

garden

is

interesting

because

it

reinforces

the

notion

that

this

was

the

place

where

God

dwelt

on

earth,

where

he

roamed

or

walked,

where

his

presence

was

revealed.

So

Adam

and

Eve

discuss

with

God

the

issue

of

having

eaten

the

forbidden

fruit

and

God

tells

them

a

little

bit

of

what

it’s

gonna

be

like

now.

33:37

they’ve

eaten

of

this

fruit

was

going

to

be

like

outside

of

the

garden

or

outside

of

his

temple.

And

he

says

in

verse

17

and

18,

cursed

is

the

ground,

thorns

also

and

thistles

shall

it

bring

forth

in

the

sweat

of

thy

face

shalt

thou

eat.

So

it’s

not

a

very

nice

place

outside

of

God’s

temple.

At

this

point

however,

before

God

casts

them

out

of

the

garden,

he

does

something

really

interesting.

He

clothes

them.

34:06

In

verse

21

it

says,

unto

Adam

also

and

to

his

wife

did

the

Lord

God

make

coats

of

skins

and

clothed

them.

So

why

would

he

do

this?

They

already

have

fig

leaf

aprons.

Well,

this

is

what

Richard

Davison

says,

before

Adam

and

Eve’s

expulsion

from

the

garden,

God

clothed

and

the

Hebrew

word

for

that

is

lavash,

clothed

them

with

tunic

coats,

which

in

Hebrew

is

kotonez.

34:32

Genesis

321

and

these

are

the

very

terms

used

to

describe

the

clothing

of

the

priests

Aaron

and

his

sons

by

Moses

acting

on

behalf

of

God

The

combination

of

God’s

clothing

with

tunics

or

coats

Describes

a

divine

conferral

of

status

the

rare

occasions

where

God

clothes

humans

in

the

Old

Testament

always

Concerned

the

dressing

of

priests

Adam

and

Eve

were

indeed

dressed

as

priests

34:58

The

unmistakable

and

consistent

linkage

within

the

Hebrew

Bible

of

this

pair

of

terms

to

clothe,

lavash,

and

tunics

or

coats,

kotoneh,

with

the

clothing

of

Israel’s

priests,

viewed

in

the

larger

setting

of

the

Garden

of

Eden

as

a

sanctuary,

clearly

points

to

Adam

and

Eve’s

inauguration

as

priests

in

the

post-fall

world.

By

highlighting

God’s

clothing

of

Adam

and

Eve

with

the

skins

of

sacrificial

animals,

instead

of

the

fine

linen

of

the

later

priests,

the

final

canonical

form

of

the

text,

the

35:28

Further

emphasizes

the

divine

confirmation

that

Adam

and

Eve

are

to

be

identified

as

priests

for

the

skin

of

the

sacrificial

animals

belonged

exclusively

to

the

priests

in

the

mosaic

cultus.

By

bestowing

on

Adam

and

Eve

the

skin

of

the

sin

offering,

a

gift

strictly

reserved

to

priests,

the

Genesis

story

implicitly

recognizes

Eve

as

a

priest

alongside

Adam.

So

here

God

clothes

Adam

and

Eve

in

priestly

coats

before

he

casts

them

out

of

the

garden.

--- page 57 ---

35:57

clothing

Adam

and

Eve

like

this

seems

to

strongly

suggest

that

God

wanted

them

to

continue

their

priestly

duties

after

the

fall

and

that

that

priesthood

organization

God

had

institutionalized

in

his

garden

sanctuary

was

to

be

perpetuated

after

the

fall.

And

this

will

become

more

clear

in

just

a

moment.

In

verse

23

it

says,

“‘Therefore

the

Lord

God

sent

him

Adam,

forth

from

the

garden

of

Eden,

to

till

the

ground

from

when

he

was

taken.'”

36:25

So

he

drove

out

the

man.

Upon

driving

Adam

out

of

the

garden,

Adam

and

Eve

have

children.

And

then

the

story

jumps

to

an

interesting

controversy

between

Cain

and

Abel

about

what

constitutes

an

acceptable

sacrifice.

And

we

don’t

need

to

get

into

the

details

of

the

story

here,

but

the

story

is

important

because

it

establishes

that

temple

worship

did

not

stop

after

Adam

and

Eve

were

removed

from

the

garden.

Richard

Davison

says,

36:54

thoroughly

instructed

regarding

a

sacrificial

system.

Genesis

chapter

four

verses

three

and

four

do

not

indicate

the

location

to

which

Cain

and

Abel

brought

their

offerings,

but

this

is

probably

implied

in

verse

seven.

Recent

studies

of

this

verse

provide

evidence

from

the

original

Hebrew

that

the

word

chekta,

which

can

either

mean

sin

or

sin

offering,

should

better

be

translated

as

sin

offering.

And

the

word

petach,

door

or

opening,

37:21

here

refers

to

the

cherubim

guarded

door

or

the

gate

of

paradise,

where

sinful

humans

were

to

bring

their

sacrifices,

paralleling

the

numerous

uses

of

pechah

in

the

Torah

describing

the

door

of

the

tabernacle.

In

this

verse,

God

is

encouraging

Cain

to

offer

up

an

animal

sacrifice

for

his

sin

at

the

Eastern

door

of

the

garden

where

the

post

fall

sanctuary

was

located.

Adam

and

Eve

and

their

children

came

to

the

Eastern

gate

of

Eden

to

worship

God,

build

their

alders.

37:50

bring

their

sacrifices.

Here

the

Shekinah

glory

was

manifested

as

God

came

down

to

hold

communion

with

them.

We

know

from

the

biblical

record

that

the

Israelites

go

on

to

pattern

their

earthly

sanctuaries

after

the

prototype

sanctuary

in

the

Garden

of

Eden.

And

what’s

pretty

remarkable

is

that

the

Israelites

are

not

the

only

ones

to

do

this.

In

the

coming

months

you’ll

see

that

this

happens

all

over

the

world.

To

close

out

this

episode,

38:18

What’s

really

important

is

to

point

out

that

one

of

the

primary

aims

of

the

ancient

Hebrews

and

the

later

Israelites

was

to

continue

the

temple

tradition

that

had

been

begun

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

by

God.

To

summarize

today’s

episode,

let’s

quickly

recap

what

we

learned

about

the

ancient

tradition.

First,

we

learned

that

significant

textual

evidence

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

account

given

in

Genesis

indicates

the

garden

in

Eden

was

a

sanctuary

or

temple

planted

by

God.

38:48

this

garden

sanctuary

functioned

as

God’s

primary

residence

on

earth

and

was

understood

as

the

holiest

place

on

earth.

Second,

we

learned

that

after

forming

Adam,

God

put

Adam

in

the

garden

sanctuary

and

there

within

the

temple

precinct,

God

gave

Adam

and

Eve

dominion

over

his

newly

formed

creation,

which

established

Adam

and

Eve

as

the

reigning

civil

authorities

over

the

earth

or

as

the

earth’s

first

king

and

queen.

39:15

--- page 58 ---

Third,

we

learned

that

God

charged

Adam

and

Eve

to

tend

and

to

keep

the

garden,

which

are

Hebrew

words,

which

were

directly

tied

to

priestly

responsibilities

in

the

mosaic

tabernacle.

In

addition,

before

God

cast

Adam

and

Eve

out

of

the

garden

sanctuary,

he

clothed

them

in

priestly

skins.

And

all

of

this

points

to

Adam

and

Eve

having

been

ordained

by

God

in

his

temple

as

the

earth’s

first

priest

and

priestess.

Fourth,

while

in

the

garden

temple,

the

holiest

place

on

earth,

God

himself

performed

the

marriage

rite.

39:44

between

Adam

and

Eve.

Fifth,

the

entire

garden

account

in

Genesis

points

to

God

having

revealed

to

Adam

and

Eve

a

religious

tradition

centered

in

temple

worship

as

well

as

a

temple

theology

deeply

connected

to

kingship,

priestship,

and

marriage.

So

yes,

the

ancient

biblical

record

indicates

that

God

did

reveal

an

ancient

tradition

to

Adam

and

Eve

in

the

Garden

of

Eden.

The

Genesis

account

gives

us

a

lot

to

think

about.

40:15

If

you’re

interested

in

listening

to

a

recording

of

Richard

Davison’s

full

article,

which

I

referred

to

several

times

in

this

episode

titled

Earth’s

First

Sanctuary,

you

can

find

it

on

our

sister

podcast,

The

Ancient

Tradition

Audio-Rid.

It’s

a

great

article.

In

our

next

episode,

I’ll

introduce

you

to

one

of

my

absolute

favorite

non-canonical

writings,

as

well

as

dive

into

the

accounts

of

God-revealed

religion

amongst

the

Hindus,

Mandians,

the

Ellusian

mysteries,

Islam,

and

a

couple

of

Native

American

tribes.

40:44

That’s

it

for

me.

I’ll

leave

you

with

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare.

Knowledge

is

the

wing

we’re

with.

We

fly

to

heaven.

I’m

Jack

Logan.

I’ll

see

you

on

the

next

edition

of

the

ancient

tradition.

40:58

You’ve

been

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Episode

#5

-

The

Book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

https://theancienttradition.com/5-the-book-of-the-holy-secrets-of-enoch/

00:00

Music

00:09

You’re

listening

to

The

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Music

provided

by

Joseph

McDade.

He

is

your

host,

Dr.

Jack

Logan.

--- page 59 ---

00:25

to

the

ancient

tradition.

I’m

your

host,

Jack

Logan.

I’m

so

glad

to

have

you

listening

in.

I’m

excited

about

today’s

episode

because

I’m

going

to

introduce

you

to

one

of

my

favorite

ancient

writings,

the

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch.

And

before

I

jump

into

today’s

episode,

I

want

to

briefly

recap

what

we

discovered

in

the

previous

episode

on

the

Garden

of

Eden.

And

I

want

to

use

this

as

a

way

to

segue

into

today’s

episode.

00:53

We

established

that

significant

textual

evidence

in

the

Genesis

Garden

of

Eden

account

points

to

the

Garden

of

Eden

as

a

holy

sanctuary

or

temple

where

God

could

dwell

on

earth.

Within

the

precinct

of

his

holy

garden

sanctuary,

God

revealed

to

Adam

and

Eve

a

temple

theology

deeply

associated

with

the

establishment

of

kings,

priests,

and

marriage.

01:18

And

in

the

Garden

Holy

of

Holies,

God

joined

Adam

and

Eve

together

as

the

earth’s

first

divinely

wed

couple,

crowned

Adam

and

Eve

the

earth’s

first

king

and

queen,

and

ordained

Adam

and

Eve

the

earth’s

first

priest

and

priestess.

And

God

commanded

them

to

cleave

to

each

other

and

multiply

and

replenish

the

earth.

He

gave

them

reign

over

his

newly

formed

earth

and

charged

them

to

worship

him

in

his

holy

temple.

01:46

God

established

Adam

and

Eve

as

the

Earth’s

first

sacral

king

and

sacral

queen.

I

want

to

highly

encourage

you

to

check

out

our

website,

theancienttradition.com,

because

you’ll

find

some

amazing

illustrations

and

pictures

that

accompany

the

Garden

of

Eden

episode.

On

the

website,

click

on

evidence

in

the

menu,

and

then

in

the

dropdown

menu,

click

on

episode

number

four,

did

God

reveal

the

ancient

tradition

in

the

Garden

of

Eden?

And

when

you

go

there

and

go

through

it,

02:16

be

sure

to

scroll

all

the

way

down

to

the

bottom

of

the

page

because

you’ll

find

a

fun

bonus

section

with

clips

from

three

animated

Disney

films,

Moana,

Brother

Bear,

and

The

Lion

King,

which

incorporate

the

paradycyclical

mountain

sanctuary

and

elements

of

the

ancient

tradition

directly

in

the

storyline

of

the

film.

To

give

you

a

taste,

listen

to

this

clip

from

Moana,

which

remarkably,

02:42

--- page 60 ---

connects

kingship

mountains

and

sacred

places

together

in

one

brief

interaction.

02:49

I’ve

wanted

to

bring

you

here

from

the

moment

you

opened

your

eyes.

This

is

a

sacred

place,

a

place

of

chiefs.

There

will

come

a

time

when

you

will

stand

on

this

peak

and

place

a

stone

on

this

mountain,

like

I

did,

like

my

father

did,

and

his

father

and

every

chief

that

has

ever

been.

And

on

that

day,

when

you

add

your

stone,

you

will

raise

this

whole

island.

03:20

You

are

the

future

of

our

people

Moana.

They

are

not

out

there.

They

are

right

here.

Starting

to

be

who

they

need

you

to

be.

I

love

how

that

clip

brings

together

so

many

different

elements

of

the

ancient

tradition.

It’s

a

lot

more

fun

to

watch

the

actual

clip,

the

animation,

the

beautiful

animation

that

goes

along

with

it.

So

if

you

wanna

see

that,

you

know,

go

check

out

the

ancienttradition.com

and

look

for

episode

number

four.

03:50

Also

under

that

bonus

section,

you’ll

find

a

audio

recording

of

the

Epic

of

Gilgamesh

tablet

9.

And

in

that

tablet,

King

Gilgamesh

wanders

the

earth

in

search

of

Unapishtim,

the

Mesopotamian

Noah,

who’s

the

guardian

of

the

secret

of

immortality.

Gilgamesh’s

quest

takes

him

to

a

sacred

mountain,

Mount

Mashu.

And

I

encourage

you

to

listen

to

the

recording.

It’s

just

a

short

04:19

parallels

between

Gilgamesh’s

quest

and

the

account

of

the

Mountain

Garden

Sanctuary

in

Genesis.

There

are

a

lot

of

elements

in

Tablet

9

which

reinforce

the

connection

between

mountains

and

holy

sanctuaries

or

temples.

To

this

point

we’ve

covered

quite

a

bit

of

evidence

given

in

the

ancient

accounts

that

God

revealed

a

distinct

religious

tradition

very

early

on

or

from

the

very

beginning.

04:46

But

there

are

a

couple

more

important

examples

I

want

to

cover

in

this

episode

before

we

move

on

to

some

of

the

core

theological

components

of

the

ancient

tradition

in

the

next

couple

of

weeks.

Which

brings

me

to

my

favorite

non-canonical

writing

and

I

love

a

lot

of

the

ancient

sacred

writings,

especially

the

pyramid

texts.

But

this

particular

writing,

the

Book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

is

a

standout,

precisely

because

it

captures

so

many

elements

of

the

ancient

tradition.

--- page 61 ---

05:17

So

today

we’re

gonna

focus

only

on

its

relevance

as

evidence

of

God

revealed

religion,

but

we’ll

definitely

return

to

several

elements

of

the

text

down

the

road.

Okay,

although

it’s

titled

The

Book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch,

this

text

is

sometimes

referred

to

as

Two-Enoch

or

Slavonic

Enoch.

I

wanna

start

with

a

little

background

on

the

books

of

Enoch

because

there

is

more

than

one

book.

05:45

Back

in

1768,

a

Scottishman

by

the

name

of

James

Bruce

was

travel,

he

was

a

big

traveler

and

he

traveled

all

through

Ethiopia

and

he

was

looking

in

Ethiopia

for

the

source

of

the

Nile

River.

But

while

he

was

there

he

gathered

a

lot

of

Ethiopian

manuscripts

of

which

were

three

copies

of

what’s

known

today

as

the

Book

of

Enoch,

which

is

also

referred

to

as

One

Enoch.

And

if

you’re

interested

in

seeing

one

of

those

three

originals

06:15

You

can

find

one

of

the

copies

in

the

French

National

Library

and

the

other

two

are

in

the

Bodleian

Library

at

Oxford

University,

which

is

an

absolutely

gorgeous

library.

It’s

everything

you

would

expect

Oxford’s

library

to

look

like

and

to

be.

Although

James

Bruce

was

the

first

person

to

acquire

a

full

manuscript

of

the

book

of

Enoch

and

bring

it

to

Europe

in

1773,

this

was

not

the

first

knowledge

in

the

West

of

the

existence

of

a

book.

06:45

Enoch.

Biblical

scholars

for

years

had

known

of

the

existence

of

a

book

of

Enoch.

For

starters,

Jude,

the

brother

of

Jesus

in

the

book

of

Jude,

mentions

some

prophecies

that

had

been

given

by

Enoch.

Jude

chapter

1

verses

14

to

15

read,

And

Enoch

also,

the

seventh

from

Adam,

prophesied

of

these

saying,

Behold

the

07:15

to

execute

judgment

upon

all,

and

to

convince

all

that

are

ungodly

among

them

of

all

their

ungodly

deeds

which

they

have

ungodly

committed,

and

of

all

their

hard

speeches

which

ungodly

sinners

have

spoken

against

them.”

The

mention

of

Enoch

here

in

the

New

Testament

is

pretty

intriguing

for

a

couple

of

reasons.

First,

it

suggests

that

early

Christians

were

aware

of

or

knew

of

prophecies

that

had

been

given

by

Enoch.

07:45

--- page 62 ---

how

did

they

know

these

prophecies?

Prophecies

of

Enoch

aren’t

anywhere

in

the

Old

Testament.

So

how

did

Jude,

the

brother

of

Jesus,

know

Enoch’s

prophecies?

Were

they

written

down

somewhere?

They

must

have

been

because

Enoch

lived

thousands

of

years

before

the

early

Christians.

So

this

first

gives

us

a

clue

that

prophecies

of

Enoch

were

circulating

in

some

way

amongst

the

early

Christians.

And

second,

08:12

Jude’s

use

of

Enoch’s

prophecies

in

his

writings

suggests

that

at

one

time

the

writings

of

Enoch

or

the

book

of

Enoch

was

considered

canonical

or

part

of

the

early

Christian

church’s

sanctioned

writings.

Which,

you

know,

considering

Jude

was

the

brother

of

Jesus,

it

must

have

been

sanctioned

by

Jesus

too

and

constituted

some

of

the

theology

of

the

early

Christian

church.

Third,

what

is

even

08:42

from

Ethiopia

by

James

Bruce

contains

a

passage

that’s

almost

identical

to

the

passage

written

in

Jude

in

the

New

Testament.

So

it’s

possible

that

the

book

of

Enoch

or

one

Enoch

that’s

quoted

in

the

book

of

Jude

could

have

been

the

book

that

was

circulating

during

Jude’s

ministry.

Let’s

pause

for

a

moment

here

and

ask

a

very

important

question.

Who

is

this

Enoch?

As

you’ll

come

to

find

out

in

future

episodes,

this

Enoch

plays

an

absolutely

critical

role

in

establishing

the

ancient

tradition.

09:12

I

don’t

want

to

get

ahead

of

myself,

so

I’ll

leave

it

at

that

for

now.

But

suffice

it

to

say

that

it’s

really

important

that

we

have

a

firm

understanding

of

who

this

Enoch

is

before

we

go

any

further.

According

to

the

genealogy

outlined

in

Genesis

chapter

5

and

in

Jude

chapter

1,

Enoch

was

the

seventh

from

Adam.

The

Genesis

genealogy

gives

us

the

lineage.

It

says,

09:39

Seth

begat

Enos

and

Enos

begat

Canaan

and

Canaan

begat

Mahalalel

and

Mahalalel

begat

Jared

and

Jared

begat

Enoch.

Starting

from

Adam

going

father

to

son

you

have

Adam,

Seth,

Canaan,

Mahalalel,

Jared,

then

Enoch.

This

list

names

Enoch

as

a

direct

descendant

of

Adam.

He’s

named

the

seventh

from

Adam

just

as

Jude

10:09

And

recall

back

in

episode

number

four,

our

previous

episode,

that

God

crowned

Adam,

the

earth’s

first

king

and

ordained

Adam,

the

earth’s

first

priest,

probably

the

earth’s

first

high

--- page 63 ---

priest.

And

he

was

commanded

by

God

to

keep

and

to

tend

it,

or

as

we

showed

by

the

intertextual

Hebrew

links

to

serve

and

to

guard

his

holy

sanctuary

or

temple.

If

you

haven’t

given

episode

number

four

a

listen,

be

sure

and

go

back

and

listen

to

it.

10:36

So

you’re

familiar

with

the

biblical

evidence

in

the

Genesis

account

that

points

to

Adam

as

the

earth’s

first

sacral

king

because

it’s

really

important

to

start

with

that

foundation.

Okay,

so

why

does

this

matter?

Why

does

it

matter

that

Adam

was

the

first

sacral

king

and

how

is

that

relevant

to

Enoch?

Well,

among

the

ancient

Hebrews,

the

firstborn

righteous

son

was

the

heir,

the

heir

to

the

father’s

household

when

his

father

died.

11:05

By

right

of

birth,

he

was

given

a

double

portion

of

his

father’s

household

estate

known

as

the

birthright.

He

was

given

a

double

portion

because

he

was

expected

to

use

his

inheritance

to

take

care

of

his

now

deceased

father’s

household,

widowed

mother,

unmarried

sisters,

livestock,

things

like

that.

As

part

of

his

birthright,

he

was

given

authority

to

preside

over

or

rule

over

his

father’s

house.

11:35

Genesis

43

33

says,

and

they

sat

before

him

the

firstborn

according

to

his

birthright.

In

addition,

amongst

the

ancient

Hebrews,

the

firstborn

was

also

consecrated

or

dedicated

to

the

service

of

God.

Exodus

chapter

13

verse

12

reads,

Thou

shalt

set

apart

unto

the

Lord

all

that

openeth

the

matrix.

12:04

every

firstling

that

cometh

of

a

beast

which

thou

hast

the

males

shall

be

the

Lord’s

this

is

to

say

that

the

firstborn

righteous

son

belonged

to

God

his

life

was

to

be

a

life

of

complete

consecration

dedication

or

devotion

to

God

in

other

words

upon

his

father’s

death

and

by

right

of

birth

the

firstborn

righteous

son

inherited

his

father’s

role

as

the

civil

and

spiritual

12:34

the

firstborn

righteous

son

became

the

earth’s

next

legitimate

king

and

high

priest.

He

inherited

his

father’s

position

as

sacral

king.

This

system

was

known

as

sacred

primogenitor

or

the

rite

of

succession

belonging

to

the

firstborn

righteous

son.

And

it

appears

to

have

been

instituted

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

to

emulate

or

typify

the

--- page 64 ---

13:04

and

his

firstborn

son,

Jesus

Christ.

And

we

see

this

connection

in

Hebrews

chapter

one,

verses

one

to

six.

And

this

is

the

apostle

Paul

speaking

of

Jesus.

And

listen

closely.

God

hath

in

these

last

days

spoken

unto

us

by

his

son,

whom

he

hath

appointed

heir

of

all

things,

who

being

the

brightness

of

his

glory

and

the

express

image

of

his

person,

and

upholding

all

things

by

the

word

of

his

power.

13:34

when

he

had

by

himself

purged

our

sins,

sat

down

on

the

right

hand

of

the

majesty

on

high,

being

made

so

much

better

than

the

angels,

as

he

hath

by

inheritance

obtained

a

more

excellent

name

than

they.

For

unto

which

of

the

angels

said

he

at

any

time,

thou

art

my

son,

this

day

have

I

begotten

thee,

and

again

I

will

be

to

him

a

father,

and

he

shall

be

to

me

a

son.

And

again,

when

he

bringeth

in

the

first

14:03

begotten

into

the

world,

he

saith,

and

let

all

the

angels

of

God

worship

him.”

None

of

this

makes

sense

in

relation

to

the

theology

of

firstborn

sons

unless

God

and

Jesus

Christ

are

actually

two

separate

beings.

That

they

are

actually

father

and

son

as

the

verses

here

in

Hebrews

chapter

1

say.

Here

Paul

declares

to

the

Hebrews

that

Jesus

Christ

by

right

of

birth

as

the

firstborn

14:33

was

quote

appointed

by

his

father

or

God,

heir

of

all

things.

And

he

was

worthy

of

this

birthright

because

he

was

the

first

begotten,

the

first

born

of

God.

And

because

he

was

righteous,

he

emulated

God

his

father

in

every

way.

Paul

says

this

of

Jesus,

speaking

of

his

similarity

to

the

father,

who

being

the

brightness

of

his

glory

and

the

express

image

of

his

person.

15:03

Paul

teaches

us

that

God

the

Father

and

Jesus

Christ

the

Son

are

virtually

indistinguishable

in

terms

of

righteousness,

glory,

and

image.

And

maybe

this

is

part

of

the

reason

the

two

were

conflated

into

one

by

the

Council

of

Nicaea.

Note

here

too

how

Paul

points

out

that

Jesus,

quote,

sat

down

on

the

right

hand

of

the

Majesty

on

high.

And

this

is

to

say

that

God

the

Father

15:31

--- page 65 ---

enthroned

Jesus

right

next

to

him

and

you

aren’t

enthroned

unless

you

are

a

king.

If

you’re

familiar

with

the

Judeo-Christian

scriptures,

you

know

Jesus

is

declared

the

king

of

kings

and

the

lord

of

lords.

This

comes

right

out

of

Revelation

chapter

17

verse

14,

for

he

is

lord

of

lords

and

king

of

kings,

which

is

just

another

way

of

saying

that

he

is

the

king

of

all

kings

and

the

priest

of

all

priests

or

the

great

high

priest.

16:01

In

Judeo-Christianity,

Jesus

is

the

supreme

example

of

a

sacral

king.

By

right

of

birth

and

righteousness,

God

gave

Jesus

the

authority

to

rule

or

exercise

dominion

over

all

the

earth

and

the

power

to

serve

as

the

presiding

great

high

priest

in

his

holy

sanctuary.

And

from

the

Genesis

account,

it

looks

like

God

gave

this

same

civil

authority

and

priesthood

power

to

Adam

in

the

Garden

of

Eden.

16:31

making

Adam

a

vassal,

sacral

king.

Understanding

the

theology

of

the

firstborn

son

is

foundational

to

an

understanding

of

who

Enoch

was.

The

reason

Enoch

is

mentioned

in

the

Bible

at

all

is

because

he

was

seventh

in

the

birthright

line

from

Adam.

The

genealogy

given

in

Genesis

five

is

there

to

establish

for

the

reader

that

the

names

of

the

sons

who

had

rights

by

birth

and

righteousness

to

receive

the

kingship

and

priestship

17:01

which

had

been

given

to

Adam

by

God

in

the

Garden

of

Eden.

So

Enoch

was

in

direct

line

of

succession

after

his

father

Jared.

The

Old

Testament

doesn’t

say

much

about

Jared,

but

it

does

indicate

that

Enoch

was

a

righteous

leader,

so

much

so

that

it

says

in

Genesis

chapter

five,

verse

24,

that

he,

quote,

walked

with

God.

Since

Enoch

was

a

righteous

man

and

in

the

line

of

succession,

17:30

We

probably

aren’t

too

off

course

to

suggest

that

Enoch

was

also

at

some

point

a

king,

the

reigning

civil

authority

on

earth.

And

even

though

that’s

not

stated

directly

in

the

Bible,

there’s

some

remarkable

evidence

in

the

Mesopotamian

record

that

so

closely

parallels

the

genealogy

in

Genesis

chapter

five,

scholars

aren’t

really

quite

sure

what

to

do

with

it.

Did

the

Mesopotamian

record

influence

the

Bible?

17:57

--- page 66 ---

Did

ancient

Hebrew

genealogy

influence

the

Mesopotamians?

Were

the

ancient

Hebrews

and

ancient

Mesopotamians

the

same?

We

don’t

know.

But

for

our

purposes,

the

record

that

was

found

places

Enoch

or

an

Enoch-like

figure

in

a

list

of

kings,

a

list

of

Sumerian

Antediluvian

kings.

The

Mesopotamians

refer

to

this

Enoch

figure

as

King

Emma

Duranki.

One

of

the

foremost

scholars

on

Enoch,

18:26

former

Kelly

Chair

in

Theology

and

Professor

of

Judaism

and

Christianity

in

Antiquity

at

Marquette

University,

a

professor

by

the

name

of

Andrei

Orlov

writes

this.

Salient

witnesses

to

the

Emma

Duranki

tradition

include

the

various

versions

of

the

so-called

Sumerian

and

Antediluvian

king

list.

In

recensions

dated

from

1500

BC

to

165

BC,

the

18:51

The

list

demonstrates

a

number

of

similarities

with

the

genealogy

of

Genesis

5.

One

of

the

significant

details

found

in

the

list

is

that

Mesopotamian

kings,

similar

to

the

patriarchs

from

the

Genesis

account,

had

extraordinarily

long

reigns.

Another

important

feature

is

that

the

two

versions

of

the

list

account

for

ten

kings,

the

last

of

whom

is

designated

as

the

hero

of

the

flood.

This

fact

recalls

the

role

of

Noah

who

occupies

the

tenth

19:20

place

in

the

list

of

Genesis

5.

An

intriguing

character

in

the

Sumerian

king

list

is

Emma

Duranki,

the

king

of

Sippar,

the

city

of

the

sun

god

Shamash.

In

three

copies

of

the

list,

he

occupies

the

seventh

place,

which

in

the

Genesis

genealogy

belongs

to

Enoch.

Moreover,

in

other

Mesopotamian

sources,

Emma

Duranki

appears

in

many

roles

and

situations

which

19:48

demonstrate

remarkable

similarities

with

Enoch’s

story.

I’ve

included

a

copy

of

the

Sumerian

Antediluvian

King

List

on

our

companion

website,

theancienttradition.com.

And

if

you’re

interested

in

taking

a

look,

click

on

this

episode

under

evidence

and

you’ll

see

it

there.

It’s

worth

noting

that

one

of

the

tablets

from

which

this

kingship

list

came

says

this

quote

after

the

kingship

descended

from

heaven.

The

kingship

was

in

20:18

Eridu.

So

here

in

the

Mesopotamian

record,

just

like

we

saw

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

account,

the

institution

of

kingship

is

declared

to

have

been

divinely

instituted,

to

have

come

directly

--- page 67 ---

from

heaven

or

God

and

taught

to

human

beings

as

the

divinely

sanctioned

form

of

civil

authority.

We’ll

revisit

King

Emma

Duranki

at

some

other

time,

but

20:45

For

this

episode,

the

Sumerian

antediluvian

king

list

gives

us

reason

to

believe

that

Enoch

was

not

only

a

righteous

man,

but

a

righteous

king,

a

sacral

king.

He

was

clearly

in

line

to

inherit

his

father’s

throne

and

to

be

the

next

high

priest

in

God’s

holy

sanctuary.

And

as

a

quick

side

note,

did

you

catch

that

unapishtim,

the

Mesopotamian

Noah

who

we’ve

mentioned

in

the

past

couple

of

episodes

and

who

plays

a

really

important

role

in

the

Epic

of

Gilgamesh?

21:15

is

also

mentioned

in

the

Sumerian

Antediluvial

King

List.

In

this

list,

he’s

listed

as

the

10th

King,

the

last

king

before

the

flood

swept

the

earth.

And

in

Genesis

chapter

5,

Noah

is

named

as

the

10th

in

the

line

from

Adam.

And

in

either

case,

Noah

or

Unapishtim

is

listed

as

the

great-grandson

of

Enoch

or

King

Amaduronky.

So

Noah

also

was

in

the

birthright

line.

21:45

as

Enoch’s

great-grandson.

He

was

in

the

direct

line

of

succession.

So

it

should

come

as

no

surprise

in

the

Epic

of

Gilgamesh

that

it

is

Unapishtim

who

holds

the

secret

to

immortality,

which

by

now

must

be

considered

an

important

doctrine

of

the

theology

of

the

ancient

tradition.

Now,

hopefully

you

have

a

little

better

idea

of

who

Enoch

was,

and

hopefully

you

can

see

because

of

his

status

as

a

firstborn

righteous

son

in

the

line

of

succession,

22:15

that

he

was

heir

and

steward

of

the

totality

of

the

ancient

tradition.

Kingship,

priestship,

all

the

sacred

truths

and

doctrines,

and

temple-based

theology

that

had

been

taught

by

God

to

Adam

in

the

Garden

of

Eden.

Over

the

next

couple

of

weeks,

you’ll

see

how

this

enix

shows

up

all

over

the

place

in

the

ancient

record,

not

just

in

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition.

And

it’s

always

in

connection

to

kingship,

sacred

temples,

and

the

sacred

tradition

of

22:44

and

sacred

knowledge.

All

of

this

means

it’s

a

really

good

idea

to

examine

what

was

written

in

the

book

of

Enoch.

As

I

mentioned

a

couple

of

minutes

ago,

sometime

between

1768

and

1773,

James

Bruce

acquired

the

book

of

Enoch

in

Ethiopia,

known

today

as

One

Enoch,

and

--- page 68 ---

brought

it

to

Europe.

A

second

book

of

Enoch,

known

as

the

book

of

the

holy

secrets

of

Enoch,

which

is

sometimes

referred

to

as

Two

Enoch

or

Slavonic

Enoch,

23:12

which

is

designated

as

such

just

because

it

was

the

only,

the

only

full

manuscripts

of

the

text

to

survive

were

written

in

Old

Slavonic,

which

used

to

be

the

official

language

of

the

Orthodox

Church

in

Slavic

countries.

However,

in

2009,

four

fragments

of

the

Book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

were

found

in

Coptic.

Coptic

is

a

language

that

was

spoken

in

Egypt

between

200

and

800

AD.

And

these

findings

suggest

that

the

book

is

at

least

that

old.

23:42

But

there’s

reason

to

believe

that

the

book

is

even

older

than

that

because

most

of

the

Coptic

Judeo-Christian

texts

were

translation

of

Greek

texts.

And

most

scholars

believe

the

Slavonic

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

came

originally

from

a

Greek

source.

But

there

are

also

many

Semitic

loan

words

in

the

text

which

point

to

a

Semitic

source

text

for

the

Greek

manuscript.

This

suggests

a

textual

genealogy

of

an

original

Semitic

text

to

a

Greek

text

to

a

Coptic

text.

24:12

to

the

Slavonic

text,

which

we

find

most

of

the

copies

in.

The

book

also

contains

a

couple

of

Greek

insertions

and

Gnostic

references,

which

suggests

that

some

alterations

were

made

to

the

text

over

the

past

2000

years.

Today,

the

book

is

considered

to

be

non-canonical

in

most

Christian

churches,

but

it

was

considered

at

one

time

canonical

in

the

old

Slavonic

Bible.

24:39

no

Christian

churches

today

consider

the

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

to

be

canonical.

A

close

examination

of

the

text

reveals

that

there’s

a

lot

of

reasons

why

this

designation

should

probably

be

reconsidered,

at

least

those

parts

which

appear

to

be

untampered.

And

the

reason

why

is

because

so

much

of

the

text

seems

to

conform

with

what

we’ve

learned

about

the

ancient

tradition

to

this

point.

25:03

But

there’s

even

a

lot

more

in

there

that

conforms

to

the

ancient

tradition,

which

we’ll

cover

in

future

episodes.

All

of

this

makes

the

Book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

one

of

the

most

important

ancient

sacred

texts

and

one

of

my

favorites.

As

a

quick

aside,

Andre

Orlov,

who

I

mentioned

earlier

out

of

Marquette

University,

is

the

world’s

premier

scholar

of

the

Book

of

--- page 69 ---

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch.

If

you

wanna

learn

more

about

Dr.

Orlov

or

read

some

of

his

scholarly

articles

on

Enoch

or

to

Enoch,

25:33

check

out

our

companion

website,

theancienttradition.com

and

click

on

scholars

in

the

menu.

He’s

included

there

as

one

of

our

noteworthy

scholars.

So

let’s

jump

into

the

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch.

And

I’ll

be

reading

from

the

Scriptural

Research

Institute’s

English

translation,

which

is

based

off

of

M.R.

Morphle

and

M.

Sokolov’s

early

20th

century

translations.

I’m

gonna

start

from

the

beginning

of

the

book,

chapter

one.

26:00

I’ll

stop

here

and

there

to

draw

your

attention

to

some

important

aspects

of

the

text,

but

keep

in

mind

that

I’ve

chosen

the

sections

I

have

because

they

attest

once

again

that

God

revealed

a

distinct

religious

tradition

in

deep

antiquity.

The

book

begins

with

Enoch

waking

to

two

angelic

beings

at

the

foot

of

his

bed.

The

two

beings

declare

that

they

were

sent

by

God

to

escort

Enoch

through

the

heavens

26:26

to

the

highest

heaven

where

he’ll

speak

with

God

face

to

face.

The

Book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

chapter

1.

From

the

secret

book

about

the

taking

away

of

Enoch

the

just.

There

was

a

wise

man,

a

great

craftsman

who

the

Lord

loved

so

much,

he

took

him

up

so

he

could

see

the

homes

of

the

highest

and

be

an

eyewitness

to

the

wise

and

great,

inconceivable

and

immutable

realm

of

God

Almighty.

26:54

and

to

the

wonderful,

glorious,

bright,

flying

wills

of

the

Lord’s

servants.

The

inaccessible

throne

of

the

Lord,

the

numbers

and

type

of

the

incorporeal

armies,

the

incomprehensible

organization

of

the

many

elements,

and

of

the

various

sights

and

sounds

of

the

army

of

cherubs

and

of

the

boundless

light.

And

at

that

time,

he

said,

when

I

had

lived

165

years,

I

fathered

my

son,

Methuselah.

27:20

After

this,

I

lived

200

years

and

so

all

the

years

of

my

life

until

then

amounted

to

365

years.

I

don’t

have

time

to

talk

about

this

right

now,

but

keep

in

mind

this

365

years

being

assigned

to

Enid

because

it

will

matter

quite

a

bit

later.

Not

in

this

episode,

but

in

a

future

--- page 70 ---

episode.

On

the

first

day

of

the

first

month,

I

was

in

my

house

alone

and

was

sleeping

on

my

bed.

While

I

was

asleep,

great

distress

came

into

my

heart

and

I

was

crying

in

sleep.

27:50

and

I

couldn’t

understand

what

this

distress

was

or

what

had

happened

to

me.

Two

huge

men

came

to

me,

giants,

like

I’d

never

seen

before

on

earth.

Their

faces

were

shining

like

the

sun

and

their

eyes

were

like

a

burning

torch

and

from

their

lips,

fire

came

out.

I’m

gonna

jump

ahead

here.

They

were

standing

at

the

head

of

my

bed

and

began

to

call

me

by

name.

I

woke

from

my

sleep

and

clearly

saw

those

two

men

standing

in

front

of

me.

28:21

I

saluted

them

and

was

seized

with

so

much

terror

that

the

appearance

of

my

face

was

changed.

Those

men

said

to

me,

Be

brave,

Enoch,

do

not

be

afraid.

The

eternal

God

sent

us

to

you,

and

you

will

ascend

with

us

into

the

sky

today.

And

you

will

tell

your

sons

and

all

your

family

so

your

house

on

earth

can

continue

without

you

and

make

sure

they

would

come

looking

for

you

until

the

Lord

returns

you

to

them.

28:49

From

here,

the

two

angels

guide

Enoch

through

a

series

of

10

heavens.

In

each

of

the

heavens,

more

and

more

of

the

holy

secrets

of

heaven

are

revealed

to

Enoch.

He’s

shown

the

secret

of

how

the

heavens

keep

their

orderly

movements.

He’s

shown

the

secret

of

the

hierarchy

of

the

hosts

of

heaven.

He’s

shown

the

secrets

of

the

movements

in

heavenly

cycles

of

the

sun

and

the

moon

and

the

stars.

He’s

shown

the

secrets

of

quote,

fiery

armies

of

great

archangels.

29:16

with

dominions,

orders,

and

governments.

In

the

10th

heaven,

he’s

shown

the

secret

of

God’s

throne,

and

there

he

speaks

with

God

face

to

face.

And

much

like

Adam

in

the

Garden

of

Eden,

God

instructs

Enoch.

I’ll

start

in

chapter

22,

Enoch

has

just

been

shown

the

glory

of

God,

and

then

God

instructs

one

of

the

angels.

The

Lord

summoned

one

of

his

archangels

named

Vervoil.

29:45

which

means

Archangel

of

God,

who

was

quicker

in

wisdom

than

the

other

archangels,

who

recorded

all

the

deeds

of

the

Lord.

The

Lord

said

to

Vervoil,

bring

out

the

books

from

my

storehouses

and

a

pen

for

speed

writing,

and

give

it

to

Enoch

and

read

him

the

books.

So

--- page 71 ---

Vervoil

rushed

and

brought

me

the

books,

a

knife,

ink,

and

he

gave

me

the

pen

for

speed

writing.

Chapter

23,

he

told

me

all

about

the

things

of

the

sky.

30:14

earth

and

sea

and

all

the

elements

and

their

movements

and

paths

and

about

the

living

thunder

the

sun

the

moon

the

stars

and

their

paths

and

changes

the

seasons

years

days

and

hours

the

coming

of

the

clouds

and

the

blowing

of

the

wind

the

numbers

of

the

angels

and

songs

of

their

armies

and

all

human

lives

and

rules

and

instructions

and

song

and

all

things

that

it

is

fitting

to

learn

30:40

It’s

interesting

here

that

God

not

only

relays

important

holy

secrets

to

Enique,

but

he

also

teaches

him

everything

that’s

worth

learning,

like

astronomy

and

agriculture

and

meteorology.

This

is

also

interesting

because

we

find

the

same

thing

in

Mesoamerican

and

Native

American

accounts,

which

tell

of

a

God

visiting

the

peoples

and

relaying

a

religious

tradition,

but

also

teaching

the

people

how

to

plant

crops

and

track

the

seasons

and

things

like

that.

31:07

Vervoil

instructed

me

for

30

days

and

30

nights

and

never

stopped

talking

in

my

hand

never

stopped

writing

all

of

the

symbols

and

all

the

creatures.

Chapter

24.

This

is

the

Lord

speaking.

Listen

Enoch

and

pay

attention

to

my

words

as

I

have

not

even

told

my

secret

to

my

angels.

And

I

have

not

told

them

their

origin

or

of

my

endless

realm

or

how

I

created

the

creatures,

which

I

will

tell

you

today.

31:36

Before

all

things

were

visible,

I

had

come

into

existence.

I,

like

one

of

them,

I

moved

around

among

the

invisible

things,

like

the

sun

going

from

east

to

west

and

from

west

to

east.

But

even

the

sun

itself

has

rest,

while

I

found

nowhere

to

rest

because

nothing

has

been

created

yet.

And

I

thought

up

the

idea

of

establishing

a

foundation

and

of

creating

visible

creation.

32:04

Here

God

begins

to

instruct

Enoch

in

the

creation.

And

I’m

not

sure

if

you

caught

it

or

not,

but

Enoch

pointed

out

in

chapter

one

that

the

visitation

of

the

angelic

beings

occurred

on

quote,

the

first

day

of

the

first

month,

which

means

the

angels

appeared

to

Enoch

on

New

--- page 72 ---

Year’s

Day.

And

this

is

significant

because

in

the

ancient

world,

the

people

like

us

celebrated

the

new

year,

but

that

was

not

all.

32:29

The

ancients

also

believed

the

earth

or

the

whole

creation

was

renewed

on

New

Year’s

Day.

So

it’s

quite

telling

here

that

God

reveals

to

Enoch

on

this

day,

New

Year’s

Day,

how

the

creation

of

the

earth

came

to

be.

And

what’s

even

more

interesting

is

that

God

points

out

that

he

was

troubled

or

at

least

it

feels

like

he

was

troubled

because

before

the

creation

of

the

earth,

he

had

no

place

to

quote

rest.

32:56

The

use

of

the

word

rest

here

is

extremely

important

because

it’s

almost

always

used

in

Judeo-Christian

scriptures

to

refer

to

God’s

temple,

the

palace

where

God

can

rest.

Genesis

chapter

two,

verses

two

to

three

say,

by

the

seventh

day,

God

had

finished

the

work

he

had

been

doing.

So

on

the

seventh

day,

he

rested

from

all

his

work.

33:23

As

we

noted

in

episode

number

four,

the

first

thing

God

did

after

finishing

the

creation

of

the

earth

was

to

plant

a

garden,

which

we

established

in

the

previous

episode

was

a

holy

garden

temple.

The

first

thing

he

did

was

build

or

plant

a

place

where

he

could

rest.

Hebrews

chapter

four,

verses

10

and

11

invites

everyone

to

join

God

in

his

rest,

which

is

another

way

to

say

he

invites

everyone

to

join

him

in

his

temple,

a

privilege

that’s

restricted

to

the

obedient.

33:52

It

reads,

for

anyone

who

enters

God’s

rest

also

rests

from

their

work,

just

as

God

did

from

his.

Let

us

therefore

make

every

effort

to

enter

that

rest

so

that

no

one

will

perish

by

following

their

example

of

disobedience.

The

Lord

continues

with

a

description

of

how

the

creation

took

place.

The

Lord

continued,

I

commanded

the

very

highest.

Let

one

of

the

invisible

things

descend

and

become

34:22

and

a

doil

descended

very

large.

I

saw

him

and

saw

in

his

belly

he

had

a

great

light.

I

said

to

him,

give

birth

a

doil

and

let

what

comes

out

of

you

be

visible.

He

dissolved

and

a

great

light

came

out.

I

was

in

the

presence

of

the

great

light

and

so

light

was

created

and

a

great

Aeon

came

out

and

lit

up

all

the

creation

I

had

thought

to

create.

And

I

saw

that

it

was

good.

--- page 73 ---

34:50

I

set

up

a

throne

for

myself

and

took

my

seat

on

it.

This

text

makes

the

establishment

of

a

temple

in

the

garden

even

more

explicit

for

here

God

says,

I

set

up

a

throne

for

myself

and

took

my

seat

on

it.

There’s

so

much

more

here.

First,

this

is

further

evidence

that

God

built

a

garden

temple

where

he

could

dwell

because

God

clearly

indicates

he

created

a

place

where

he

could

place

his

throne,

a

place

he

could

dwell,

a

place

he

could

rest.

35:21

This

also

clearly

indicates

that

God

is

a

king.

He

is

sovereign

over

his

creation

and

he

reigns

from

his

holy

sanctuary.

It

also

indicates

he

is

an

anthropomorphic

being

because

God

here

clearly

states

that

he

quote,

took

my

seat.

Only

persons

with

a

body

need

a

place

to

sit.

Let’s

continue.

And

then

said

to

the

light,

go

up

higher

and

solidify

yourself

high

above

the

throne.

35:49

and

become

the

foundation

for

the

highest

things.

Skip

to

chapter

33.

Now,

Enoch,

all

that

I

have

told

you

and

all

that

you

have

understood

and

everything

that

you’ve

seen

in

the

sky

and

everything

that

you’ve

seen

on

earth

and

all

that

I

have

written

in

books

by

my

great

wisdom,

all

things

I

have

planned

and

created.

Apply

your

mind,

Enoch,

and

know

that

one

who

is

speaking

to

you

and

take

the

books

which

you

have

written.

36:16

Go

down

to

earth

and

tell

your

sons

all

that

I

have

told

you

and

all

that

you

have

seen

from

the

lowest

sky

up

to

my

throne

and

all

the

armies.

I

created

all

the

armies

and

forces

and

there’s

none

that

resists

me

or

is

insubordinate

to

me

as

all

subject

themselves

to

my

monarchy

and

labor

for

my

dominion

alone.

Give

them

the

books

in

your

handwriting

and

they

will

read

them

and

will

know

me

as

the

creator

of

everything.

Let

them

distribute

the

books

you

have

written.

36:46

children

to

children,

generation

to

generation,

nation

to

nations.

God

is

clearly

commanding

Enoch

here

to

share

the

wisdom

and

knowledge

that

was

revealed

by

God

with

his

family.

He’s

commanded

to

pass

it

down.

Let’s

continue.

I

will

give

you

Enoch,

my

mediator,

the

chief

general

Michael

to

protect

your

writings

and

the

writings

of

your

forefathers,

Adam,

Seth,

Enos,

Canaan,

Mahalalil,

and

Jared,

your

father.

--- page 74 ---

37:15

They

will

not

be

destroyed

until

the

final

age,

for

I

have

commanded

my

angels,

who

I

have

sent

to

the

earth

to

protect

them

and

to

command

the

things

of

time

to

preserve

the

writing

of

your

forefathers,

so

they

aren’t

destroyed

in

the

flood,

which

I

will

create

in

your

generation.

Wow,

if

this

is

true,

somewhere

buried

in

the

earth,

preserved

for

a

future

day,

are

all

of

the

writings

of

the

early

patriarchs,

Adam,

Seth,

Enos.

37:43

And

I

can’t

wait

until

those

are

uncovered.

Chapter

40,

this

is

him

sharing

it

with

his

family,

Enoch’s

now

speaking.

Now

my

children,

I

know

everything,

from

beginning

to

end

and

the

end

to

the

beginning,

either

from

the

Lord’s

lips

or

what

my

eyes

have

seen.

Again,

wow,

Enoch

was

taught

everything,

including

the

entire

history

of

the

world

directly

from

the

Lord’s

lips.

And

you

heard

that

right,

the

Lord

has

lips.

38:13

That’s

a

lot

of

sacred

knowledge.

He

continues,

I

know

everything

and

have

written

everything

into

books,

the

skies

and

their

boundaries,

their

contents,

their

armies

and

their

movements.

I

investigated

and

recorded

all

things

that

grow

on

the

earth

and

all

seeds

both

sown

and

un-sown

that

grow

on

the

earth

and

all

plants,

grasses

and

all

flowers

and

their

sweet

smells.

38:38

Now

my

children,

keep

these

thoughts

in

your

hearts

and

pay

attention

to

the

words

of

your

father

which

I

have

passed

on

to

you

from

the

Lord’s

lips.

Take

these

books

in

your

father’s

handwriting

and

read

them.

And

in

them

you

will

learn

the

Lord’s

words,

all

that

has

been

from

the

beginning

of

creation

and

what

will

be

until

the

end

of

time.

But

in

none

of

them,

explain

it

as

directly

as

my

writings.

39:03

The

last

line

here

is

interesting

because

it

indicates

that

of

the

writings

of

the

patriarchs,

Enoch’s

writings

are

distinct.

They

explain

the

holy

secrets

more

directly

than

the

other

writings.

So

we

should

pay

close

attention

to

what

Enoch

is

teaching

in

his

books

because

they

contain

the

Lord’s

words,

his

doctrine.

Finally

chapter

48.

My

children,

copy

the

books

for

your

children,

for

all

the

generations

and

for

the

nations

who

are

wise

enough

to

fear

God.

--- page 75 ---

39:32

Let

them

receive

copies.

May

they

come

to

love

them

more

than

any

sweet

food

on

earth

and

read

them

and

follow

them.

I

love

the

last

line.

May

they

come

to

love

them

more

than

any

sweet

food

on

earth.

Although

we

aren’t

privy

to

all

of

the

Holy

Secrets

that

were

revealed

to

Enoch,

there

are

a

lot

of

clues

into

Enoch

about

those

Holy

Secrets,

Holy

Secrets

that

are

directly

linked

to

the

theology

of

the

ancient

tradition.

40:02

And

we’ll

check

those

out

in

future

episodes.

Suffice

it

to

say

here

that

this

book

is

another

excellent

example

of

God

revealing

to

human

beings

important

sacred

truths

that

are

necessary

for

them

to

join

him

in

his

holy

sanctuary

or

in

his

rest.

This

book

also

indicates

that

God

didn’t

just

reveal

the

ancient

tradition

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

and

forget

about

it.

Here

in

the

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch,

the

ancient

tradition

and

everything

from

the

beginning

to

the

end,

40:31

was

revealed

anew

to

Enoch

seven

generations

after

Adam.

Before

I

conclude

this

episode,

I

wanna

share

one

more

verse

from

2

Enoch.

In

chapter

30,

the

Lord

explicitly

tells

Enoch

that

he

made

Adam

a

king

in

the

Garden

of

Eden.

And

this

is

inferred

in

the

Genesis

account,

but

here

in

the

Enoch

account,

God

makes

it

explicit.

Speaking

of

Adam,

God

says

this.

40:59

I

appointed

him

as

king

to

rule

on

earth

and

to

have

my

wisdom.

There

was

none

comparable

to

him

on

earth

from

all

my

existing

creatures.

I

called

his

name

Adam.

I

gave

him

free

will

and

showed

him

the

two

paths,

the

light

and

the

darkness.

That

wraps

up

this

edition

of

the

Ancient

Tradition.

41:24

If

you’re

interested

in

hearing

an

audio

recording

of

the

entire

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch,

you

can

find

it

on

our

sister

podcast,

The

Ancient

Tradition

Audio

Rit.

It’s

a

fascinating

listen.

That’s

it

for

me.

I’ll

leave

you

with

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare.

Knowledge

is

the

wing

wherewith

we

fly

to

heaven.

I’m

Jack

Logan.

41:49

--- page 76 ---

You’ve

been

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Episode

#6

-

The

Coronation

of

Charles

III

&

Camilla:

The

King

and

the

Tree

of

Life

https://theancienttradition.com/episode-6-the-coronation-of-charles-iii-and-camilla-the-king-and-t

he-tree-of-life/

00:00

Music

00:09

You’re

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Music

provided

by

Joseph

McDade.

He

is

your

host,

Dr.

Jack

Logan.

00:25

Welcome

to

The

Ancient

Tradition.

I’m

your

host,

Jack

Logan.

I

wanna

start

by

letting

you

know

we

launched

our

YouTube

channel

this

week.

It’s

very

exciting.

You

can

find

it

on

YouTube.

Just

search

for

The

Ancient

Tradition.

And

the

videos

you’ll

find

there

are

visual

representations

of

this

podcast.

Feel

free

to

share

it

with

your

family

and

friends.

Today

I’m

gonna

do

something

a

little

different.

I’m

gonna

jump

ahead,

as

much

as

I’m

a

bit

hesitant.

00:53

because

I

would

have

really

liked

to

have

given

you

a

bit

more

background

than

you

do

at

this

point.

Queen

Elizabeth

II

was

coronated

on

June

2nd,

1953,

which

was

almost

70

years

ago.

So

the

coronation

of

Charles

III

and

Camilla

will

be

the

first

coronation

of

a

British

monarch

that

I’ll

have

witnessed

during

my

lifetime,

and

I’m

guessing

that

this

is

much

the

same

for

many

of

you.

So

I

can’t

pass

up

this

tremendous

teaching

opportunity.

01:23

--- page 77 ---

The

coronation

is

deeply

enmeshed,

even

central

to

the

ancient

tradition.

And

understanding

how

the

two

are

connected

will

help

you

much

better

understand

and

appreciate

not

only

the

ancient

tradition,

but

all

of

the

intricate

details

of

the

coronation

ceremony

itself.

And

I’d

also

like

to

be

as

bold

as

to

extend

an

invitation

to

Charles

and

Camilla

to

listen

in.

I

can

pretty

much

guarantee

that

the

two

of

them

01:51

will

learn

something

new

about

the

coronation

that

not

even

they

were

aware

of.

And

it

will

broaden

their

vision

of

kingship

and

queenship,

and

it

will

definitely

give

them

a

much

deeper

appreciation

for

the

exceptionally

sacred

nature

of

the

offices

they

hold

in

behalf

of

the

United

Kingdom.

The

coronation

of

Charles

III

and

Camilla

is

gonna

take

place

on

Saturday,

May

6th.

02:18

And

there’s

no

word

yet

as

to

the

exact

time

of

day

that

the

coronation

will

take

place,

but

it’s

expected

to

be

broadcast

live

and

take

place

around

mid

morning.

Although

the

exact

origin

of

the

British

coronation

ceremony

is

kind

of

unclear,

scholars

have

traced

much

of

it

back

to

the

coronation

ceremony

devised

for

King

Edgar

in

973

AD,

so

over

a

thousand

years

ago.

02:44

King

Edgar

reigned

as

King

of

England

from

959

to

975.

And

Edgar’s

coronation

ceremony

was

put

together

by

Saint

Dunstan,

who

was

the

Archbishop

of

Canterbury,

the

senior

bishop

or

leader

of

the

Church

of

England.

And

Saint

Dunstan

seems

to

have

drawn

up

the

ceremony

based

on

coronation

ceremonies

that

have

been

used

by

the

Franks.

03:10

Also,

he

used

ordination

ceremonies

that

had

been

used

for

bishops

and

the

coronation

of

Davidic

kings

in

the

Bible.

And

although

Dunstan’s

approach

kind

of

seems

a

little

bit

hodgepodgey,

he

must

have

done

his

homework

because

the

British

coronation

ceremony

preserves

quite

remarkably

important

elements

of

the

ancient

tradition,

several

of

which

we

just

wouldn’t

expect

to

find

preserved

quite

so

well.

03:37

To

begin,

I

want

to

return

to

episode

five,

our

previous

episode,

where

we

read

in

the

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

that

Enoch

on

New

Year’s

Day

is

taken

up

to

the

highest

--- page 78 ---

heaven

where

he’s

tutored

by

God

face

to

face.

There

God

reveals

to

Enoch

that

before

he

created

the

earth,

he

was

troubled

because

he

had

no

place

to

rest.

The

Lord’s

use

of

the

word

rest

here

is

significant

because

a

place

of

rest

04:04

is

almost

always

used

in

Judeo-Christian

scriptures

to

refer

to

the

place

where

God

dwells,

his

home,

his

sacred

sanctuary,

his

holy

temple.

In

the

Book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch,

the

Lord

confides

to

Enoch

that

when

he

looks

at

the

pre-creative,

unformed

state

of

the

universe,

he

says,

quote,

I

found

nowhere

to

rest.

In

other

words,

the

Lord

has

troubled

that

there’s

no

temple,

no

place

for

him

to

dwell.

04:34

In

chapter

25,

the

Lord

reveals

to

Enoch

the

secrets

of

how

he

created

the

earth.

He

starts

like

we

see

in

the

Genesis

account

by

explaining

how

he

separated

the

light

from

the

darkness.

And

then

the

Lord

makes

this

remarkable

statement

to

Enoch.

He

says,

I

saw

that

it

was

good.

I

set

up

a

throne

for

myself

and

took

my

seat

on

it.

Here,

the

Lord

tells

Enoch

that

as

soon

as

he’s

05:01

divided

the

light

from

the

darkness,

he

quote,

set

up

or

built

or

created

a

throne

for

himself.

And

this

is

remarkable

because

the

Lord

is

telling

Enoch

a

couple

of

things.

First,

that

the

very

first

thing

he

created

as

part

of

the

earth

was

a

holy

temple,

a

place

where

he

could

quote

rest.

And

I

don’t

have

time

to

go

into

this

here

because

I’ve

jumped

ahead

a

bit,

but

this

formation

of

a

temple,

05:28

at

the

onset

of

the

creation

is

one

of

the

most

salient

and

significant

elements

of

the

ancient

Egyptian

religion.

And

I

can’t

wait

to

tell

you

more

about

it,

but

we

just

can’t

in

this

episode.

So

we’ll

both

have

to

be

patient

for

a

moment,

but

I

promise

we’ll

cover

it

in

future

episodes

and

it’ll

totally

be

worth

it.

It’s

great

stuff.

Note

here

how

the

Enoch

account

completely

parallels

what

we

read

in

the

Genesis

account.

Upon

completing

the

creation,

05:57

We

read

in

Genesis

chapter

two,

verse

eight,

the

Lord

God

quote,

planted

a

garden

eastward

in

Eden.

And

we

learned

in

episode

number

four,

did

God

reveal

the

ancient

tradition

in

the

garden

of

Eden,

that

the

Hebrew

word

for

to

plant

not

hay

is

used

by

Moses

to

refer

to

God’s

--- page 79 ---

holy

sanctuary.

In

other

words,

the

reference

to

God

planting

a

garden

is

another

way

of

saying

God

built

a

temple

in

the

land.

Eden.

06:26

In

both

cases

in

the

Enoch

account

and

in

the

Genesis

account

we

get

told

the

same

story

that

the

Lord

God

as

part

of

the

creation

created

a

holy

temple

where

he

could

dwell

while

on

earth.

If

you

aren’t

familiar

with

what

I’m

referring

to

it’s

really

important

to

go

back

and

to

listen

to

episodes

number

four

and

number

five

so

you

start

with

this

foundation

as

we

examine

the

British

coronation

rites.

And

I

might

add

here

too

that

the

Enoch

account

and

the

Genesis

account

06:54

parallel

the

accounts

of

the

Aboriginal

peoples

of

New

South

Wales

and

the

Dayak

peoples

of

southern

Borneo,

both

of

whom

noted

that

their

creator

God

by

army

or

Mahatala

lived

among

the

first

ancestors

in

the

beginning

in

a

sacred

mountain

dwelling.

The

Australian

Aboriginals

said

this

of

the

creator

God

by

army

quote,

he

made

his

home

in

the

mountain.

07:21

talking

with

the

animals

and

the

men

and

women

whom

he

had

created.

There

was

communion

of

spirit

between

them.

For

the

period

of

rest

after

the

labors

of

creation

were

a

refreshment

to

the

great

spirit.

Round

his

earthly

home,

the

flowers

bloomed

in

profusion.

Did

you

notice

the

use

of

the

word

rest

among

the

Australian

Aboriginals?

This

is

crazy.

The

quote,

period

of

rest

after

the

labors

of

creation.

07:51

were

a

refreshment

to

the

Great

Spirit.

It’s

the

same

story

being

told

half

a

world

away.

And

recall

that

we

established

in

episode

number

four

that

the

word

mountain

is

essentially

a

synonym

for

temple

in

sacred

writ.

The

native

people’s

reference

to

the

creator

God

living

in

a

mountain

is

the

same

as

saying

that

the

creator

God

dwelt

in

a

holy

temple

while

he

was

on

earth.

08:17

And

it’s

important

to

note

that

a

holy

temple

or

sanctuary

doesn’t

necessarily

have

to

be

a

brick

and

mortar

building

per

se.

It’s

holy

because

of

who

dwells

there.

So

it

could

very

well

have

been

a

mountain

garden

sanctuary

as

inferred

in

the

Genesis

account.

And

if

you

aren’t

familiar

with

the

Australian

and

Borneo

accounts,

be

sure

to

go

back

into

listen

to

episode

--- page 80 ---

number

one,

the

ancient

tradition,

cause

they’re

pretty

amazing

accounts.

Back

to

the

second

point.

08:44

I

wanted

to

make

about

the

Enoch

account.

In

the

Enoch

account,

we

learned

that

a

very

important

feature

of

the

temple

God

set

up

as

part

of

the

creation,

the

Lord

God

says

to

Enoch,

quote,

I

set

up

a

throne

for

myself

and

took

my

seat

on

it.

This

is

fascinating

because

it

tells

us

that

God’s

temple

was

also

a

royal

palace.

He

sat

on

his

throne

as

the

reigning

civil

authority

on

earth.

09:14

the

creator

of

the

earth,

he

had

full

rights

to

reign

over

his

creation,

and

he

did

so

from

the

Holy

Temple

he

created

as

part

of

the

creation

of

the

earth.

And

this

tells

us

a

lot

about

God.

Not

only

did

God

reign

as

the

supreme

civil

authority

over

his

creation,

he

also

served

as

the

supernal

religious

authority,

the

supreme

high

priest.

In

his

temple

in

the

land

Eden,

09:43

God,

the

creator,

reigned

as

the

supernal,

sacral

king.

It’s

important

to

start

with

this

foundational

understanding

of

who

God

is,

supernal

king

and

supernal

high

priest,

and

where

he

dwells,

on

his

throne,

in

the

center

of

his

sacred

temple.

We

have

to

understand

these

things

to

understand

much

of

what

happens,

not

only

in

the

British

coronation

ceremony,

but

in

kingship

rites.

10:12

all

over

the

world.

From

the

Genesis

and

Enoch

accounts,

as

well

as

the

inscription

of

the

Sumerian

king

list

that

we

talked

about

in

the

last

episode,

we

learned

that,

quote,

kingship

descended

from

heaven.

The

kingship

was

in

Eridu.

In

other

words,

these

ancient

records

attest

that

the

conception

of

kings

and

kingship

was

God

revealed,

not

man-made.

And

this

is

a

bit

of

a

paradigm

shift.

10:41

especially

when

you

think

of

the

French

Revolution

and

the

vast

social

movement

in

the

1600s

to

overthrow

European

monarchies.

The

notion

of

kings

and

kingship

as

a

form

of

civil

government

is

so

commonplace

and

so

much

a

part

of

world

history

that

we

may

have

never

even

thought

of

where

it

came

from.

Maybe

you,

like

me,

--- page 81 ---

11:05

may

have

thought

it

was

just

another

social

construct,

another

experiment

among

human

beings

on

how

to

organize

civil

government,

but

the

ancient

accounts

tell

a

very

different

story.

The

ancients

attest

that

kingship

as

a

form

of

civil

government

was

revealed

to

human

beings

by

God.

Not

only

that,

it

was

revealed

to

human

beings

as

the

supernal

form.

11:30

of

civil

government

because

it

was

patterned

after

the

order

of

civil

government

in

heaven.

God

as

supernal

king

and

supernal

high

priest

served

as

the

supernal

prototype

of

a

sacral

king.

Earthly

sacral

kings

were

to

emulate

God

the

supernal

sacral

king

in

all

of

their

civic

functions.

Growing

up

in

a

representative

democracy,

11:54

I

might

be

inclined

to

think

a

representative

democracy

is

a

superior

form

of

civil

government

than

kingship,

especially

considering

the

abuses

of

King

George

III

and

the

need

for

the

American

Revolution.

But

this

perspective

fails

to

consider

a

very

important

characteristic

of

God-revealed

kingship,

the

spiritual

element.

Kingship

as

revealed

by

God

was

combined

with

the

high

priesthood.

12:24

king,

he

was

also

the

supernal

high

priest,

the

supernal

example

of

righteousness.

To

rule

meant

to

rule

in

righteousness.

This

latter

element

is

where

the

rule

of

King

George

III

went

wrong,

along

with

many

of

his

European

counterparts.

As

French

scholar

René

Gounion

pointed

out,

the

kingly

and

the

priestly

represent

different

functions,

but

they

quote

must

necessarily

co-exist.

12:51

When

they

don’t,

when

monarchs

stray

from

God’s

supernal

example

of

a

sacral

king,

that’s

when

things

go

wrong,

and

that’s

when

the

people

they

rule

over

suffer.

Gagnon

makes

a

very

important

point

about

the

relationship

between

civil

and

spiritual

authority.

They

are

not

equal.

The

civil

authority

must

always

be

subordinate

to

the

spiritual

authority,

and

he

writes,

quote,

13:15

--- page 82 ---

all

temporal

power

that

fails

to

recognize

its

subordination

via

the

spiritual

authority

is

vain.

Separated

from

its

principle,

it

can

only

exert

itself

in

a

disorderly

way

and

move

inexorably

to

its

own

ruin.

Let

King

Charles

take

note.

Assuming

the

spiritual

authority

is

not

itself

become

corrupt,

a

true

sacral

king

is

always

subordinate

to

the

laws

of

13:44

Gugnone

writes,

quote,

when

the

holders

of

temporal

power

revolt

against

this

spiritual

authority

and

declare

themselves

independent

of

all

spiritual

power,

even

trying

to

subordinate

to

themselves

the

spiritual

authority

that

they

had

originally

recognized

as

the

source

of

their

own

power

and

seeking

to

turn

the

spiritual

authority

to

the

service

of

their

own

domination.

Well,

then

ruin

and

tyranny

isn’t

far

away.

14:12

Guignol

continues,

the

least

portion

of

spirituality

is

still

incomparably

superior

to

anything

of

the

temporal

order.

It

follows

from

this

that

the

spiritual

authority

can

and

must

always

control

the

temporal

power

and

that

it

cannot

itself

be

controlled

by

anything

else.

So

the

temporal

power,

kingship,

must

always

be

coupled

with

spiritual

power,

priestship,

else

there

is

little

to

keep

the

king’s

power

in

check.

14:42

Gugnian

continues,

the

teachings

of

all

traditional

doctrines

are

as

we

have

seen

unanimous

in

affirming

the

supremacy

of

the

spiritual

over

the

temporal

as

normal

and

legitimate

only

the

social

organization

in

which

this

supremacy

is

recognized

and

expressed

in

the

relations

between

the

two

powers.

History

clearly

shows

that

misunderstanding

of

this

hierarchical

order

always

and

everywhere

brings

about

the

same

consequences.

15:11

social

imbalance,

confusion

of

functions,

domination

by

progressively

more

inferior

elements,

and

also

intellectual

degeneration.

As

we

saw

in

the

previous

episode

via

sacred

primogeniture,

sacral

kingship

among

the

ancient

Hebrews

was

passed

by

Rite

of

Birth

to

the

firstborn,

righteous

son.

If

the

firstborn

son

was

not

righteous,

as

was

the

case

time

and

again

in

the

Old

Testament,

15:39

then

that

son

lost

the

birthright

and

it

was

given

to

a

righteous

son.

The

fact

that

the

birthright

was

contingent

on

righteousness

once

again,

drives

home

the

point

that

--- page 83 ---

righteousness

is

a

mandatory

qualification

for

civil

rule

and

not

the

other

way

around.

With

that

established,

let’s

head

back

to

the

Garden

of

Eden.

From

the

Genesis

account,

we

read

that

in

the

center

of

the

garden

sanctuary

stood

a

very

special

tree,

the

tree

of

life.

Now,

16:07

There

very

well

may

have

been

an

actual

tree

in

the

garden.

I

don’t

know,

but

this

tree

is

highly,

highly

symbolic

and

we

must

understand

it

primarily

in

a

symbolic

light.

This

tree

stood

in

the

center

of

the

garden,

the

same

place

where

God’s

throne

was

set

up

and

the

same

place

from

which

the

living

waters

flowed

to

the

four

corners

of

the

earth.

And

this

was

the

most

sacred,

holiest

place

on

earth.

It

marked

the

center

of

God’s

temple.

16:37

the

Holy

of

Holies.

It

was

here

in

the

Holy

of

Holies

that

God

gave

dominion

to

Adam

and

Eve

over

all

the

earth.

And

it

was

here

in

the

Holy

of

Holies

that

God

clothed

Adam

and

Eve

in

priestly

robes

of

skin

before

he

cast

them

out

of

the

garden

sanctuary.

It

was

here

in

the

Holy

of

Holies

that

God

made

Adam

and

Eve

the

world’s

first

vassal,

sacral

king

and

sacral

queen.

And

this

was

done

as

we’ll

see

in

the

Old

Testament

and

many

of

the

sacred

ancient

texts.

17:05

through

a

very

consistent

set

of

sacred

rites,

rites

which

were

reproduced

with

remarkable

consistency

in

the

British

coronation

ceremony.

We’ll

dive

into

the

details

of

those

rites

in

the

next

episode.

But

in

this

episode,

I

wanna

concentrate

on

this

tree

in

the

center

of

the

garden

sanctuary,

the

tree

of

life,

and

how

it

directly

symbolizes

a

sacral

king.

17:32

Although

the

Tree

of

Life

is

chiefly

associated

today

with

the

Judeo-Christian

Garden

of

Eden

account,

the

Tree

of

Life

is

actually

one

of

the

most

widely

diffused

symbols

in

the

world.

And

we

find

it

everywhere.

We

find

it

among

the

Assyrians,

Babylonians,

Egyptians

in

India,

Norway,

Greece,

Sub-Sahara

Africa,

in

Bolivia,

among

the

Maya,

the

Aztecs,

and

loads

of

Native

American

tribes.

17:59

Let

me

give

you

a

feel

for

a

few,

even

though

we’ll

revisit

this

in

more

detail

in

a

future

episode.

In

ancient

Mesopotamia,

we

read

in

a

Sumerian-Acadian

tablet,

quote,

in

Eridu,

--- page 84 ---

there

is

a

black

kiskanu,

or

a

cedar

tree,

growing

in

a

pure

place.

Its

appearance

is

lapis

lazuli,

erected

on

the

apsu,

enki.

18:25

When

walking

there,

filleth

Eridu

with

abundance.

In

the

foundation

thereof

is

the

place

of

the

underworld.

In

the

resting

place

is

the

chamber

of

Namu.

In

its

holy

temple

there

is

a

grove,

casting

its

shadow.

Therein

no

man

goeth

to

enter.

In

the

midst

are

the

sun

god

and

the

sovereign.

This

passage

tells

us

the

sacred

cedar

tree

is

in

Eridu.

And

a

couple

of

minutes

ago

we

talked

about

Eridu.

18:55

Do

you

remember

what

the

Sumerian

King

List

said

about

Eridu?

It

said,

quote,

after

the

kingship

descended

from

heaven,

the

kingship

was

in

Eridu.

So

we’re

in

the

place

where

kingship

was

established

on

earth

and

there

in

Eridu

was

a

sacred

cedar

tree,

a

tree

that

looked

like

lapis

lazuli.

Now

lapis

lazuli

is

a

beautiful

sky

blue

gemstone

and

when

it’s

all

polished

up,

it’s

really

stunning.

19:24

In

this

pure

place

Enki

walked.

Enki

is

the

Sumerian

god

of

wisdom

and

creation.

And

here

like

we

saw

with

God

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

and

Bayami

and

Mahatala,

Enki

walks

in

the

pure

place

and

fills

it

with

abundance.

Note

what

else

this

Mesopotamian

text

says

about

Eridu,

the

pure

place.

The

tablet

says,

quote,

in

the

resting

place

is

the

chamber

of

19:53

in

its

holy

temple,

there

is

a

grove.

There

it

is

again,

reference

to

rest

and

a

resting

place.

And

it’s

directly

linked

in

this

text

to

a

holy

temple

and

a

grove.

In

the

midst

or

in

the

middle

is

the

sun

god

and

the

sovereign,

the

king.

So

here

we

see

the

same

motifs

we

saw

in

the

Genesis

Garden

of

Eden

account,

a

sacred

tree,

a

pure

place,

gemstones,

abundance,

a

resting

place,

a

holy

temple.

20:23

And

in

the

midst,

in

the

middle,

is

God,

the

Sovereign,

the

King.

In

ancient

Egypt,

the

Tree

of

Life

was

known

as

the

sacred

Isha

tree,

which

scholars

believe

is

the

Perseia

tree,

which

is

an

evergreen

tree

that’s

part

of

the

laurel

family

and

it

produces

this

kind

of

almond-shaped

edible

fruit.

And

sometimes

they

even

connect

it

with

the

Sycamore

or

Acacia

trees.

--- page 85 ---

20:51

The

sacred

Isha

tree

was

located

in

Heliopolis,

which

according

to

Heliopolis

cosmogony

or

creation

stories

was

the

sacred

location

where

the

Egyptian

god

Atum

created

the

world.

An

inscription

on

an

alabaster

Stella

of

King

Sedi

I

in

Karnak

reads,

quote,

the

Isha

tree

was

in

the

temple

of

Benben

of

Heliopolis.

So

this

Stella,

21:20

indicates

the

sacred

Ished

tree

was

located

inside

a

temple

on

the

site

where

Atum

created

the

world

and

it

was

considered

the

holiest

site

on

earth

in

the

Heliopelan

cosmogony.

And

I

don’t

know

about

you

but

this

storyline

is

starting

to

sound

very

familiar.

A

professor

out

of

Matra

University

in

Egypt

writes

this

about

the

tree.

21:47

quote,

Nearly

all

the

great

temples

of

Egypt

have

a

scene

of

the

king

nailing,

sitting

or

standing

beside

or

under

a

persia

tree

on

the

leaves

of

which

a

God

is

riding

the

royal

cartouche.

I’ll

stop

here

for

a

second.

When

an

Egyptian

Pharaoh

took

the

throne,

he

was

given

several

new

names.

Like

we

usually

see

happen

when

a

British

monarch

takes

the

throne.

In

Egypt,

the

king

was

given

five

names

and

they

were

known

as

the

royal

titular.

22:16

the

king’s

throne

name

or

prenomen,

which

was

usually

his

birth

name,

was

written

in

a

cartouche,

which

was

essentially

an

elongated

chen

ring,

a

circle

with

a

line

tangent

to

the

base.

And

the

encasement

of

the

king’s

royal

name

in

a

chen

ring

signified

eternal

protection.

Let’s

go

back

to

her

quote.

The

scene

with

the

Ished

tree

was

represented

in

relation

to

the

coronation

and

the

sed

festival.

Now,

22:45

said

festival

was

a

celebration

and

a

renewal

of

the

king’s

reign

which

they

usually

held

it

30

years

after

he

had

taken

the

throne

but

sometimes

they

did

it

earlier.

Moreover

the

ritual

of

presenting

the

leaves

of

the

ished

tree

to

the

king

is

linked

to

the

coronation

ceremony

which

is

attested

in

the

festival

calendars

in

Edfu

and

Dendera.

The

name

of

the

king

was

written

during

23:14

--- page 86 ---

another

god.

Now

this

is

really

super

interesting

because

here

we

see

a

direct

connection

between

the

sacred

tree

and

the

coronation

of

a

new

king.

To

have

one’s

royal

name

written

by

the

god

Thoth

on

the

leaves

of

the

sacred

Ished

tree,

the

tree

of

life,

not

only

associated

the

king

directly

with

the

tree,

but

it

also

symbolically

conveyed

that

the

new

king,

by

having

his

name

inscribed

on

the

leaves

of

the

tree,

23:42

had

himself

inherited

eternal

life.

And

there’s

a

ton

here

and

we

can’t

go

into

it

right

now,

but

hopefully

you

see

here

the

connection

between

the

tree,

kingship

and

eternal

life,

all

core

elements

of

the

ancient

tradition.

In

Greek

mythology,

in

the

famous

epic

poem,

Jason

and

the

Argonauts,

written

in

the

third

century

BC

by

Apollonius

of

Rhodes,

24:08

who

was

one

of

the

chief

librarians

of

the

Library

of

Alexandria,

we

have

Prince

Jason,

who

is

the

son

of

King

Aeson,

who

was

sent

on

a

dangerous

quest

by

his

uncle,

King

Peleus,

who

happened

to

have

usurped

the

throne

from

his

brother,

King

Aeson,

Jason’s

father.

He’s

sent

to

recover

the

fabled

golden

fleece,

the

skin

of

a

ram,

which

not

surprisingly,

24:36

hung

on

a

sacred

oak

tree

in

a

sacred

grove

and

was

guarded

by

a

terrifying

dragon.

If

Prince

Jason

is

able

to

succeed

in

his

task

and

bring

the

Golden

Fleece

to

King

Pelias,

King

Pelias

will

accept

Jason

as

the

rightful

king.

And

of

course,

King

Pelias

hopes

the

quest

is

doomed

to

failure

so

that

he

might

retain

the

kingship

for

himself.

But

Jason

is

no

ordinary

prince.

He,

along

with

his

band

of

heroes,

25:04

sail

the

ship

Argo

through

the

Greek

seas

and

successfully

meet

the

grievous

challenges

and

adventures

that

are

set

before

them.

Book

one

of

the

poem

reads,

quote,

I

shall

recall

the

glorious

deeds

of

men

of

long

ago

who

propelled

the

well-benched

Argo

through

the

mouth

of

the

Pontos

and

between

the

dark

rocks

to

gain

the

golden

fleece.

As

soon

as

Pellius

saw

Jason,

he

realized

25:32

and

devised

for

him

the

challenge

of

a

voyage

which

would

be

full

of

suffering

so

that

either

on

the

sea

or

among

a

foreign

people

he

might

lose

all

chance

of

safe

return.

I

want

to

pause

for

just

a

second

and

point

out

another

important

characteristic

of

Prince

Jason.

He

was

a

--- page 87 ---

firstborn

son,

the

importance

of

which

we

discussed

in

the

previous

episode.

And

Jason’s

mother

says

this

of

Jason

in

Book

1,

26:01

who

was

admired

among

occasion

women,

who

brought

to

me

great

renown

and

glory,

you,

the

first

and

only

child

for

whom

I

undid

the

girdle

of

motherhood.

With

the

help

of

the

beautiful

maiden

Medea,

Jason

and

Medea

disembark

the

Argo,

and

we

read

in

book

four,

quote,

“‘They

followed

a

path

in

the

direction

of

the

sacred

grove,

looking

for

the

huge

oak.'”

26:30

on

which

the

fleece

had

been

thrown,

like

a

cloud

with

blushes

red

in

the

flaming

rays

of

the

rising

sun.

Directly

in

front

of

them,

the

dragon

stretched

out

its

vast

neck

when

its

sharp

eyes,

which

never

sleep,

spotted

their

approach,

and

its

awful

hissing

resounded

around

the

long

reaches

of

the

riverbank

and

the

broad

grove.

The

maiden

Medea

gives

the

dragon

a

narcotic

herb,

and

the

dragon

falls

to

sleep,

and

the

epic

continues.

27:00

Then

Jason

removed

the

golden

fleece

from

the

oak

at

the

maiden’s

instruction.

As

when

a

young

girl

catches

in

her

fine

dress

the

gleam

of

the

full

moon

hanging

high

over

her

bedroom

under

the

roof

and

her

heart

is

delighted

at

the

sight

of

the

lovely

radiance.

Just

so

then

did

Jason

rejoice

as

he

lifted

the

great

fleece

in

his

hands

and

over

his

fair

cheeks

and

forehead

the

sparkle

of

the

wool

threw

a

blush

like

flame.

27:29

It

was

the

size

of

the

skin

of

a

yearling

heifer,

golden

all

over

and

heavy

with

its

thick

covering

of

fine

fleece.

As

he

walked,

the

ground

in

front

of

his

feet

sparkled

brilliantly.

Sometimes

he

carried

it

draped

over

his

left

shoulder

and

it

reached

all

the

way

from

the

top

of

his

neck

to

his

feet.

Sometimes

he

rolled

it

up

and

stroked

it

in

his

hands,

very

fearful

lest

some

man

or

god

would

cross

his

path

and

take

it

away.

27:58

Here

we

have

the

same

elements

we’ve

seen

previously,

a

sacred

oak

tree

in

a

sacred

grove

of

the

gods

guarded

by

a

fierce

dragon.

And

recall

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

account

how

God

placed

cherubim

and

a

flaming

sword

in

the

east

of

the

garden

to

guard

the

tree

of

life.

In

this

Greek

account,

however,

we

find

a

radiant,

sparkling

golden

fleece

hanging

directly

on

the

sacred

tree,

the

object

of

--- page 88 ---

28:27

Prince

Jason’s

entire

quest.

His

sole

objective

and

all

of

the

challenges

and

labors

he

overcame

were

so

that

he

could

find

the

tree

and

retrieve

the

golden

fleece.

The

image

here

of

the

blinding

golden

rays

of

the

fleece

on

the

tree

should

also

conjure

up

a

few

thoughts

in

your

mind

of

the

burning

bush

Moses

saw

on

the

summit

of

Mount

Sinai.

28:53

There

are

obvious

connections

here

to

the

tree,

God,

the

supernal,

sacral

King

and

the

glory

of

God’s

radiance.

In

this

story,

the

skin

of

the

ram,

the

golden

fleece

is

directly

connected

to

Prince

Jason’s

right

to

kingship.

In

the

story,

if

he

acquires

this

sacred

royal

garment,

he’ll

have

proven

himself

the

rightful

heir

to

the

throne.

He

must

acquire

the

royal

garment.

29:21

for

without

it

he

has

no

right

to

rule.

There’s

so,

so

much

more

here

I

would

love

to

talk

about,

but

for

the

purposes

of

this

episode,

it

confirms

yet

again

the

strong

connection

between

the

tree

of

life

and

kingship.

I

do

wanna

point

out

one

more

very

important

aspect

of

the

story,

the

importance

of

the

royal

garment

hanging

on

the

tree.

We

already

established

that

the

sacred

tree

represents

God,

the

supernal,

sacral

king.

29:50

and

that

his

temple,

the

realm

where

he

resides,

is

strictly

guarded

from

those

unqualified

to

enter

his

presence,

as

we

see

in

this

story

by

the

dragon.

The

golden

fleece

hanging

on

the

tree

symbolically

conveys

a

couple

of

really

important

aspects

of

kingship.

First,

the

right

to

true

kingship

is

a

gift

from

God,

granted

only

to

those

whom

God

deems

qualified.

And

note

in

this

story

how

30:16

Prince

Jason

had

to

pass

several

tests

before

he

was

qualified

to

retrieve

the

royal

fleece

from

the

tree

or

from

God.

Because

God

created

the

earth

and

everything

in

it,

because

it

is

his,

he

is

its

rightful

heir.

And

as

such,

he’s

the

only

one

with

legitimate

authority

to

appoint

or

grant

human

beings

the

right

to

rule

as

vassal

kings

over

his

creation.

30:43

Second

note

in

this

story

that

the

royal

garment

hanging

on

the

tree

was

made

of

animal

skins

The

skins

of

a

ram

and

this

should

also

conjure

up

a

few

thoughts

in

your

mind

of

God

--- page 89 ---

Clothing

Adam

and

Eve

in

coats

of

skin

before

he

cast

them

out

of

the

garden

And

we

established

in

episode

number

four

that

the

Hebrew

words

used

in

the

Genesis

account

to

describe

the

coats

of

skins

were

the

same

Hebrew

words

used

by

Moses

to

describe

the

clothing

of

31:11

priests,

the

skins

of

a

sacrificial

animal.”

In

other

words,

God

clothed

Adam

and

Eve

in

priestly

clothing,

the

skins

of

a

sacrificial

animal.

We

see

the

same

thing

here

with

Jason.

Jason

acquires

from

God

a

royal

radiant

golden

fleece,

a

garment

of

skins.

And

note

in

this

story

that

it

was

this

royal

garment

given

to

Jason

by

God,

or

the

tree,

that

marked

31:41

as

the

legitimate

heir

to

the

throne.

And

I’ll

develop

this

a

little

more

when

we

get

into

the

royal

investiture

of

King

Charles

III,

but

it’s

my

contention,

drawing

from

an

amazing

little

book

titled

Kingship

by

A.M.

Hocart,

that

the

royal

robes

we

see

worn

by

kings

today

and

in

the

past

are

actually

elaborate

copies

of

what

were

originally

priestly

robes.

32:11

move

to

the

ancient

Maya

now.

The

ancient

Maya

and

even

Maya

today

still

venerate

the

sacred

Siba

tree

which

is

a

silk

cotton

tree.

Sometimes

it’s

referred

to

as

the

world

tree.

In

Mayan

tradition

this

tree

grew

out

of

the

center

of

the

world,

the

source

of

creation,

and

its

branches

grew

to

the

four

corners

of

the

earth.

And

even

today

you

can

go

to

several

towns

and

villages

in

Central

America.

32:39

and

you’ll

see

a

carefully

pruned

and

nurtured

seabed

tree

growing

in

the

center

of

their

plazas.

A

book

by

Linda

Scheele

and

David

Friedelman

who

were

Mesoamerican

archaeologists

titled

A

Forest

of

Kings,

The

Untold

Story

of

the

Ancient

Maya,

wrote

this

quote,

On

public

monuments

the

oldest

and

most

frequent

manner

in

which

the

Maya

king

was

displayed

was

in

the

guise

of

the

world

tree.

33:09

This

tree

was

the

conduit

of

communication

between

the

supernatural

world

and

the

human

world.

The

king

was

the

axis

and

pivot

made

flesh.

He

was

the

tree

of

life.

The

Mayan

kings

would

symbolically

identify

themselves

with

or

as

the

world

tree

by

wearing

emblems

of

the

world

tree

as

part

of

their

vestments.

On

Estella

in

Guatemala,

Estella

11,

--- page 90 ---

33:36

that’s

dated

to

the

first

century

AD,

the

king

is

portrayed

with

branches

of

the

world

tree

growing

out

of

his

headdress.

Also

in

Guatemala,

King

Chan

Yot,

who

reigned

from

724

to

785

AD,

is

depicted

with

a

personified

tree

on

his

loin

cloth.

And

he

also

wears

seba

tree

flowers

as

earrings

in

his

ears.

34:03

The

most

famous

depiction

of

the

king

in

connection

with

the

world

tree

is

found

on

the

sarcophagus

lid

of

King

Bacal,

who

died

in

683

AD

in

Palenque,

Guatemala.

And

here

we

have

a

magnificent

carving

of

the

world

tree

and

it

depicts

King

Bacal

on

his

back

and

he’s

rising

up

in

a

position

of

rebirth

at

the

base

of

the

world

tree

at

the

center

of

the

cosmos.

34:32

and

the

lid

depicts

the

rebirth

of

King

Pachal

to

eternal

life.

All

of

these

ideas

between

the

king

and

the

tree

of

life

are

beautifully

illustrated

on

a

silver

denari

coin

that

struck

with

an

image

of

King

Charlemagne

or

Charles

the

Great,

who

reigned

as

the

King

of

the

Franks

from

742

to

814

AD.

And

on

this

coin,

King

Charles

is

depicted

in

full

royal

regalia.

35:01

a

crown

on

his

head,

a

scepter

in

his

right

hand,

royal

robes

over

his

body,

but

he

also

wears

an

apron

over

his

robes,

which

is

decorated

with

a

large

tree.

And

clearly

from

this

coin,

King

Charles

the

Great,

as

king,

is

to

be

understood

as

the

personification

of

the

tree

of

life.

In

ancient

Israel,

Yahweh

was

understood

as

the

supernal

king

of

Israel.

35:31

and

his

agent

on

earth

was

understood

as

the

Lord’s

viceroy

or

vassal

king.

If

you’d

like

to

see

a

picture

of

this

coin

you

can

find

it

on

page

1307

of

a

dictionary

of

Christian

antiquities

volume

2

or

you

can

check

it

out

on

our

website

theancienttradition.com.

This

association

between

the

tree

of

life

which

as

a

reminder

represents

God

and

the

king

will

become

even

more

apparent

as

we

36:02

In

this

last

section,

much

of

what

I’m

gonna

share

with

you

comes

from

an

article

titled

The

King

and

the

Tree

of

Life

in

Ancient

Near

Eastern

Religion.

And

it

was

written

by

Geo

Woodengrin,

one

of

Sweden’s

best

known

scholars

of

religious

studies.

So

let’s

begin

with

--- page 91 ---

the

king’s

scepter.

And

before

I

tell

you

anything

about

the

scepter,

perhaps

you

can

think

through

this

for

a

minute

and

think

of

a

way

that

the

king’s

scepter

might

be

connected

to

the

tree

of

life.

36:30

While

you’re

thinking,

I

want

to

take

you

back

to

King

Emma

Duranki.

Do

you

remember

him?

If

you

recall

in

our

last

episode,

King

Emma

Duranki

was

listed

as

the

seventh

Antediluvian

king

in

the

Sumerian

king

list,

which

is

the

same

place

we

find

Enoch,

the

seventh

Antediluvian

patriarch

from

Adam

in

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition.

And

in

this

text,

Emma

Duranki

is

summoned

by

the

gods

to

join

them

in

a

special

chamber

in

the

Temple

Ibarra.

37:00

And

in

this

special

chamber,

which

appears

to

be

akin

to

the

Holy

of

Holies,

the

gods

enthrone

Emma

Duranki

and

he

is

made

a

king.

The

text

reads,

Emma

Duranki,

the

king

of

Sippar,

the

beloved

of

Anu

and

Lil

and

Eya,

who

are

gods.

Shamash

into

Ibarra,

the

temple

caused

him

to

enter.

Shamash

and

Adad

to

their

assembly

called

him.

Shamash

and

Adad

37:27

on

a

great

golden

throne

placed

him.

The

tablets

of

the

gods,

the

bag

with

the

mystery

of

heaven

and

earth,

the

cedar

staff,

the

darling

of

the

great

gods,

they

caused

his

hand

to

seize.

We

learn

from

this

text

that

the

scepter

given

to

King

Emaduranki

by

the

gods

was

a

staff

of

cedar.

And

Dr.

Widengren

says

this,

quote,

the

legendary

King

Emaduranki

in

a

scene

of

enthronement

was

given

a

scepter

of

cedar

wood.

37:56

What

concerns

us

here

is

the

cedar

staff

which

is

seized

by

the

enthroned

king.

In

a

combined

passage,

the

priest

of

incontation

says

that

he

is

holding

in

his

hand

a

branch

of

the

Qisqanu

tree.

It

has

already

been

pointed

out

that

the

Qisqanu

tree,

growing

in

Eridu,

which

recall

was

the

place

of

kingship,

is

nothing

but

the

tree

of

life,

planted

in

the

paradise

of

Eridu.

It

seems

conclusive,

then,

that

the

king

carries

in

his

hand

a

38:26

wig

from

the

tree

of

life.

He

continues,

the

evidence

of

the

text

in

this

case

too

is

corroborated

by

ecliptic

art

and

reliefs.

We

may

start

with

some

scenes

of

cylinder

sills

showing

the

enthroned

god

carrying

in

his

hand

a

scepter

in

the

form

of

a

branch

or

plant.

--- page 92 ---

38:46

Dr.

Widengren

then

proceeds

to

show

numerous

examples

in

glyptic

art

and

reliefs

of

kings

all

over

the

ancient

Near

East

among

the

Sumerians,

Venetians,

Semites,

and

Egyptians

enthroned,

grasping

a

branch

or

a

plant

of

life

in

their

hands.

Dr.

Widengren

concludes

by

stating,

quote,

we

have

seen

that

the

king

holds

in

his

hand

as

his

scepter

the

plant

of

life

or

a

branch

from

the

tree

of

life.

39:13

By

means

of

this

planter

twig,

he

is

able

to

impart

life

to

his

subjects.

And

why

can

the

king

do

this?

Well,

the

only

reason

the

king

has

power

to

impart

life

is

because

he

got

his

civil

and

spiritual

power

and

authority

directly

from

the

tree,

from

God.

The

scepter

as

a

branch

of

the

tree

of

life

symbolizes

the

king

has

been

given

the

right

to

rule

by

the

supernal,

sacral

king,

God

himself.

39:43

God

bestows

upon

him

all

the

power

and

authority

that

he

needs

to

reign.

All

of

this

is

symbolized

in

the

king’s

scepter.

He

holds

in

his

hand

a

branch

of

the

life-giving

tree,

and

he

holds

in

his

hand

the

power

and

authority

of

God.

And

these

points

are

driven

home

in

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition

when

God

appears

to

Moses

in

the

burning

bush.

In

Genesis

chapter

three,

verse

two,

it

reads,

the

angel

of

the

Lord

appeared

unto

him,

40:12

Moses

in

a

flame

of

fire

out

of

the

midst

of

a

bush

and

he

looked

and

behold

the

bush

burned

with

fire

And

the

bush

was

not

consumed

40:25

Here,

Moses

sees

God

as

the

tree

of

life

and

it’s

ablaze

in

radiant

glory.

God

promises

that

he

will

smite

the

Egyptians

and

release

the

Israelites

from

bondage.

But

in

this

moment,

Moses

seems

to

have

a

crisis

of

authority

and

in

Genesis

chapter

four,

verse

one,

Moses

says

to

God,

“‘But

behold,

they

will

not

believe

me,

nor

hearken

unto

my

voice,

for

they

will

say,

the

Lord

have

not

appeared

to

thee.'”

40:55

Moses

is

concerned

here

that

the

people

won’t

accept

what

he

has

to

say

or

follow

him.

He’s

concerned

that

he

will

not

be

seen

as

the

legitimate

civil

and

spiritual

leader

of

the

people

of

--- page 93 ---

Israel.

So

what

does

God

do?

Well,

in

the

very

next

verse

we

read,

quote,

And

the

Lord

said

unto

him,

Moses,

What

is

that

in

thine

hand?

And

he,

Moses,

said,

a

rod.

41:23

So

in

that

moment,

God

gave

Moses

a

staff

as

the

answer

to

Moses’

crisis

of

authority.

And

remember

in

this

moment,

Moses

is

speaking

with

God

in

the

burning

bush.

Now,

the

Exodus

account

doesn’t

say

that

God

broke

off

a

branch

of

the

burning

bush

and

gave

it

to

Moses,

but

I’m

gonna

go

out

on

a

limb

here

and

suggest

that

the

rod

God

gave

Moses

came

straight

from

the

burning

bush.

41:50

The

Judeo-Christian

scriptures

are

highly

symbolic.

So

I

don’t

know

if

God

gave

Moses

a

literal

branch

of

a

sacred

tree,

but

the

symbolism

is

clear.

With

the

branch

of

the

sacred

tree

of

life

in

his

hand,

Moses

could

convey

to

the

Israelites

that

he

had

been

chosen

by

God

to

be

their

civil

and

spiritual

leader.

And

along

with

that

responsibility,

God

had

given

him

not

only

authority,

42:20

to

execute

his

office.

And

in

verse

31

it

says,

and

the

people

believed.

That

the

staff

or

rod

symbolized

not

only

the

authority

of

God,

but

the

power

of

God

is

made

abundantly

clear

in

verse

17,

when

God

says

to

Moses,

quote,

“‘And

thou

shalt

take

this

rod

in

thy

hand,

wherewith

thou

shalt

do

signs.'”

42:46

which

Moses

proceeds

to

do.

He

strikes

the

rod

on

a

rock

and

it

produces

water,

the

source

of

life.

And

Moses

also

uses

the

rod

to

part

the

Red

Sea,

which

releases

the

Israelites

from

the

bondage

of

the

Egyptians,

just

as

God

promised

he

would

do

when

he

spoke

to

Moses

in

the

burning

bush.

A

link

between

the

rod

and

the

tree

of

life

is

made

even

more

explicit

in

Numbers

chapter

17,

verse

eight.

43:13

when

Aaron,

Moses’

brother’s

rod,

begins

to

bud.

Quote,

behold

the

rod

of

Aaron

brought

forth

buds

and

bloomed

blossoms

and

yielded

almonds.

When

the

rod

starts

to

sprout

like

a

tree,

the

connection

between

the

rod

and

the

tree

of

life

couldn’t

be

more

explicit.

Scepters

are

a

ubiquitous

characteristic

of

kingship

the

world

over.

Kings

from

Egypt

to

China

and

from

Africa

to

Russia.

--- page 94 ---

43:41

hold

a

scepter

in

their

hand.

And

now

you

know

why.

And

as

a

side

note,

this

is

probably

the

same

reason

why

magicians

and

witches

and

warlocks

like

Harry

Potter

use

wands.

If

you

go

to

Universal

Studios,

you

can

pick

out

a

wand

from

a

vast

array

of

choices.

The

genuine

ones

are

always

made

from

the

wood

of

a

tree.

The

transference

of

wands

to

magicians

and

witches

is

probably

a

degeneration.

44:10

of

the

original

doctrine

in

the

ancient

tradition.

I’m

way

over

my

time

for

today,

but

hopefully

now

you

have

a

much

better

understanding

of

the

origins

of

kingship

and

the

beginnings

of

an

understanding

of

the

British

coronation

ceremony

and

how

deeply

enmeshed

it

is

with

the

ancient

tradition.

We’ll

pick

up

where

we

left

off

this

discussion

in

our

next

episode.

For

now,

I’ll

leave

you

with

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare,

knowledge.

44:39

is

the

wing

wherewith

we

fly

to

heaven.

I’m

Jack

Logan.

44:47

You’ve

been

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Episode

#7

-

The

Coronation

of

Charles

III

&

Camilla:

The

King

of

the

Four

Corners

https://theancienttradition.com/episode-7-the-coronation-of-charles-iii-camilla-the-king-of-the-fou

r-corners/

00:00

Music

00:09

--- page 95 ---

You’re

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Music

provided

by

Joseph

McDade.

He

is

your

host,

Dr.

Jack

Logan.

00:24

Welcome

to

the

ancient

tradition.

I’m

your

host,

Jack

Logan.

Welcome

back

to

all

of

our

regular

listeners.

If

you’re

a

first

time

listener,

we

welcome

you

to

the

podcast.

Glad

to

have

you

with

us.

Today’s

episode

is

the

coronation

of

Charles

III

and

Camilla,

the

king

of

the

four

quarters.

The

upcoming

coronation

of

Charles

is

of

utmost

importance

to

this

podcast

because

00:52

The

coronation

of

kings

is

a

central

characteristic

of

the

original

religious

tradition,

the

ancient

tradition.

As

we

discussed

in

the

previous

episode

on

the

coronation,

you’ll

see

that

profound

religious

doctrines

are

cloaked

in

the

coronation

rites

of

kings.

In

today’s

episode,

we’ll

dive

into

the

significance

of

a

very

interesting

mosaic

known

as

the

Cosmati

Pavement.

01:18

It’s

on

this

mosaic

that

nearly

every

British

monarchs

has

been

anointed

and

coronated.

In

this

episode,

we’ll

unravel

the

mysterious

religious

significance

of

the

Cosmati

Mosaic

and

its

deep

connection

to

the

ancient

tradition.

In

addition,

the

British

coronation

ceremony

begins

with

a

very

peculiar

ritual,

one

that,

quite

frankly,

I’m

astonished

after

thousands

of

years.

01:45

is

still

being

performed

in

the

21st

century.

It’s

remarkable.

It’s

easily

one

of

the

most

ancient

religious

rites

that

we

find

in

the

ancient

record.

And

you’ll

see

that

this

rite,

like

the

Cosmote

Mosaic,

is

deeply

connected

to

the

ancient

tradition.

The

aim

of

this

podcast

is

to

reconstruct

the

original

religious

tradition

that

was

imparted

to

human

beings

in

deep

antiquity.

And

to

do

this,

02:12

We’ve

structured

the

episodes

sequentially

so

that

each

new

episode

builds

off

of

the

previous

episodes.

Like

building

a

house,

we’re

building

the

ancient

tradition

from

the

ground

up.

So

if

you

hear

anything

in

this

episode

that’s

new

to

you

or

that

you

wanna

learn

more

about,

go

back

and

check

out

the

earlier

episodes

because

there’s

a

lot

of

great

foundational

information

in

those

episodes

that

helps

set

the

stage.

--- page 96 ---

02:38

not

only

for

this

episode,

but

for

all

of

the

episodes

that

are

yet

to

come.

Because

this

podcast

is

so

new,

I

haven’t

had

time

to

expose

you

to

all

of

the

amazing

evidence

in

the

ancient

record

that

supports

this

claim

that

kingship

and

the

coronation

of

Kings

was

a

central

doctrine

of

the

ancient

tradition.

And

we’ll

definitely

cover

that

ground

in

a

future

episode,

but

with

the

coronation

of

King

Charles

the

third

on

the

horizon,

we

just

can’t

pass

up

this

opportunity

to

talk

about

03:08

these

rites

while

they’re

happening.

Knowing

how

the

coronation

rites

tie

into

the

ancient

tradition

will

greatly

enhance

not

only

your

understanding

of

what’s

taking

place

during

King

Charles’s

coronation,

but

it

will

also

help

you

understand

the

profound

role

kingship

plays

within

the

ancient

tradition.

In

earlier

episodes

we

established

that

God,

the

supernal

sacral

king,

03:35

revealed

to

human

beings

a

form

of

civil

government

that

was

patterned

after

the

form

of

civil

government

in

heaven

kings

and

kingship

in

heaven

god

reigned

as

king

of

kings

and

upon

completing

the

creation

god

represented

by

the

radiant

tree

of

life

appointed

adam

the

first

man

to

be

a

vassal

king

over

his

creation

the

earth

and

we

established

in

episode

number

four

04:03

that

the

coronation

of

Adam

took

place

in

the

Garden

of

Eden,

which

was

God’s

temple

or

sanctuary,

God,

the

tree

of

life,

crowned

Adam,

his

vassal,

sacral

king,

in

the

Holy

of

Holies

in

his

temple.

And

we

established

in

episode

number

five

that

the

right

to

this

vassal,

sacral

kingship

was

passed

down

through

Adam

from

father

to

firstborn,

righteous

son,

of

which

Enoch,

the

seventh

from

Adam,

was

the

rightful

heir.

04:32

In

our

last

episode,

we

established

that

all

over

the

world,

from

Mesopotamia

to

Egypt

to

the

Maya

and

Central

America

and

from

Moses

of

the

Bible

to

the

mythic

Prince

Jason

of

Jason

of

the

Argonauts

to

King

Charlemagne,

the

King

of

the

Franks,

that

they

tied

their

kingship

directly

to

a

sacred

tree,

the

Tree

of

Life.

And

why

did

they

do

this?

Because

association

with

the

Tree

of

Life

or

the

sacred

tree.

--- page 97 ---

05:02

symbolized

to

those

whom

they

were

to

govern

that

they

were

the

legitimate

vassal

sacral

king

chosen

by

God

the

king

of

kings

the

tree

of

life

as

God’s

vassal

sacral

king

the

earthling

king

was

to

be

understood

as

God’s

representative

on

earth

and

as

such

the

king

was

understood

as

a

lesser

Yahweh

or

could

be

conceived

of

as

a

lesser

tree

of

life

05:28

as

such

the

earthly

king

effectively

represented

God

on

earth.

We

also

learned

that

all

true

kings

hold

sceptres.

Why?

Well

as

we

saw

in

the

previous

episode

with

the

Mesopotamian

king,

Emma

Duranki,

the

Mesopotamian

Enoch,

that

the

sceptre

given

to

king

Emma

Duranki

upon

his

enthronement

was

a

branch

of

the

sacred

tree.

Holding

a

branch

of

the

tree

of

life

in

his

hand,

05:58

whether

they

know

it

or

not,

are

conveying

to

those

they

govern

that

they

have

been

given

the

power

and

authority

to

rule

as

an

earthly

king

directly

from

the

tree

of

life

or

God

himself.

The

earthly

king

holds

the

power

and

the

authority

of

God

in

his

hand.

Without

foundation,

let’s

jump

into

today’s

episode.

And

I

want

to

start

by

walking

through

the

coronation

ceremony

06:27

May

6th

in

London.

So

on

May

6th,

Charles,

along

with

a

procession

of

clergy

and

other

dignitaries,

will

enter

Westminster

Abbey

to

the

anthem

Psalm

122,

I

was

glad.

And

this

is

known

as

the

King’s

procession.

If

Charles

follows

protocol,

he’ll

be

wearing

the

crimson

surcoat

and

the

robe

of

state

of

crimson

velvet,

though

06:55

I’ve

heard

that

he

doesn’t

plan

to

wear

some

of

the

traditional

royal

vestments,

so

we’ll

have

to

wait

and

see.

And

all

of

this

will

take

place

in

Westminster

Abbey.

And

this

is

important

because

there

are

several

architectural

and

artistic

features

of

the

Abbey

that

directly

link

the

coronation

rites

to

the

ancient

tradition.

The

first

coronation

at

Westminster

Abbey

was

held

in

1066

AD

for

William

the

Conqueror.

07:22

--- page 98 ---

with

the

exception

of

a

couple

of

kings

who

were

never

coronated,

every

British

monarch

since

1066

AD

has

been

coronated

in

Westminster

Abbey

and

Charles

will

be

the

40th

British

monarch

to

be

crowned

there.

Westminster

Abbey

is

formally

named

the

Collegiate

Church

of

Saint

Peter

at

Westminster

and

it

was

chartered

in

1042

by

King

Edward

the

Confessor

with

the

express

purpose

that

it

serve

as

a

royal

burial

07:50

and

coronation

church

for

future

British

monarchs.

A

couple

of

centuries

after

King

Edward

died,

the

church

was

demolished

and

rebuilt

by

King

Henry

III

on

a

much

grander

scale,

and

that’s

the

abbey

that

we

see

today.

Westminster

was

the

first

church

built

in

England

in

the

form

of

a

crucifix,

where

the

two

arms

of

the

crucifix

cross,

which

is

directly

in

front

of

the

high

altar.

08:16

One

ascends

five

stairs

and

steps

onto

a

large

platform

known

as

the

Cosmati

Pavement.

And

it’s

this

beautiful

recently

restored

mosaic.

It’s

made

of

lapis

lazuli,

alabaster

and

marble

and

a

variety

of

different

colorful

glasses.

And

if

one’s

looking

from

above

and

you

look

down

on

the

Cosmati

Pavement,

it

looks

like

a

13th

century

depiction

of

the

cosmos.

08:43

There’s

thousands

of

miniature

stars

and

large

swirling

circles

of

what

could

be

planets

or

suns.

And

directly

in

the

center

of

the

square

mosaic

is

a

large

circular

onks

stone.

And

it

has

strata

through

it

and

it

easily

reminds

one

of

the

planet

Earth.

This

Earth-like

stone

in

the

center

of

the

Cosmode

mosaic

is

pretty

important

because

it’s

directly

atop

09:07

this

stone

that

every

British

monarch

for

the

past

nearly

1000

years

has

been

anointed

and

crowned.

King

Henry

VIII

was

coronated

on

that

very

spot

as

was

King

James

VI

of

the

King

James

Version

of

the

Bible,

Queen

Anne,

Queen

Victoria,

and

Queen

Elizabeth

II.

If

you

visit

our

companion

website,

theancienttradition.com,

and

you

click

on

evidence

in

the

main

menu,

and

then

scroll

down

until

you

find

this

episode.

09:36

you’ll

see

a

picture

of

the

Cosmati

pavement.

In

order

to

unravel

the

mystery

of

the

Cosmati

mosaic

and

its

connection

to

the

ancient

tradition,

we

must

begin

with

its

location.

As

mentioned

a

couple

of

minutes

ago,

the

Cosmati

mosaic

is

located

exactly

where

the

north

--- page 99 ---

south

and

the

east

west

arms

of

the

Abbey’s

crucifix

intersect

or

cross.

Now,

if

you’re

a

regular

listener

to

this

podcast,

10:05

The

image

here

of

the

intersection

of

two

perpendicular

lines

should

conjure

up

a

few

thoughts

in

your

mind

of

the

Garden

of

Eden.

That’s

right,

the

Garden

of

Eden.

If

you

recall,

in

episode

number

four,

we

read

in

Genesis

chapter

two,

verse

10,

quote,

and

a

river

went

out

of

Eden

to

water

the

garden.

And

from

thence

it

was

parted

and

became

four

heads.

From

the

center

of

the

garden,

10:34

rivers

of

water

flowed.

One

river

flowed

to

the

north,

one

flowed

to

the

south,

one

to

the

east,

and

one

to

the

west.

And

if

you

visit

our

companion

website,

theancienttradition.com,

again

and

click

on

evidence

in

the

main

menu

and

scroll

down

to

episode

number

four,

you’ll

see

several

artistic

representations

of

the

waters

flowing

from

the

center

of

the

garden

to

the

four

corners

of

the

world.

And

if

you’ll

recall,

we

noted

that

in

Greek

the

word

11:02

Temenos,

from

which

our

word

temple

is

derived,

means

to

cut.

And

this

refers

to

the

point

at

which

that

cardo,

the

north-south

line,

and

the

decumanus,

the

east-west

line,

cut

across

each

other,

where

they

cross.

That

point

where

these

two

lines

cross

mark

either

literally

or

symbolically

the

center,

the

sacred

center

of

all

things.

It

marks

that

space

as

a

holy

temple.

11:32

So

coronating

the

British

monarch

where

the

arms

of

the

North,

South,

and

East-West

lines

cross

signifies

that

the

new

king

is

being

anointed

or

crowned

not

just

anywhere.

He

or

she

is

being

anointed

and

crowned

in

the

most

sacred

place

on

earth

in

God’s

holy

temple.

In

addition,

if

you’ll

recall

back

in

episode

number

four,

we

established

that

the

Garden

of

Eden

was

likely

planted

on

12:00

elevated

land

on

a

hill

or

a

mountain

so

that

the

living

waters

could

flow

down

to

the

four

corners

of

the

world.

And

this

mountain

motif

is

also

portrayed

in

the

abbey.

If

you’ll

recall,

I

mentioned

earlier

that

the

Cosmati

mosaic

is

elevated

above

the

main

floor.

One

has

to

ascend

five

steps

to

reach

the

mosaic.

Again,

this

symbolizes

that

the

Cosmati

mosaic

--- page 100 ---

12:28

is

to

be

understood

as

a

holy

temple,

a

mountain

of

God,

the

place

where

God

resides.

So,

to

ascend

the

steps

is

to

ascend

God’s

mount

and

to

enter

His

holy

presence.

This

reinforces

the

notion

that

true

kings

are

only

anointed

and

coronated

in

one

place,

in

God’s

sacred

temple.

12:54

And

this

brings

me

to

a

very

intriguing,

earth-like

onks

stone

in

the

center

of

the

mosaic.

It’s

directly

above

this

stone

that

the

king,

the

new

king

or

queen

is

anointed

and

coronated.

Now,

if

you

watch

old

recordings

of

Queen

Elizabeth’s

coronation,

you

won’t

see

the

Cosmari

Mosaic

or

the

stone

that

I’m

referring

to

because

the

Cosmari

Mosaic

was

covered

with

a

carpet

for

like

150

years.

The

carpet

has

since

been

removed

and

13:24

the

mosaic’s

been

restored,

so

you’ll

easily

see

it

during

Charles’s

coronation

ceremony.

So

what’s

the

significance

of

the

Ankhs

stone

in

the

center

of

the

mosaic?

Well,

if

you’re

a

regular

listener,

you

should

be

connecting

this

again

back

to

the

Garden

of

Eden.

Do

you

recall

what

stood

in

the

center

of

the

garden?

I’m

guessing

that

most

of

you

do,

but

if

you

don’t,

here’s

a

quick

reminder.

13:52

Genesis

chapter

2

verse

9

it

states,

and

out

of

the

ground

made

the

Lord

God

to

grow

every

tree

that

is

pleasant

to

the

sight

and

good

for

food.

The

tree

of

life

also

in

the

midst

of

the

garden.

That’s

right,

the

tree

of

life

stood

in

the

middle

of

the

garden.

It

stood

in

the

middle

of

God’s

holy

sanctuary

or

temple

and

what

was

this

tree?

Well…

14:19

Hopefully

by

now

you

recognize

that

the

sacred

tree

that

resided

in

the

exact

center

of

the

garden

sanctuary

was

God

himself.

God

resides

in

the

sacred

center

of

his

temple.

And

through

him

all

life

springs

forth

and

the

living

waters

flow

to

the

four

corners

of

the

earth.

And

recall

in

episode

number

five,

when

the

ancient

patriarch

Enoch

in

chapters

20

and

22

of

the

book

of

the

holy

secrets

of

Enoch,

14:47

--- page 101 ---

ascended

to

the

highest

heaven,

he

saw

God

seated

on

his

throne

and

Enoch

says,

quote,

I

saw

the

Lord

sitting

on

his

highest

throne.

I

saw

the

Lord’s

face

like

molten

iron

and

poured

out

and

emitting

sparks

and

glowing.

It

is

incomprehensible,

marvelous

and

supremely

awesome.

The

tree

of

life

that

stood

in

the

center

of

the

garden

temple

symbolically

represented

15:17

God

seated

on

his

throne

in

his

holy

heavenly

temple.

So

God

resides

in

the

sacred

center

of

all

things

and

that

sacred

center

is

referred

to

in

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition

as

the

holy

of

holies.

God

resides

in

the

holy

of

holies.

So

I

hope

you

see

where

this

is

going.

Every

British

monarch

for

the

past

750

years

has

been

anointed

and

coronated

15:46

above

the

Ankhs

stone,

the

stone

that

marks

the

spot

where

the

Cardo

and

Decumanus

lines

cross.

It

represents

the

summit

of

the

mountain

temple

where

God

planted

a

garden

sanctuary

or

temple.

It

marks

the

exact

spot

where

the

tree

of

life

stood.

It

marks

the

spot

where

God

sits

on

his

glorious

throne

in

his

holy

temple.

16:15

And

as

a

quick

aside,

it’s

very,

very

likely

that

this

is

where

we

get

the

phrase,

X

marks

the

spot.

And

as

you’ll

see

in

future

episodes,

literally

all

over

the

world,

peoples

of

all

times

at

all

places

use

where

the

North

South

Line

and

the

East

West

Line

cross

to

mark

their

most

sacred

shrines

and

temples

and

sanctuaries.

So

for

a

British

monarch

to

be

anointed

and

coronated

on

this

stone

is

akin

16:43

proclaiming

that

the

British

monarch

has

been

anointed

and

coronated

by

God

the

tree

of

life

in

the

Holy

of

Holies.

Now

where

have

we

heard

this

before?

If

you’re

a

regular

listener

again

this

should

take

you

right

back

to

the

Garden

of

Eden

where

we

learned

in

episode

number

four

that

God

made

Adam

and

Eve

a

king

and

a

queen.

In

Genesis

chapter

1

17:11

verses

27

and

28,

it

reads,

so

God

created

man

in

his

own

image,

in

the

image

of

God

created

he

him,

male

and

female

created

he

them.

And

God

blessed

them

and

God

said

to

them,

be

fruitful

and

multiply

and

replenish

the

earth

and

subdue

it

and

have

dominion

--- page 102 ---

over

the

fish

of

the

sea,

over

the

fowl

of

the

air

and

over

every

living

thing

that

moveth

upon

the

earth.

17:37

Now

this

is

also

corroborated

in

the

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

where

Enoch

relays

to

his

family

what

he

saw

during

the

heavenly

ascent.

And

in

chapter

58

it

reads,

In

the

days

of

our

forefather

Adam,

the

Lord

came

down

to

the

earth

for

Adam’s

sake.

The

Lord

appointed

him

king

over

all

and

subjected

to

him

all

things.

So.

18:04

We

see

striking

parity

here

between

Adam,

who

was

made

a

king

by

God

in

the

garden

sanctuary,

the

Holy

of

Holies,

and

the

British

monarch,

who

was

anointed

and

crowned,

at

least

symbolically,

by

God

in

the

sacred

center

of

all

things,

the

Holy

of

Holies.

And

note

here

that

the

Genesis

text

is

written

in

the

plural.

God

gives

Adam

and

Eve.

18:32

Dominion

over

the

earth.

God

not

only

made

Adam

a

king

over

his

earthly

creation

He

also

made

Eve

a

queen

over

his

earthly

creation

and

we’ll

see

this

connection

between

Camilla

and

Eve

play

out

during

the

coronation

ceremony

when

Camilla

is

crowned

a

queen

So

the

mysterious

onk

stone

in

the

center

of

the

floor

represents

fundamentally

the

sacred

center

of

all

things

the

center

of

all

life

19:00

The

life

of

the

kingdom

flourishes

from

this

center.

It’s

not

only

the

center

of

the

Abbey,

it

also

symbolically

represents

the

center

of

the

United

Kingdom,

the

center

of

the

earth,

which

I’ll

develop

in

a

minute,

and

the

center

of

the

cosmos

where

God

resides

on

his

glorious

throne

in

the

Holy

of

Holies.

And

it’s

here

in

this

sacred

center

that

God

crowns

kings

and

queens.

19:26

And

if

you

happen

to

live

in

London

or

you’re

planning

to

visit

London

between

May

15th

and

July

29th

of

this

year,

you

can

actually

purchase

tickets

for

about

15

pounds.

That

is

if

they

haven’t

already

sold

out,

which

includes

a

tour

of

the

Abbey

and

the

opportunity

to

actually

walk,

you

gotta

do

it

in

socks,

on

the

Cosmote

Mosaic.

And

you’ll

be

able

to

stand

on

the

Ankhstone

where

Charles

will

have

been

coronated.

And

it’s

the

only

time

in

living

memory

--- page 103 ---

19:55

that

visitors

to

the

Abbey

will

have

been

able

to

do

this.

It’s

important

to

point

out,

however,

that

although

the

architects

and

artisans

who

built

Westminster

Abbey

did

an

excellent

job

of

symbolically

connecting

the

coronation

of

the

British

monarch

to

God,

who

reigns

as

the

King

of

Kings

on

his

heavenly

throne,

Westminster

Abbey

is

not

a

temple.

You

know,

temples

are

fundamentally

different

than

cathedrals

or

churches

or

chapels

or

synagogues.

20:26

Pretty

much

anyone

can

enter

a

cathedral

or

church.

But

as

we

learned

in

the

Genesis

account,

the

tree

of

life,

God

on

his

throne,

is

guarded

by

cherubim

and

a

flaming

sword.

And

I

haven’t

had

a

chance

to

develop

this

aspect

of

the

ancient

tradition

yet,

but

this

theme

of

guards

protecting

God’s

throne

is

so

pronounced

in

the

ancient

world

and

so

widely

dispersed

across

the

continents,

20:52

that

we

can

safely

argue

that

it

is

one

of

the

original

tenants

of

the

ancient

tradition.

As

you’ll

learn

more

fully

in

future

episodes,

human

beings

must

meet

certain

qualifications

to

enter

God’s

presence,

to

enter

the

Holy

of

Holies.

And

those

who

don’t

meet

those

qualifications

are

prevented

by

guards

from

entering.

You

can’t

just

pay

15

pounds

and

get

in.

Those

who

enter

must

themselves

be

sacred.

21:21

else

they

would

profane

God’s

temple.

So

the

guards

protect

the

sanctity

of

God’s

home.

Although

Westminster

Abbey

is

not

a

temple

and

the

coronation

ceremony

is

more

likely

than

not

an

imitation

of

the

original,

they

both

still

do

an

excellent

job

of

symbolizing

many

of

the

profound

theological

tenets

expressed

in

the

ancient

tradition.

21:47

Now

after

Charles

processes

into

Westminster

Abbey

with

the

clergy

and

other

dignitaries

and

the

anthem

from

Psalm

122

is

sung,

Charles

stands

beside

the

coronation

chair,

which

we

noted

sits

directly

above

the

cosmody

mosaic

onks

stone.

And

after

this,

a

peculiar

ritual

takes

place

and

it’s

known

as

the

recognition.

The

Archbishop

of

Canterbury,

presently

Justin

Welby,

22:15

--- page 104 ---

who

was

the

highest

ranking

cleric

of

the

Church

of

England,

followed

by

the

Lord

Chancellor,

the

Lord

Great

Chamberlain,

the

Lord

High

Constable,

and

the

Earl

Marshall

walks

to

the

east.

And

there

the

Archbishop

addresses

the

congregation

that’s

seated

in

the

eastern

arm

of

the

Abbey.

And

he

says,

Sirs,

I

here

present

to

you

Charles,

your

undoubted

King.

22:40

Wherefore

all

you

who

are

come

this

day

to

do

your

homage

and

service

are

you

willing

to

do

the

same?

And

the

audience

in

the

east

arm

then

replies

God

save

the

king

and

trumpets

blare.

From

there

the

archbishop

moves

to

the

south

faces

the

congregation

seated

in

the

southern

arm

and

repeats

the

recognition.

They

exclaim

God

save

the

king

and

then

the

trumpets

blare.

23:07

The

Archbishop

then

moves

to

the

west.

He

repeats

the

recognition.

The

audience

seated

in

the

western

arm

shout,

God

save

the

King,

and

the

trumpets

blare.

And

from

there,

the

Archbishop

moves

to

the

north,

repeats

the

recognition.

The

congregation

in

the

northern

arm

exclaims,

God

save

the

King,

and

the

trumpets

blare.

Now,

you

might

think

the

Archbishop

does

this

because

the

Abbey

is

set

up

in

a

crucifix

form,

and

it’s

just

the

polite

thing

to

do

to

address

the

congregants

seated

in

each

of

the

arms.

23:37

this

would

be

incorrect.

This

peculiar

ritual

is

incredibly

ancient.

It’s

one

of

the

most

archaic

rituals

tied

to

kingship

in

the

ancient

world.

And

honestly,

I’m

quite

shocked

that

it’s

so

well

preserved

up

to

the

modern

day.

It’s

a

bit

mind-boggling

to

me.

To

understand

this

ritual,

we

need

to

head

to

Egypt.

To

the

very

first

dynasty.

To

the

reign

of

24:06

of

King

Menes

who

ruled

about

3150

BC.

And

now

that’s

nearly

5,000

years

ago.

We

don’t

know

a

lot

about

King

Menes’

enthronement

ceremony,

but

we

do

know

quite

a

bit

about

an

enthronement

celebration

that

was

held

every

30

years

after

the

king

took

the

throne.

And

it’s

known

as

the

Sed

Festival.

The

Sed

Festival

was

one

of

the

most

important

and

one

of

the

most

ancient

24:35

--- page 105 ---

religious

festivals

that

was

held

in

ancient

Egypt.

The

celebration

was

held

to

renew

the

strength

and

the

vitality

of

the

reigning

pharaoh

and

to

mark

the

beginning

of

a

new

era

of

the

pharaoh’s

reign.

It

was

kind

of

looked

at

as

generational,

starting

with

each

new

generation.

A

key

feature

of

the

said

festival

was

a

ritual

known

as

crossing

the

field.

Sometimes

it

was

known

as

running

the

circuit

or

running

the

king.

25:03

And

for

this

ritual,

the

king

dressed

in

a

royal

kilt

and

he

would

run

around

a

specially

constructed

course

that

marked

the

boundaries

of

a

field.

And

the

course

was

typically

marked

by

a

series

of

boundary

markers

or

stations

known

as

hebzad

pavilions.

And

at

each

of

these

pavilions,

the

pharaoh

would

touch

or

embrace

the

marker.

Henry

Frankfurt,

who

wrote

one

of

the

most

important

books

on

ancient

Egyptian

kingship.

25:33

said

this

of

the

ritual,

quote,

the

king

crossed

the

piece

of

land

in

its

length

and

breadth

the

whole

of

the

performance

which

implied

a

four-fold

course

according

to

the

points

of

the

compass

north

south

east

and

west.

25:53

In

other

words,

the

king

ran

in

a

circuit

along

the

perimeter

of

the

field

from

Cardinal

Point

to

Cardinal

Point.

And

then

he’d

stop

at

these

Heb

Sed

pavilions,

which

were

placed

at

the

north,

south,

east

and

west,

or

which

marked

some

of

the

key

features

of

the

surrounding

landscape.

A

text

from

Ed

Fu

confirms

Frankfurt’s

interpretation,

and

that

text

reads,

I

have

run

holding

the

will.

26:20

which

my

father

has

given

me

before,

Geb.

Now,

Geb

was

the

ancient

deity

for

earth.

I

have

passed

through

the

land

and

touched

its

four

sides.

Okay,

now

why

would

the

king

do

this?

What

did

it

symbolize?

Frankfurt

continues

and

he

says,

quote,

“‘In

his

hand,

the

king

holds

a

small

object,

the

house

document,

which

sets

out

a

transfer

of

ownership,

which

would

be

similar

to

a

land

deed

today.'”

26:50

It’s

thought

sometimes

that

the

will

merely

shows

that

the

king

is

entitled

to

dispose

of

the

field

which

he

crosses.

This

seems

too

limited

a

view

altogether.

In

fact,

we

do

not

know

that

an

actual

piece

of

land

is

involved

at

all.

It

may

very

well

be

that

an

area

was

marked

out

in

--- page 106 ---

the

temple

court

to

symbolize

Egypt

as

a

whole.

The

king,

by

crossing

this

field,

would

dedicate

it,

and

therewith,

Egypt

to

the

gods.

27:19

and

at

the

same

time

assert

his

legitimate

power

over

the

land.

So

according

to

Frankfurt,

the

field

which

the

king

circuits

represents

the

land

of

Egypt.

By

symbolically

circling

the

boundaries

of

the

land

with

the

land

deed

in

his

hand,

the

king

is

establishing

that

he’s

the

legitimate

ruler

of

Egypt.

And

by

performing

this

ritual,

the

king

is

asserting

his

dominion

over

the

entire

land

of

Egypt

and

its

inhabitants.

27:50

this

ritual

the

four

cardinal

points

are

used

to

symbolically

convey

the

geographical

totality

of

the

land

of

Egypt.

And

we

see

this

association

between

the

cardinal

points

and

geographical

totality

all

over

the

world.

There’s

also

evidence

in

the

ancient

Egyptian

record

to

suggest

that

the

king

by

circuiting

the

cardinal

points

is

asserting

dominion

over

more

than

just

the

land

of

Egypt.

28:20

In

ancient

Egypt,

the

phrase,

quote,

as

far

as

the

rays

of

the

sun

disc

was

commonly

used

to

express

the

vast

extent

of

the

king’s

power

and

dominion.

So

wherever

the

sun’s

rays

shined,

the

king

had

the

legitimate

right

to

rule

there.

If

we

return

to

the

text

from

Edfu

that

I

just

read,

it

continues,

quote.

28:44

the

good

King

who

runs

round

fast,

holding

the

will.

He

runs

crossing

the

ocean

and

the

four

sides

of

heaven,

going

as

far

as

the

rays

of

the

sun

disc

passing

over

the

earth.

From

this

text,

running

the

circuit

from

Cardinal

Point

to

Cardinal

Point

symbolized

much

more

than

the

King’s

dominion

over

the

land

of

Egypt,

as

we

understand

it.

29:07

It

symbolized

that

the

king

had

dominion

as

far

as

the

rays

of

the

sun

disc,

which

meant

the

king

had

dominion

over

the

entire

world.

So

we

see

as

far

back

as

the

first

dynasty

in

Egypt,

that

the

cardinal

points

were

used

to

symbolize

the

geographical

totality

of

the

entire

world.

So

let’s

quickly

jump

back

to

the

Garden

of

Eden

account

in

Genesis.

29:35

--- page 107 ---

There

we

see

the

living

waters

flowing

from

the

sacred

tree

of

life

in

the

sacred

center

of

the

garden

sanctuary

from

which

it

parts

into

four

heads.

And

those

four

heads

flow

to

the

four

points

of

the

compass.

What

this

imagery

is

meant

to

convey

is

that

God’s

spiritual

nourishment

symbolized

by

the

living

waters

flows

from

his

temple

abode

to

the

four

corners

of

the

world.

30:05

the

entire

earth.

The

use

of

the

cardinal

points

here

in

the

Genesis

account

is

the

same

as

that

used

by

the

Egyptians

in

the

Sed

festival.

When

the

ancients

made

reference

to

the

four

cardinal

points,

they

were

expressing

the

same

idea

that

what

was

taking

place

would

affect

the

entire

earth.

And

I

don’t

want

to

get

too

far

off

topic,

but

we

see

this

in

the

Old

Testament.

In

Exodus

chapter

29

verses

10

to

14,

30:33

Aaron

and

his

sons

are

commanded

to

sacrifice

a

bull

and

then

take

the

blood

of

the

bull

and

sprinkle

it

on

the

four

corners

of

the

altar.

By

placing

the

blood

of

the

sacrifice

on

the

four

corners

of

the

altar,

the

priests

were

expressing

that

the

sin

sacrifice

was

meant

to

atone

for

the

entire

world.

30:57

The

use

of

the

four

cardinal

points

to

symbolize

the

totality

of

the

earth

is

one

of

the

most

ubiquitous

symbols

in

the

ancient

world.

And

since

making

a

circuit

around

the

perimeter

of

the

cardinal

points

produces

a

square,

the

square

became

the

universal

symbol

for

the

earth

in

the

ancient

world.

So

when

King

Menes,

the

first

king

of

Egypt,

ran

the

circuit

with

the

land

deed

in

his

hand,

31:24

It

was

meant

to

express

that

he

had

the

legitimate

right

to

rule

over

the

entire

earth.

And

this

notion

is

further

expressed

in

a

ritual

that

is

remarkably

similar

to

the

ritual

that

will

be

performed

at

Charles’s

coronation.

Towards

the

conclusion

of

the

said

festival,

the

following

takes

place.

And

this

comes

from

Frankfurt’s

book,

Kingship

and

the

Gods,

which

I

mentioned

earlier.

And

Frankfurt

writes,

quote,

31:51

Two

officials,

one

with

the

archaic

title

Chief

of

Pei,

the

old

city

in

the

Western

Delta,

placed

themselves

on

either

side

of

the

king

and

in

a

kind

of

antiphonal

hymn

of

praise,

proclaim

--- page 108 ---

his

power.

Then

they

change

places

and

repeat

the

proclamation

before

and

behind

the

king.

Twice

more

the

action

is

repeated

so

that

each

man

is

spoken

in

the

direction

of

the

four

points

of

the

compass.

32:21

It

doesn’t

take

a

lot

of

imagination

to

see

the

parody

between

this

ritual

that

took

place

nearly

5,000

years

ago

in

ancient

Egypt

and

what’s

going

to

take

place

when

the

Archbishop

of

Contrabury

proclaims

King

Charles’s

sovereignty

to

the

four

corners

of

Westminster

Abbey.

You

know

I

personally

find

the

striking

parody

and

kingship

rights

over

a

5,000

year

period

to

be

mind-boggling.

32:50

To

drive

home

the

point

even

further

between

the

cardinal

points

and

the

dominion

of

the

king

over

the

entire

earth,

near

the

end

of

the

said

festival,

the

king

shoots

four

arrows,

one

to

each

of

the

cardinal

points.

And

this

is

meant

to

symbolize

or

demonstrate

the

king’s

power

and

his

military

might

over

all

regions

of

the

earth.

And

we

find

this

ritual

of

shooting

arrows

to

the

four

cardinal

points.

33:18

Again,

all

over

the

world

we

find

it

among

the

Native

American

tribes

like

the

Navajo,

Apache,

and

Lakota,

among

the

ancient

Chinese,

Japanese,

Koreans,

among

the

Mongolians.

We

just

find

it

everywhere.

And

after

the

ancient

Egyptian

king

shoots

the

arrows,

he’s

enthroned

four

separate

times,

each

time

facing

a

different

cardinal

point.

And

this

is

just

another

way

for

the

king

to

proclaim

his

dominion

over

the

entire

earth.

33:46

At

this

point,

I

want

to

take

you

back

to

the

Garden

of

Eden

yet

again.

Although

I’ve

mentioned

it

several

times

in

the

past

couple

of

episodes,

I

want

to

drive

home

the

point

that

where

the

cardinal

points

intersect

marks

the

sacred

center

where

God,

the

supernal,

sacral

king,

reigns

on

his

throne.

So

the

cardinal

points

are

also

a

way

to

point

one

towards

God’s

abode,

towards

the

Holy

of

Holies.

34:15

And

of

course,

let’s

not

forget

that

God

crowned

Adam

a

king

in

the

sacred

center

where

the

living

waters

divided

and

flowed

to

the

four

corners

of

the

earth.

This

imagery

symbolizes

exactly

what

we

read

in

Genesis

chapter

one,

verse

twenty

six,

that

God

made

Adam

a

king

--- page 109 ---

and

gave

him

dominion

over

the

entire

earth.

So

Adam

was

the

first

human

being

to

be

appointed

king

over

the

world.

34:45

King

of

the

Four

Corners.

This

exact

same

imagery

is

conveyed

during

the

British

coronation

ceremony

when

the

Archbishop

of

Canterbury

presents

King

Charles

to

the

four

arms

of

Westminster

Abbey.

The

Archbishop

is

presenting

King

Charles

as

the

King

of

the

Four

Corners,

the

King

of

the

entire

world.

And

if

the

presentation

of

the

four

arms

of

the

Abbey

aren’t

enough

to

convince

you,

35:15

beautiful

Egyptian

no

less,

Ankhs

stone

in

the

center

of

the

Cosmode

Mosaic.

If

you

recall,

the

stone

over

which

King

Charles

will

be

anointed

and

coronated

leaves

with

the

beautiful

strata

through

the

stone

no

doubt

in

viewers

minds

that

it’s

meant

to

symbolize

the

earth.

King

Charles

will

literally

be

crowned

the

king

of

the

four

corners,

the

king

of

the

world,

directly

atop

a

stone

35:44

rendering

of

the

earth.

And

if

these

symbols

still

aren’t

enough

to

convince

you,

there’s

a

little

bit

more.

At

a

certain

point

in

the

ceremony,

King

Charles

will

be

presented

with

a

royal

sphere

made

of

gold

and

it’s

known

as

the

Sovereign’s

Orb,

which

again

represents

the

entire

world

and

he’ll

hold

it

in

the

palm

of

his

hand.

Although

I’m

not

going

to

go

over

the

crown

in

this

episode,

36:10

be

sure

to

check

out

the

crown

and

see

if

you

can’t

figure

out

how

the

crown

too

symbolizes

the

British

monarch

as

the

king

of

the

four

corners.

I

hope

by

this

point

you’re

starting

to

see

how

ancient

the

coronation

rights

of

kings

are

and

how

they

literally

go

all

the

way

back

to

the

beginning

of

civilization.

But

I

also

hope

you

recognize

that

these

rights

are

tied

to

some

pretty

profound

theological

concepts,

many

of

which

will

develop.

36:39

over

the

next

year.

Before

I

close

out

this

episode,

I

want

to

make

mention

of

two

more

ancient

examples,

though

there

are

literally

hundreds

I

could

have

chosen

from.

The

first

comes

from

Mesopotamia.

Although

kingship

is

tied

quite

clearly

in

ancient

Egypt

to

the

--- page 110 ---

Cardinal

points

and

the

king’s

dominion

over

the

earth,

this

theme

is

also

a

key

feature

found

among

many

early

Mesopotamian

kings.

37:08

So

this

is

about

400

years

after

the

reign

of

King

Menes

in

Egypt.

King

Naram-Sin

is

the

first

Mesopotamian

king

known

to

have

claimed

the

title

King

of

the

Four

Corners

of

the

World,

which

is

sometimes

translated

as

the

King

of

the

Four

Quarters

of

the

World

or

the

King

of

the

Four

Corners.

And

this

title

37:32

we

already

discussed

was

another

way

of

saying

the

king

reigned

over

the

entire

earth

or

that

he

was

the

king

of

the

world.

Between

2334

and

530

BC

more

than

25

Mesopotamian

kings

claimed

the

title

King

of

the

Four

Corners.

Lastly

I

want

to

take

you

back

to

the

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

dated

to

at

least

as

early

as

the

first

century

AD.

38:01

In

chapter

30,

there’s

a

really

peculiar

passage,

which

is

most

likely

a

Greek

interpolation,

but

it’s

still

super

intriguing.

In

this

passage,

the

Lord

is

teaching

Enoch

about

Adam

and

the

Lord

says,

quote,

I

appointed

him

as

king

to

rule

on

earth

and

to

have

my

wisdom.

There

was

none

comparable

him

on

earth

from

all

my

existing

creations.

I

gave

him

a

name.

38:30

from

the

four

directions,

from

east,

from

west,

from

north,

and

from

south.

I

called

his

name

Adam.”

In

this

passage,

we

see

all

the

things

we’ve

been

talking

about.

Adam

has

been

appointed

by

God

to

rule

the

world.

His

reign

is

associated

with

the

cardinal

points.

But

the

Lord

also

mentioned

something

very

interesting

here.

He

says

he

gave

Adam

his

name

from

the

cardinal

points.

39:00

And

this

is

very

interesting.

The

editors

of

this

translation

of

2

Enoch

or

the

Book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch

gives

a

little

more

information

about

this

and

they

write,

the

cardinal

directions

in

Greek

were

Anatoli

East,

Dices

West,

Arktos

North,

and

Mesembria

South.

If

one

takes

the

Greek

names

for

the

cardinal

points

and

uses

the

first

letters

as

an

anagram,

39:30

--- page 111 ---

It

spells

A,

Anatol

A,

Dicis

D,

Arctos

A,

and

Mycembria

M.

In

Greek,

the

cardinal

points

are

or

spell

A,

D,

A,

M,

Adam.

So

Adam

is

the

cardinal

points.

Considering

what

we’ve

learned

in

this

episode,

the

association

between

Adam

and

the

cardinal

points

makes

complete

sense.

39:58

especially

since

he

was

the

original

earthly

king

of

the

four

corners.

And

did

I

mention

the

Greeks

put

that

in

there

over

2000

years

ago.

They

knew

about

Adam

as

the

king

of

the

world.

That’s

the

ancient

tradition.

On

May

6th,

2023,

King

Charles

III

will

be

crowned

symbolically

as

the

next

Adam,

the

next

king

of

the

four

corners.

40:28

That

wraps

up

this

edition

of

The

Ancient

Tradition.

I

hope

you

learned

something

new

and

I

hope

you’ve

gained

a

better

understanding

of

the

British

coronation

ceremony

and

how

deeply

enmeshed

it

is

with

the

ancient

tradition.

We’ll

pick

up

where

we

left

off

this

discussion

in

our

next

episode.

For

now,

I’ll

leave

you

with

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare,

“‘Knowledge

is

the

wing

wherewith

we

fly

to

heaven.'”

I’m

Jack

Logan.

40:59

You’ve

been

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Episode

#8

-

The

Coronation

of

Charles

III

&

Camilla:

The

Fragrant

Dew

of

Paradise

https://theancienttradition.com/episode-8-the-coronation-of-charles-iii-camilla-the-sacred-dew-of

-paradise/

00:00

Music

00:09

--- page 112 ---

You’re

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Music

provided

by

Joseph

McDade.

He

is

your

host,

Dr.

Jack

Logan.

00:25

Welcome

to

the

ancient

tradition.

I’m

your

host,

Jack

Logan.

If

you’re

new

to

the

program,

Jack

is

short

for

Jacqueline.

Before

I

jump

into

today’s

program,

I

wanna

let

our

listeners

know

about

our

website,

theancienttradition.com.

If

you

go

there,

you’ll

find

all

of

the

evidence

and

quotes

and

citations

and

everything

that

we

refer

to

in

this

episode.

But

if

you’d

rather

watch

the

episode,

you

can

also

check

out

our

YouTube

channel

where

you’ll

find

a

YouTube

video

dedicated

to

each

episode.

00:55

Keep

in

mind

though,

right

now

there’s

about

a

four

week

lag

between

the

podcast

and

the

YouTube

videos.

If

you’re

interested

in

the

YouTube

videos,

just

search

for

the

ancient

tradition.

We

have

a

great

program

today.

It’s

titled,

The

Coronation

of

King

Charles

III

and

Camilla,

The

Fragrant

Dew

of

Paradise.

And

we’ll

start

where

we

left

off

in

the

previous

episode

and

continue

our

examination

of

the

coronation

ceremony

as

it

will

happen

on

May

6th,

2023.

01:25

The

majority

of

this

echoes

really

important

features

of

the

ancient

tradition.

In

this

episode,

we’ll

uncover

a

coincidental

connection

between

the

coronation

oath,

the

Judeo-Christian

Moses

and

Great

Britain.

And

we’ll

also

travel

back

in

deep,

deep

antiquity

to

unravel

the

mysterious

meaning

of

the

anointing

of

kings.

The

trail

will

take

us

back

once

again.

01:50

to

the

book

of

the

holy

secrets

of

Enoch

and

back

to

the

fertile

crescent

of

ancient

Mesopotamia,

back

to

the

sands

of

Egypt

and

all

the

way

back

to

paradise,

which

is

no

surprise

because

the

anointing

is

an

extremely

important

tenant

of

the

ancient

tradition.

In

the

previous

episode,

we

established

that

the

architects

of

Westminster

Abbey,

who’d

been

commissioned

by

King

Henry

III,

designed

the

church

which

they

knew

would

be

used

for

the

express.

02:18

--- page 113 ---

purpose

of

coronating

British

monarchs

to

symbolically

represent

the

Garden

of

Eden.

And

this

is

most

evident

in

the

crucifix

form

of

the

church

which

architecturally

reproduces

four

distinct

arms

to

the

four

cardinal

points

which

was

to

be

reminiscent

not

only

of

Christ’s

cross

but

also

the

four

rivers

of

living

water

that

would

pour

out

of

the

Garden

of

Eden.

And

I

didn’t

mention

it

in

the

previous

episode

but

the

Garden

of

Eden

theme

is

also

02:46

abundantly

portrayed

in

architectural

form

by

the

massive

pillars

which

dominate

the

interior

of

the

church.

And

if

you

take

a

good

look

at

these

pillars,

it’s

pretty

evident

that

each

pillar

is

meant

to

represent

a

sturdy

tree

whose

branches

join

with

the

branches

of

the

other

trees

in

the

church

to

form

this

beautiful,

Edenic

garden

canopy

over

the

congregants.

In

essence,

the

architects

wanted

to

architecturally

immerse

03:16

the

entire

congregation

in

the

life-giving

abundance

of

the

Garden

of

Eden.

They

wanted

to

place

the

congregants

right

in

the

Garden,

in

God’s

holy

sanctuary.

And

the

architects

did

a

wonderful

job

of

associating

the

sanctuary

with

the

Garden

of

Eden.

And

combining

the

two

concepts

makes

Westminster

Abbey

a

garden

sanctuary,

just

like

we

saw

in

the

Genesis

account

that

we

discussed

in

episode

number

four.

03:45

And

why

did

the

architects

of

Westminster

Abbey

design

the

church

to

be

a

garden

sanctuary?

Well,

because

it

was

in

the

garden

sanctuary

recorded

in

Genesis

that

God

gave

Adam

the

power

and

authority

to

reign

over

his

earthly

creation

as

the

world’s

first

earthly

king.

And

God

did

this,

he

pointed

Adam,

the

first

earthly

king

in

the

midst

or

the

sacred

center

of

the

garden

sanctuary

where

God

dwelt

on

his

holy

throne.

04:12

which

is

symbolized

in

Holy

Writ

over

and

over

and

over

again

as

the

tree

of

life.

All

of

these

sacred

elements

come

together

in

Westminster

Abbey

when

we

examine

the

literal

spot

in

the

Abbey

on

which

King

Charles

III

and

the

39

British

monarchs

before

him

will

be

coronated.

And

as

we

saw

in

the

previous

episode,

he’s

to

be

coronated

directly

above

a

unique

stone,

the

Cosmati

Anx

stone.

04:40

--- page 114 ---

the

stone

which

marks

the

sacred

center

of

the

Abbey,

the

exact

spot

where

the

north

south

and

the

east

west

arms

of

the

Abbey

cross.

And

King

Charles

is

to

be

symbolically

coronated

the

new

Adam

in

the

sacred

center

of

the

garden

sanctuary.

And

as

we

saw

with

the

ritual

of

the

King

of

the

Four

Corners,

which

will

be

performed

on

May

6th,

that

King

Charles,

like

Adam,

will

be

symbolically

crowned

the

new

earthly

King

of

the

Four

Corners.

05:09

for

the

world.

And

to

drive

home

this

point,

if

one

examines

the

Cosmati

Ankhstone,

they’ll

see

that

it’s

a

beautiful

rendering

of

the

earth.

All

true

kings

are

coronated

in

the

sacred

center

of

the

world

in

God’s

holy

garden

sanctuary.

All

of

this

brings

me

to

today’s

episode.

After

the

ritual

of

the

King

of

the

Four

Corners,

Charles

will

be

asked

by

the

Archbishop

of

Canterbury,

who

some

of

you

may

have

already

surmised.

05:39

represents

God

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

account.

The

future

king

must

make

an

oath

directly

with

God.

He

must

promise

to

keep

God’s

law

if

he’s

to

be

made

king.

He

must

submit

his

reign

to

the

subordination

of

God’s

laws.

The

oath

that

Charles

will

make

here

with

God

has

kind

of

been

tailored

specifically

to

the

realm

of

the

United

Kingdom.

Charles

is

first

asked

by

the

archbishop

who

we

just

established.

06:08

represents

God

if

he’s

willing

to

take

the

oath.

I

think

it’s

really

worth

it

to

take

a

moment

here

and

pause

and

think

about

this.

Why

would

God

do

this?

Why

would

he

ask

the

future

king

if

he’s

willing

to

take

the

oath?

Why

not

just

start

right

in

and

administer

the

oath?

And

there

may

be

a

lot

of

reasons

for

doing

this.

But

I

think

by

asking

the

future

king

if

he’s

willing

to

take

the

oath,

06:32

God

is

presenting

the

King

with

a

choice.

He

can

either

choose

to

take

the

oath

or

he

can

choose

not

to

take

the

oath.

The

choice

is

the

future

Kings.

God

will

not

compel

anyone

to

keep

his

law.

By

God

asking

the

direct

question,

are

you

willing

to

take

the

oath?

The

future

King

has

to

use

his

agency

and

make

the

choice

for

himself.

And

whichever

choice

he

makes,

his

decision

is

a

declaration

to

God

about

how

he

plans

to

use

his

agency.

07:02

--- page 115 ---

to

follow

God’s

laws

or

not.

And

by

asking

this

question,

are

you

willing

to

take

the

oath?

God

is

giving

the

future

king

a

little

more

time

to

reflect

and

think

and

ponder

over

his

decision

whether

or

not

to

commit,

to

fully

commit

his

life

and

his

reign

to

following

God’s

laws,

all

of

God’s

laws.

So

by

God

asking

the

question,

the

king

has

to

make

a

choice.

07:30

If

the

future

king

is

a

man

of

integrity,

which

we

don’t

always

see,

his

word

is

his

oath.

If

he

says

he’s

willing

to

take

the

oath

to

follow

God’s

laws,

he

means

it.

And

as

we’ll

see

in

the

ancient

world

in

future

episodes,

when

one

makes

an

oath

with

God,

if

they

do

so

without

integrity

or

if

they

rebelliously

break

the

oath,

they

face

really

terrific

consequences.

07:55

So

the

question

that

precedes

the

official

coronation

oath,

are

you

willing

to

take

the

oath,

is

a

really

important

one,

one

that

the

king

should

genuinely

ponder

and

give

a

lot

of

reflection

to.

The

notion

of

making

an

oath

with

God

in

his

holy

sanctuary

and

his

sacred

abode,

the

temple,

is

really

a

pretty

widespread

motif

in

the

ancient

world.

And

I

don’t

have

time

to

go

into

all

of

the

evidence

for

this

in

this

particular

episode.

08:22

But

I

will

remind

you

of

one

of

the

most

prominent

examples

of

this

in

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition.

If

you

recall

in

the

Bible,

in

the

book

of

Exodus

chapter

19,

that

the

Israelites

fled

Egypt

and

took

refuge

in

the

Sinai

desert.

And

there

the

Israelites

camped

at

the

base

of

the

tall

mountain

Mount

Sinai.

Verses

two

and

three

in

the

King

James

Version

read,

for

they,

speaking

of

the

Israelites,

were

departed

from

Rephidim.

08:52

and

were

come

to

the

desert

of

Sinai

and

had

pitched

in

the

wilderness.

And

there

Israel

camped

before

the

mount.

And

Moses

went

up

unto

God,

and

the

Lord

called

unto

him

out

of

the

mountain,

saying,

Thus

shalt

thou

say

to

the

house

of

Jacob,

and

tell

the

children

of

Israel.

If

you

recall

in

episode

number

four,

Did

God

reveal

the

ancient

tradition

in

the

Garden

of

Eden?

09:17

that

in

the

ancient

record,

including

Holy

writ

like

the

Bible,

mountains

are

almost

always

a

synonym

for

God’s

temple,

the

place

where

God

dwells.

And

we

definitely

see

that

connection

here.

God

resides

on

the

summit

of

Mount

Sinai.

The

imagery

in

these

verses

is

--- page 116 ---

meant

to

convey

that

Mount

Sinai

was

a

mountain

sanctuary,

a

mountain

temple.

And

Moses

climbs

to

the

summit

of

Mount

Sinai

because

that

is

where

God

abode

on

the

sacred

summit

in

the

sacred

center.

09:46

The

location

is

important

here

because

what

happens

in

the

next

couple

of

verses

takes

place

on

the

summit

of

the

mountain

sanctuary.

So

he’s

in

the

center

of

God’s

temple.

So

as

we

saw

in

the

verse

I

just

read,

Moses

ascends

to

the

mount

and

God

tells

Moses

that

he

has

something

he

wants

Moses

to

tell

the

people,

the

house

of

Israel.

Well

what

did

God

want

Moses

to

tell

the

Israelites?

Let’s

continue

reading

in

verses

four

and

five.

10:15

ye

have

seen

what

I

did

unto

the

Egyptians

and

how

I

bear

you

on

eagles

wings

and

brought

you

unto

myself.

Now

therefore

if

you

will

obey

my

voice

indeed

and

keep

my

covenant

then

ye

shall

be

a

peculiar

people

unto

me

above

all

people

for

all

the

earth

is

mine.”

Here

we

see

the

connection

between

God’s

temple

and

the

making

of

an

oath

or

as

it’s

referred

to

here

the

making

of

a

covenant.

10:41

God

is

asking

Moses

to

tell

the

people

that

if

they

will

covenant

to

obey

God’s

voice

and

keep

His

commandments

that

God

will

make

them

a

peculiar

treasure,

a

people

that’s

different

than

all

of

the

other

people

on

the

earth.

Well

different

how?

And

for

that

answer

we

have

to

keep

reading.

In

verse

6

we

read,

And

ye

shall

be

unto

me

a

kingdom

of

priests

and

in

holy

nation.

11:08

These

are

the

words

which

thou

shalt

speak

unto

the

children

of

Israel.”

All

right,

there’s

so

much

in

this

verse.

It’s

pretty

astounding.

Let’s

pay

close

attention

to

the

words.

God

tells

Moses

that

the

people

who

make

a

covenant

with

him

will

be

different

because

they

will

become

a

kingdom

of

priests.

The

word

kingdom

here

should

stick

out

to

you

by

now.

Why?

Because

kingdoms

are

governed

by

a

king.

11:37

priests.

So

here

we

have

again

kings

and

priests.

God

will

make

those

who

keep

his

covenant

sacral

kings.

So

here

we

see

the

same

pattern,

a

mountain

temple,

the

making

of

a

covenant,

--- page 117 ---

and

kingship.

When

Charles

III

is

asked,

are

you

willing

to

take

the

oath,

he

undoubtedly

is

going

to

reply,

I

am

willing,

declaring

his

choice

to

follow

God’s

law.

12:07

From

here,

the

Archbishop

who

represents

God

administers

the

coronation

oath.

In

the

first

part

of

the

oath,

Charles

III

will

swear

to

govern

or

reign

as

civil

authority

over

the

peoples

of

the

United

Kingdom

and

the

Commonwealth.

In

the

second

part

of

the

oath,

he’ll

swear

to

keep

God’s

law.

And

these

are

the

words

of

the

oath.

Quote,

will

you

to

the

utmost

of

your

power

maintain

the

laws

of

God

and

the

true

profession

of

the

gospel?

12:37

If

Charles

chooses

to

do

so,

he’ll

reply,

all

this

I

promise

to

do.

And

at

this

point,

Charles

will

be

escorted

up

to

the

high

altar

and

then

he’ll

kneel

there.

The

archbishop

will

then

present

to

Charles

an

open

copy

of

the

Holy

Bible,

which

leaves

no

doubt

as

to

what

constitutes

God’s

law.

And

Charles

will

place

his

hand

on

the

Bible

and

he’ll

swear

the

following.

Quote.

13:03

The

things

which

I

have

here

before

promised,

I

will

perform

and

keep.

So

help

me

God.

And

then

he’ll

sign

a

written

copy

of

the

oath.

The

oath

then

between

God

and

the

king

will

be

complete.

We

see

a

similar

pattern

in

the

Exodus

account

that

I

just

mentioned

in

Exodus

19

verses

7

and

8.

Moses

gathers

Israel

together

and

tells

the

Israelites

of

God’s

covenant.

It

reads.

13:32

quote,

And

Moses

came

and

called

for

the

elders

of

the

people

and

laid

before

their

faces

all

these

words

which

the

Lord

commanded

him

and

all

the

people

gathered

together

and

said

all

that

the

Lord

hath

spoken

we

will

do

and

Moses

returned

the

words

of

the

people

unto

the

Lord.

So

the

words

here

are

very

similar

to

what

Charles

will

say.

The

Israelites

said

all

that

the

Lord

hath

spoken

we

will

do.

14:02

At

this

point,

God

reveals

to

Moses

his

law,

the

Ten

Commandments.

Exodus

24

verse

12

reads,

And

the

Lord

said

unto

Moses,

Come

up

to

me

into

the

mount

and

be

there,

and

I

will

give

thee

tablets

of

stone

and

a

law

and

commandments

which

I

have

written.

And

let’s

not

forget

that

all

of

this

takes

place

in

God’s

temple

at

the

summit

of

the

mountain.

God’s

laws

come

out

of

his

sacred

abode,

his

temple.

--- page 118 ---

14:30

The

parallels

between

the

Moses

account

and

what

happens

in

the

British

coronation

ceremony

are

pretty

clear.

From

here,

Charles

will

be

presented

with

the

Bible

and

told,

here

is

wisdom,

this

is

the

royal

law,

these

are

the

lively

oracles

of

God.

And

after

that,

Holy

Communion

has

begun.

They

sing

several

hymns

and

a

prayer

is

said

and

some

scriptures

are

read.

As

a

quick

side

note,

the

name

Britain

of

Great

Britain,

15:00

comes

from

Pythias

of

Massalia,

who

was

a

Greek

explorer

who

traveled

to

British

Isles

around

325

BC.

And

he

recorded

as

he

traveled

the

local

names

of

the

places

that

he

visited.

And

one

of

the

Isles

was

known

as

the

people

of

Bretoniki,

or

Bretoniki.

The

word

Bretonni

came

from

this.

This

was

shortened

to

Breton,

and

today

the

people

of

Great

Britain

are

often

referred

to

as

Brits.

And

coincidentally,

and

this

is

15:28

purely

coincidence.

There’s

no

etymological

connection

here.

The

Hebrew

word

Barit,

spelled

B

apostrophe

R-I-T,

means

covenant.

And

it’s

used

more

than

270

times

in

the

Hebrew

Bible

to

refer

to

the

binding

covenant

God

makes

with

his

people,

as

we

saw

in

Mount

Sinai

with

Moses.

So

although

this

is

coincidental,

15:54

I

do

think

it’s

interesting

that

the

Brits,

more

than

any

other

nation

state,

have

done

an

extraordinary

job

of

preserving

that

link

between

making

a

covenant

with

God

and

kingship.

But

again,

the

connection

between

Britain

and

the

Hebrew

Brit

for

covenant

is

just

a

coincidence.

But

it’s

a

fun

coincidence

at

that.

Let’s

return

to

the

coronation

ceremony.

At

this

point

in

the

ceremony,

the

choir

sings

the

anthem,

Veni,

creator,

spiritus.

16:24

Holy

Ghost,

which

is

meant

to

serve

as

a

prelude

to

the

Holy

Anointing.

And

if

you’re

not

paying

particularly

close

attention,

the

name

of

the

anthem

might

escape

you.

But

don’t

let

it

because

it’s

a

major

clue

to

the

spiritual

significance

of

what’s

about

to

take

place

during

the

Holy

Anointing.

And

we’ll

talk

about

that

more

in

our

next

episode.

Before

I

jump

into

the

Anointing,

I

want

to

point

out

the

important

sanctity

of

the

Anointing

ceremony.

16:53

--- page 119 ---

You’re

gonna

learn

in

a

moment

that

the

anointing

is

one

of

the

most

sacred

rituals

performed

during

kingship

rites.

And

as

such,

it’s

also

one

of

the

most

sacred

rituals

within

the

ancient

tradition.

It’s

important

to

keep

this

in

mind

as

we

walk

through

the

ceremony.

After

the

song,

Come

Holy

Spirit,

the

Archbishop

of

Canterbury

stands

before

the

high

altar

and

recites

a

prayer

based

on

a

very

old

prayer

named

the

Deus

Electrum

Fortido.

17:23

which

was

used

during

the

anointing

of

French

kings.

In

the

prayer,

the

archbishop

says

the

following,

quote,

“‘O

Lord

and

heavenly

falter,

the

exalter

of

the

humble

and

the

strength

of

thy

chosen,

whom

by

anointing

with

oil

didst

of

old

make

and

consecrate

kings,

priests,

and

prophets

to

teach

and

govern

thy

Israel.'”

In

this

prayer,

we

learned

that

the

anointing

of

British

monarchs

comes

from

or

is

17:50

directly

based

off

of

passages

in

the

Bible

where

God

takes

humble

people

and

exalts

them

through

the

anointing

oil

to

the

exalted

stations

of

king,

priest,

and

prophet.

In

other

words,

the

Brits

aren’t

claiming

they

anoint

kings

because

the

Franks

did

it

or

other

European

nations

anointed

their

kings.

They’re

tying

the

origin

of

the

anointing

of

kings

to

passages

directly

in

the

Bible.

And

we

can

see

this

in

passages

like

2

Samuel,

18:19

chapter

two

verse

four

which

speaks

of

the

anointing

of

King

David

and

it

reads

and

the

men

of

Judah

came

and

there

they

anointed

David

King

over

the

house

of

Judah

we

can

also

see

this

in

Exodus

chapter

29

verses

5

and

7

where

Aaron

the

brother

of

Moses

is

made

a

high

priest

and

note

in

this

passage

the

similarities

between

the

coronation

of

a

king

and

the

ordination

of

a

high

priest

because

it

will

matter

when

we

talk

about

royal

vestments

18:48

the

next

episode.

The

passage

reads,

and

thou

shalt

take

the

garments

and

put

upon

Aaron

the

coat

and

the

robe

of

the

ephod

and

the

breastplate

and

gird

him

with

the

curious

girdle

of

the

ephod

and

thou

shalt

put

the

mitre

upon

his

head

and

put

the

holy

crown

upon

the

mitre.

Then

shalt

thou

take

the

anointing

oil

and

pour

it

upon

the

head

and

anoint

him.

There

are

many

more

passages

in

the

Bible

that

point

to

the

anointing

as

a

really

important

19:18

--- page 120 ---

essential

preparatory

right

for

those

whom

God

exalts

to

king,

priest,

or

prophet.

Let’s

return

to

the

coronation

ceremony.

After

the

archbishop

offers

the

prayer

of

anointing,

the

choir

sings

Handel’s

anthem,

Zadok

the

priest.

And

again,

I

want

to

focus

your

attention

on

the

name

of

the

anthem,

Zadok

the

priest.

Keep

this

in

mind

as

it

will

become

relevant

towards

the

end

of

today’s

episode.

19:45

While

the

choir

is

singing

the

anthem,

King

Charles

is

divested

of

the

crimson

robe,

if

he

follows

British

tradition,

which

we

don’t

know

if

he’s

going

to

do,

which

is

replaced

with

the

anointing

gown.

And

the

anointing

gown

is

an

unadorned

white

garment.

Queen

Elizabeth

wore

an

unadorned

white

pleated

dress

for

her

anointing.

After

the

investment

of

the

anointing

gown,

Charles

will

move

to

the

coronation

chair

to

King

20:12

Edward’s

chair

and

we’ll

talk

about

this

chair

in

a

coming

episode,

but

you

might

find

it

interesting

that

King

Edward

Originally

ordered

the

coronation

chair

to

be

made

of

bronze

But

then

he

later

changed

his

mind

and

ordered

it

to

be

made

of

wood.

I

Don’t

know

of

any

explanation

in

the

British

record

for

why?

Edward

changed

his

mind

But

as

we

noted

in

the

previous

episodes

the

coronation

chair

sits

in

the

very

center

of

Westminster

Abbey

a

20:41

garden

sanctuary

and

it

sits

on

the

exact

spot

that

stood

the

tree

of

life

in

the

Garden

of

Eden.

So

it

seems

especially

fitting

that

King

Edward

would

order

the

coronation

chair

to

be

made

from

the

wood

of

a

tree.

Doing

this,

like

we

mentioned

in

episode

number

six,

the

King

and

the

Tree

of

Life

directly

symbolizes

the

new

king

is

to

be

understood

as

a

vassal

king

of

the

King

of

Kings,

the

true

King

of

the

Four

Corners,

the

Tree

of

Life.

21:11

God

himself.

Pretty

fun

story.

Once

seated

on

the

coronation

chair,

four

nights

of

the

garter

enter

the

cosmotic

pavement

and

they

cover

the

king

with

a

golden

canopy.

They

do

this

to

conceal

the

sacred

anointing

ceremony

from

public

view

and

when

Queen

Elizabeth

was

anointed,

the

royals

and

clerics,

they

prohibited

this

portion

of

the

coronation

ceremony

from

being

televised

or

photographed.

21:38

--- page 121 ---

And

it’s

at

this

point

I

have

another

one

of

those

mind

boggling

moments.

Where

did

the

Brits

get

this?

The

compunction

to

screen

this

portion

of

the

coronation

ceremony,

the

anointing

from

public

view.

I

have

a

pretty

good

explanation

for

why

they

do

it.

I

just

don’t

know

if

they

know

why

they

do

it

because

you

see

in

deep

antiquity,

the

anointing

was

almost

always

performed.

You

guessed

it

in

a

temple

setting

in

a

garden

sanctuary.

22:07

Only

persons

who

met

certain

qualifications

of

holiness

could

enter

the

temple

sanctuary

and

view

or

participate

in

the

rites

that

took

place

there.

The

rites

were

so

sacred,

they

were

virtually

never

performed

in

public

view.

They

were

considered

mysteries

or

holy

secrets,

rites

which

only

the

holiest

of

God’s

people

could

participate.

So

when

the

Brits

shroud

the

king

with

a

golden

canopy,

22:34

They

may

not

realize

that

the

reason

that

they

do

this

is

because

their

rite

is

a

remnant,

a

remarkable

echo

of

the

original

rite

that

was

performed

by

the

ancients

in

God’s

garden

temple.

I’m

truly

astonished

when

I

see

the

Golden

Canopy

because

whether

the

Brits

realize

it

or

not,

they’re

recreating

a

supernal

sacred

space,

a

holy

of

holies.

And

to

me,

it’s

truly

mind-boggling

that

these

elements

of

the

ancient

tradition

have

23:01

persisted

into

the

21st

century.

It’s

astonishing.

Once

the

king

is

concealed

beneath

the

canopy,

the

Dean

of

Westminster

will

pour

consecrated

oil

from

an

eagle-shaped

flask,

and

he’ll

pour

it

onto

a

filigree

spoon

for

the

archbishop.

We

need

to

stop

here

and

talk

about

this

special

oil,

because

it

is

yet

again

another

potent

echo

of

the

ancient

tradition.

23:30

The

particular

oil

that

the

Archbishop

will

use

was

prepared

and

consecrated

in

Jerusalem

in

the

Church

of

the

Holy

Sepulcher,

and

that’s

considered

by

many

Christians

to

be

one

of

the

holiest

sites

in

Jerusalem.

It’s

the

special

formula

of

the

oil,

however,

that

I

want

to

focus

on

here.

According

to

the

Royal

website,

the

formula

for

the

oil

includes

oil

pressed

from

olives

near

Bethlehem

and

a

number

of

perfumed

essential

oils,

which

include

sesame,

24:00

Rose,

Jasmine,

Cinnamon,

Amber,

and

Orange

Blossom.

And

this

particular

formula,

according

to

the

palace,

has

been

used

by

the

crown

for

hundreds

of

years.

And

what

the

--- page 122 ---

crown

may

not

realize

is

that

this

formula

has

actually

been

used

for

thousands

of

years.

It’s

of

extremely

ancient

origin,

which

by

now

should

come

as

no

surprise

to

you.

Why?

24:24

because

the

anointing

oil

and

the

special

recipe

needed

for

it

was

a

key

feature

of

the

ancient

tradition.

And

to

see

this,

we

need

to

head

back

to

the

dawn

of

civilization

to

the

fertile

crescent

of

Mesopotamia.

The

anointing

of

kings

and

queens

in

ancient

Mesopotamia

was

typically

done

with

a

special

oil

known

as

mashku.

And

the

recipe

for

mashku

varied

depending

on

the

time

and

the

region,

but

it

generally

24:52

of

aromatic

and

medicinal

plants.

The

exact

ingredients

used

to

prepare

the

mashkyu

are

not

known

in

detail

because

the

recipe

was

a

closely

guarded

secret,

a

theme

which

reoccurs

wherever

we

encounter

anointing

oil

in

the

ancient

record.

However,

we

do

find

some

important

clues

in

what

is

known

as

the

Hymn

to

Inanna,

an

important

Sumerian

goddess.

This

hymn

dates

to

2285.

25:20

BC

so

it’s

over

four

thousand

years

ago

and

this

passage

gives

a

few

of

the

ingredients

included

in

the

oil

and

it

reads

Quote

my

queen

your

power

is

great

and

terrible.

Your

beauty

is

like

the

rising

Sun

my

queen

the

myrrh

Cypress

cedar

and

juniper

are

yours.

You

love

the

smell

of

myrrh

and

cypress

You

are

the

one

who

loves

the

smell

of

cedar.

You

are

the

one

who

loves

the

juniper

whose

fruits

are

white

25:49

My

queen,

your

priests

and

priestess

praise

your

name.

They

sing

your

praises

from

the

temple

rooftops.

They

offer

sacrifices

of

meat

and

wine

to

you.

They

anoint

you

with

oil

and

mashku.

My

queen,

your

power

is

absolute.

You

are

the

mistress

of

all

creation.

You

are

the

queen

of

heaven

and

earth.”

So

this

passage

indicates

that

mashku

was

essentially

a

mixture

of

oil

that

had

been

infused

with

26:17

plant-based

ingredients

such

as

myrrh,

cedar,

cypress,

and

juniper.

Did

you

catch

that?

Three

of

the

ingredients

mentioned

in

this

passage

refer

to

trees

and

the

first

tree

mentioned

is

a

cedar

tree.

Do

you

remember

the

significance

of

the

cedar

tree

in

Mesopotamia?

If

you

recall

in

episode

number

six

the

cedar,

the

kiskanu

tree,

--- page 123 ---

26:40

was

the

radiant

tree

that

appeared

like

Lapis

Lasuli

that

grew

in

the

pure

place

in

Eridu

where

kingship

was

first

established

by

the

god

Enki.

The

Kiskanu

cedar

tree

was

the

Mesopotamian

tree

of

life.

In

other

words,

the

Mesopotamians

infused

the

oil

with

which

they

anointed

their

kings

with

the

wood

of

the

sacred

cedar

tree,

the

tree

of

life.

Think

on

that

for

a

moment.

The

spiritual

significance

of

this

is

quite

profound.

27:11

And

let’s

not

forget

the

myrrh.

The

Mesopotamians

infused

their

anointing

oil

with

a

rich,

complex

scent

of

myrrh.

And

if

you’ve

never

smelled

myrrh,

it

has

this

warm,

kind

of

earthy,

slightly

sweet

aroma.

And

in

the

ancient

world,

myrrh

was

highly

prized

for

its

medicinal

and

aromatic

qualities.

But

what

exactly

is

myrrh?

Well,

it’s

a

sappy-like

substance

or

resin

that’s

secreted

from

a

particular

tree.

27:41

the

Kamaphora

Mura

tree.

When

this

tree

is

wounded,

the

tree

secretes

resin.

It

bleeds.

And

some

of

you

may

already

see

the

connection

here

between

Mura

and

Christ

in

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition.

The

word

Mura

is

actually

derived

from

the

Hebrew

word

Mura

and

the

Arabic

word

Mura,

which

means

bitterness.

28:06

For

some

of

you,

this

may

conjure

up

yet

again,

a

connection

to

Christ

who

by

paying

for

the

sins

of

the

world

with

his

blood,

drink

the

bitter

cup.

And

to

add

to

this

connection,

when

myrrh

is

soaked

in

oil,

it

produces

a

reddish

brown

color,

very

similar

to

the

color

of

blood.

Thus

myrrh

is

an

exceptional

symbol

of

the

Judeo-Christian

God

Christ,

who

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

account

resides

in

the

center

of

the

garden

and

is

symbolized

by

the

tree.

28:36

So

to

infuse

the

anointing

oil,

which

is

used

to

anoint

earthly

kings

with

the

reddish

brown

resin

of

the

muri

tree,

is

to

symbolically

declare

that

the

new

king

is

able

to

reign

only

because

of

the

blood

sacrificed

in

his

behalf

by

the

tree,

by

God.

There’s

a

lot

to

think

on

there.

I

hope

you’re

starting

to

see

a

pattern

here.

29:00

--- page 124 ---

Just

as

the

king’s

scepter

is

a

symbolic

representation

of

the

king

holding

the

branch

of

the

tree

of

life,

the

myrrh

oil

with

which

the

king

is

anointed

is

a

symbolic

representation

of

the

gift

given

by

the

tree

of

life.

It

gives

its

blood,

a

gift

which

enables

the

prince

to

be

exalted

to

the

station

of

a

king.

All

of

the

rites

and

royal

regalia

of

kingship

serve

one

end,

to

point

one

to

the

profound

import

29:30

the

tree

of

life,

the

King

of

Kings.

The

use

of

Mashku

oil

for

anointing

kings

was

widespread

and

a

long-standing

practice

in

Mesopotamia.

The

Mesopotamians

believed

this

special

oil

imbued

the

king

with

divine

power

and

legitimacy.

And

we

can

see

this

on

a

cuneiform

tablet

known

as

the

standard

inscription

of

Asher

Nasir

Paul

II.

29:58

The

royal

inscription

of

the

Assyrian

king

gives

us

one

of

the

most

detailed

descriptions

of

the

ancient

Mesopotamian

coronation

ceremony.

And

it

reads,

I

am

Asher

Nasirpal,

the

great

king,

the

powerful

king,

king

of

the

universe,

king

of

Assyria.

I

was

anointed

with

the

mashku

of

divinity

and

the

kingship

was

bestowed

upon

me

by

the

command

of

the

God

Asher,

my

Lord.

30:26

So

here

the

anointing

oil

is

referred

to

as

the

Moshku

of

Divinity,

the

oil

of

divinity.

Very

interesting.

If

you

live

in

London

or

you’re

planning

to

visit

London,

you

can

check

out

the

standard

inscription

of

Asher

Nasher

Paul

II

at

the

British

Museum.

It’s

on

display

in

the

Assyrian

Gallery

and

it

dates

to

about

the

9th

century

BC.

If

we

move

to

the

sands

of

Egypt,

we

can

find

even

30:52

earlier

references

to

a

special

oil

in

the

ancient

Egyptian

pyramid

texts

which

were

inscribed

on

the

walls

of

several

of

the

pyramids

of

the

Old

Kingdom

and

these

texts

are

extremely

ancient

and

date

from

about

2686

to

2181

BC

So

nearly

five

thousand

years

ago

and

they’re

considered

some

of

the

oldest

known

sacred

texts

in

the

world

in

these

texts

We’ll

see

a

similar

connection

between

this

sacred

oil

kingship

and

divinity

31:22

Let’s

start

with

King

Unus.

King

Unus

reigned

as

the

last

ruler

of

the

fifth

dynasty.

So

this

is

between

2345

and

2315

BC.

In

his

pyramid,

we

find

pyramid

texts,

72

to

78,

and

they

refer

--- page 125 ---

to

seven

sacred

oils

which

were

used.

And

I’ll

explain

more

in

the

next

episode,

but

here

we

see

the

connection

between

the

anointing

oil,

kingship,

and

divinity.

31:49

In

the

James

P

Allen

translation,

pyramid

text

77

reads,

ointment,

ointment,

where

should

you

be?

You

on

Horace’s

forehead,

where

should

you

be?

You

were

on

Horace’s

forehead,

but

I

will

put

you

on

this,

Eunice’s

forehead.

You

shall

make

it

pleasant

for

him

wearing

you.

You

shall

occupy

him

wearing

you.

In

ancient

Egypt,

Horace,

the

god

symbolized

by

a

falcon,

32:18

was,

as

Henry

Frankfurt

notes

in

his

seminal

work,

kingship

in

the

gods,

generally

referred

to

as

the

great

god,

the

lord

of

heaven.

So

in

pyramid

77,

it

appears

as

though

the

priest

is

searching

for

the

anointing

oil

he

needs

to

anoint

king

Unus,

and

he

finds

that

oil

on

the

forehead

of

the

great

god

Horus.

This

indicates

that

Horus

is

to

be

understood

as

an

anointed

god.

The

priest

says

he’s

going

to

take

the

32:48

to

anoint

King

Unus.

It

is

only

by

using

the

anointing

oil

that

came

from

the

great

God

that

King

Unus

can

be

anointed

a

legitimate

king.

And

I

wanna

take

a

moment

here

and

point

out

a

couple

of

very

important

parallels

between

the

ancient

Egyptian

God

Horus

and

the

Judeo-Christian

God

Christ.

As

I

mentioned

in

Pyramid

Text

77,

the

priest

emphasizes

the

great

God

Horus

is

anointed.

He

has

the

anointing

oil

on

his

forehead.

33:16

In

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition,

the

moniker

Christ

is

the

Greek

translation

of

the

Hebrew

word

Messiah.

And

you

guessed

it,

the

word

Christ

in

Greek

means

the

anointed

one.

So

whenever

anyone

refers

to

Jesus

as

the

Christ,

they

are

probably,

without

realizing

it,

emphasizing

the

point

that

Jesus

is

the

anointed

one,

the

anointed

God.

Let’s

reread

Pyramid

Text

77.

33:45

ointment

ointment

where

should

you

be

you

on

Horus’s

forehead

where

should

you

be

you

were

on

Horus’s

forehead

but

I

will

put

you

on

this

Eunice’s

forehead

you

shall

make

it

pleasant

for

him

wearing

you

you

shall

occupy

him

wearing

you

so

the

priest

in

this

text

--- page 126 ---

points

out

that

by

wearing

the

anointing

oil

that

was

on

Horus’s

forehead

the

new

king

is

wearing

God

on

his

person

34:14

Think

about

that

for

a

moment

when

you

reflect

upon

the

use

of

myrrh

in

the

anointing

oil.

The

new

king

is

wearing

the

wounds

of

the

tree

of

life

on

his

person.

Pretty

rich

doctrine

there.

I

want

to

focus

on

one

more

line

in

Pyramid

Text

77.

The

priest

says,

you

shall

make

it

pleasant

for

him

wearing

you,

which

likely

refers

in

part

to

the

beautiful

scent

of

the

oil.

The

priest

continues,

34:44

wearing

you.

Pyramid

text

214

says

a

very

similar

thing.

It

says,

quote,

climb

to

the

place

where

your

father

is,

where

Geb

is,

and

he

will

give

you

what

is

on

Horus’s

brow.

You

shall

become

Ock

through

it.

To

be

Ockified

in

the

ancient

Egyptian

religion

meant

that

one

had

become

like

the

gods.

To

be

Ockified

meant

King

Eunice

had

taken

on

the

divine

nature.

And

this

is

the

same

motif

we

saw

in

Mesopotamia

with

the

Mashku

anointing

oil.

35:13

King

Ashurpanisar

Paul

II

said,

quote,

I

was

anointed

with

the

moshku

of

divinity.

Pyramid

text

59

says,

quote,

put

it

at

your

forehead

in

its

identity

of

first-class

oil.

You

should

glisten

with

it

among

the

gods.

When

the

word

aak

is

used

in

reference

to

the

afterlife,

it

means

to

be

bright

and

it’s

directly

connected

to

light.

As

the

priest

says

in

pyramid

text

59,

to

glisten

35:42

among

the

gods.

And

remarkably,

we

find

all

of

these

same

motifs

in

chapter

22

of

the

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch.

If

you’ve

never

read

this

book,

you

can

listen

to

a

full

audio

recording

of

it

on

our

sister

podcast,

The

Ancient

Tradition

Audio

Rit.

And

you

can

find

it

wherever

you

listen

to

your

podcast.

In

chapter

22,

Enoch

ascends

to

the

highest

heaven

and

there

he

sees

God

seated

on

a

supremely

wonderful

throne.

36:11

God

issues

a

command

to

the

archangel

Michael

and

it

reads,

the

Lord

said

to

Michael,

go

and

disrobe

Enoch

from

his

earthly

clothes

and

anoint

him

with

my

delightful

oils

and

put

him

into

the

clothes

of

my

glory.

Michael

did

as

the

Lord

commanded

him.

He

anointed

me,

which

was

Enoch,

and

dressed

me.

The

oil

was

bright

as

the

rays

of

the

sun,

--- page 127 ---

36:41

I

saw

myself

and

I

saw

I

was

like

one

of

his

glorious

ones

and

there

was

no

observable

difference.

Wow,

we

have

all

of

the

same

elements.

Enoch

is

anointed

with

a

delightful

oil,

an

oil

that

was

bright

like

the

sun

and

smelled

like

myrrh.

And

through

that

special

oil,

Enoch

becomes

like

the

glorious

ones.

There

is

so

much

rich

doctrine

here

that

we’ll

have

to

parse

out

over

the

next

year.

37:09

but

it’s

all

there

in

the

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch.

Like

the

Mesopotamians,

the

Egyptians

guarded

the

formula

used

to

produce

the

anointing

oil.

It

was

a

sacred

secret,

so

we

don’t

know

the

exact

recipe

the

ancient

Egyptians

used.

However,

ancient

Egyptian

texts

show

it

included

many

of

the

same

ingredients

as

the

anointing

oil

in

Mesopotamia,

frankincense,

cinnamon,

cassia,

cardamom,

and

myrrh.

We

see

the

specific

mention

of

myrrh

37:39

Pyramid

Text

318

which

says,

I

receive

myrrh

and

become

beautified

with

myrrh.

Again

there’s

an

association

here

between

myrrh

and

the

transformation

of

a

human

being

into

something

beautiful

and

bright.

It’s

also

worth

noting

in

this

passage

that

Enoch

refers

to

the

special

oil

with

which

he

was

anointed

as

dew.

And

keep

that

in

your

back

pocket

because

we’ll

hit

on

it

in

a

couple

minutes.

38:06

At

this

moment,

you

might

be

wondering

about

the

ingredients

the

Israelites

used

to

anoint

their

kings,

priests,

and

prophets.

And

before

I

read

a

verse

in

Exodus

30,

I

need

to

tell

you

the

context.

In

this

section

of

Exodus,

we

read

that

God

revealed

to

Moses

every

single

aspect

of

the

tabernacle

or

desert

sanctuary

that

he

was

to

build

so

that

God

would

have

a

place

to

dwell

with

the

Israelites.

In

Exodus

chapter

25,

verses

8

and

9,

we

see

this

emphasized.

It

reads,

38:35

and

let

them

make

me

a

sanctuary

that

I

may

dwell

among

them

according

to

all

that

I

shoe

thee

after

the

pattern

of

the

tabernacle

and

the

pattern

of

all

the

instruments

thereof,

even

so

shall

ye

make

it.”

In

this

passage,

we

learned

that

the

temple-based

religion

practiced

by

the

Israelites

was

given

to

them

by

God.

It

was

God

revealed.

And

as

part

of

that

revelation,

--- page 128 ---

God

showed

the

Israelites

the

architectural

prototype

they

were

to

follow

when

they

built

the

tabernacle.

39:05

along

with

every

single

aspect

of

temple

worship.

And

this

is

super

intriguing

because

if

you’re

a

regular

listener,

this

is

the

third

time

we’ve

read

about

God

revealing

a

temple-based

tradition

in

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition.

We

saw

him

reveal

it

to

Adam

in

the

Garden

Sanctuary,

and

we

saw

him

reveal

it

to

Moses,

and

we

saw

it

in

the

Book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch.

He

revealed

it

to

Enoch.

I’m

digressing

a

little

bit,

so

back

to

Exodus.

39:33

The

holy

anointing

oil

was

an

important

feature

of

the

temple

tradition

that

was

revealed

to

Moses.

And

from

the

passages

I’m

about

to

read,

God

revealed

the

formula

for

the

temple

oil

to

Moses.

The

oil

was

so

holy

that

the

Levitical

priests

were

prohibited

from

using

it

anywhere

outside

of

the

temple.

So

speaking

of

the

anointing

oil,

Exodus

30

verses

31

and

32

read,

and

now

shalt

speak

unto

the

children

of

Israel

saying,

40:01

This

shall

be

a

holy

anointing

oil

unto

me

throughout

your

generations.

Upon

man’s

flesh

shall

it

not

be

poured,

neither

shall

you

make

any

other

like

it

after

the

composition

of

it.

It

is

holy

and

it

shall

be

holy

unto

you.

Whosoever

compoundeth

any

like

it

or

whosoever

putteth

any

of

it

upon

a

stranger

shall

even

be

cut

off

from

his

people.

40:25

So

it’s

clear

in

these

verses

that

the

holy

anointing

oil

was

not

to

be

used

outside

of

the

mosaic

tabernacle

or

temple.

And

there

were

pretty

severe

consequences

for

those

who

tried.

They

were

cut

off

from

the

people.

God

apparently

took

the

use

of

the

holy

oil

that

was

used

in

his

temple

very

seriously.

We

won’t

tell

King

Charles

this,

but

this

confirms

much

of

what

I’ve

argued

to

this

point

in

the

podcast.

The

British

coronation

rights

are

a

remarkable

echo.

40:53

or

is

a

remnant

of

temple

rituals

that

the

ancients

claim

were

revealed

to

them

by

God

in

the

beginning,

the

ancient

tradition.

Verses

22

through

25

give

us

the

formula

that

God

gave

Moses

for

the

anointing

oil,

and

it

reads,

Moreover,

the

Lord

spake

unto

Moses,

saying,

--- page 129 ---

Take

thou

also

into

the

principal

spices

of

pure

myrrh,

five

hundred

shekels,

and

of

sweet

cinnamon,

half

so

much,

even

two

hundred

and

fifty

shekels.

41:20

of

sweet

calumus

250

shekels

and

of

cassia

500

shekels

after

the

shekel

of

the

sanctuary

and

of

oil

of

olive

and

hin

and

thou

shalt

make

it

an

oil

of

holy

ointment

an

ointment

compound

after

the

art

of

the

apothecary

it

shall

be

a

holy

anointing

oil

so

from

the

context

of

these

verses

the

connection

between

the

holy

oil

and

the

temple

tradition

is

clear

41:48

Did

you

catch

the

chief

ingredient

in

the

oil?

Myrrh,

500

shekels

of

myrrh.

In

the

Song

of

Solomon,

chapter

four,

verse

six,

we

read,

until

the

day

breaks

and

the

shadows

flee

away,

I

will

go

my

way

to

the

mountain

of

myrrh.

And

if

you’re

a

regular

listener,

you

know

in

Holy

Writ

that

mountain

is

often

used

as

a

synonym

for

God’s

temple.

So

this

passage

could

just

as

easily

have

read

42:18

the

Temple

of

Myrrh.

The

ancient

mosaic

tabernacle

could

be

understood

as

a

temple

of

Myrrh.

The

profound

symbolism

here

is

worth

pondering.

All

of

this

brings

me

to

a

really

intriguing

story

found

in

a

text

known

as

the

Apocalypse

of

Moses.

The

Apocalypse

of

Moses

is

an

ancient

Jewish

text

and

scholars

believe

that

it

was

written

sometime

during

the

first

century

42:45

It’s

considered

part

of

what’s

referred

to

as

the

Old

Testament

pseudepigrapha,

and

this

refers

to

a

collection

of

Jewish

and

early

Christian

writings

that

were

not

included

in

the

Jewish

or

Christian

biblical

canons.

So

even

though

these

writings

were

not

included

for

various

reasons

in

the

canon

or

considered

authoritative,

they

still

played

a

really

important

role

in

Jewish

and

Christian

thought.

So

for

us,

they’re

particularly

valuable

because

they

contain

many

important

remnants

43:15

the

ancient

tradition.

So

in

this

story,

Adam

and

Eve

are

expelled

from

the

garden

sanctuary

and

sent

into

the

world.

Adam

pauses

just

outside

of

the

garden

and

he’s

standing

opposite

the

cherubim,

the

angels

guarding

the

tree

of

life

or

God.

And

at

this

point

the

text

says

that

--- page 130 ---

Adam

weeps.

He’s

distraught

about

being

expelled

from

God’s

temple,

from

the

presence

of

God.

43:45

Thus

spake

the

Lord

and

ordered

us

to

be

cast

out

of

paradise

But

your

father

Adam

wept

before

the

angels

opposite

paradise

and

the

angels

said

to

him

What

wouldest

thou

have

us

to

do

Adam

and

your

father

sayeth

to

them?

Behold

you

cast

me

out.

I

pray

you

allow

me

to

take

away

fragrant

herbs

from

paradise

So

that

I

may

offer

an

offering

to

God

after

I

have

gone

out

of

paradise

that

ye

hear

me

44:15

And

the

angels

approached

God

and

said,

J.L.,

eternal

king,

command

my

Lord

that

there

be

given

to

Adam

incense

of

sweet

odor

from

paradise

and

seeds

for

his

food.

And

God

bade

Adam

go

in

and

take

sweet

spices

and

fragrant

herbs

from

paradise.

Later

sources

give

a

similar

account

of

Adam

taking

frankincense

and

myrrh

out

of

paradise

with

them.

These

texts

associate

the

paradise

of

Eden

44:45

a

distinct,

beautiful

fragrance,

or

as

referred

to

in

the

Apocalypse

of

Moses,

the

sweet

odor

of

paradise.

And

do

you

recall

what

myrrh

smelled

like?

If

you

don’t,

it

was

a

warm,

earthy,

slightly

sweet

aroma.

The

fragrance

of

paradise

was

really

the

fragrance

of

God’s

garden

sanctuary,

God’s

temple,

the

fragrance

45:15

When

Adam

wept

and

begged

the

angels

to

let

him

take

the

fragrant

herbs

out

of

paradise,

he

was

begging

to

take

the

elements

of

the

temple

with

him,

which

God

allowed

him

to

do.

One

of

the

sweet

odors

of

paradise

is

myrrh.

I

don’t

know

if

the

Garden

of

Eden

sanctuary

literally

smelled

like

myrrh.

This

is

where

I

think

a

lot

of

people

get

hung

up

or

miss

the

point.

Myrrh

is

used

here

symbolically

to

represent

something.

45:44

much,

much

more

profound

than

a

beautiful

fragrance.

In

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition,

the

use

of

myrrh

is

meant

to

conjure

up

in

the

minds

of

Christians

the

blood

sacrifice

of

the

wounded

tree,

the

tree

of

life

in

the

center

of

the

Garden

of

Eden

temple,

the

anointed

one

himself,

Christ.

And

every

time

an

Israelite

smelled

the

sweet

odor

of

paradise,

a

fragrance

that

saturated

every

particle

of

air,

--- page 131 ---

46:12

It

was

meant

to

remind

them

of

the

all-encompassing

love

and

sacrifice

of

the

Tree

of

Life,

Christ.

What’s

truly

remarkable

is

that

all

three

of

the

earliest

civilizations,

Mesopotamians,

Egyptians,

and

the

Israelites,

anointed

their

kings

with

oil,

the

primary

ingredient

of

which

was

myrrh.

What’s

even

more

remarkable

is

that

all

three

civilizations

claimed

the

myrrh

oil

46:41

had

incredible

transformative

powers.

It

had

the

ability

to

exalt

a

humble

prince

into

a

king,

a

glorious

being

who

was

indistinguishable

from

the

gods.

It’s

from

evidence

like

this

that

we’re

compelled

to

consider

the

possibility

that

these

traditions

sprouted

from

a

common

source,

from

a

religious

tradition

revealed

by

God

to

human

beings

in

the

beginning

as

so

many

of

the

ancients.

47:11

claimed.

In

several

places

in

Holy

Writ,

this

fragrant

oil

was

referred

to

as

dew,

the

dew

of

paradise.

If

you

recall,

Enoch

referred

to

it

as

the

quote,

sweet

myrrh

oil,

which

shone

and

was

like

dew.

In

the

Oaths

of

Solomon,

which

is

a

collection

of

hymns

that

were

believed

to

have

been

written

in

the

first

or

second

century

AD,

hymn

number

11

reads,

quote,

My

eyes

were

enlightened.

47:40

and

my

face

received

the

dew

and

my

soul

was

refreshed

with

the

pleasant

fragrance

of

the

Lord.

One

of

the

most

poignant

references

to

the

sacred

dew

comes

from

Psalm

110

known

as

one

of

the

royal

Psalms

of

King

David

and

it

reads,

the

Lord

said

unto

David,

sit

thou

at

my

right

hand

until

I

make

48:09

So

there’s

the

scepter

from

the

tree

of

life.

Of

the

strength

that

of

Zion,

rule

thou

in

the

midst

of

thine

enemies.

Thy

people

shall

be

willing

in

the

day

of

thy

power

in

the

beauties

of

holiness

from

the

womb

of

the

morning.

Thou

hast

the

due

of

thy

youth.

Thou

art

a

priest

forever

after

the

order

of

Melchizedek.

Here

the

due

of

paradise

is

referred

to

as

the

due

of

youth.

48:37

--- page 132 ---

it’s

my

contention

that

the

elixir

of

life

or

the

fountain

of

youth

is

a

mythological

remnant

or

memory

of

the

dew

of

paradise

the

anointing

oil

that

transformed

kings

into

bright

glorious

useful

beings

and

did

you

catch

the

last

part

of

psalm

110

after

the

dew

the

lord

calls

david

a

priest

after

the

order

of

malchizedek

49:03

And

we

haven’t

had

a

chance

to

really

talk

about

Melchizedek

yet,

but

the

name

Melki

means

King

in

Hebrew,

and

the

name

Zedek

should

ring

a

bell.

Do

you

remember

when

we

heard

the

name

Zedek

or

Zadok

in

the

British

coronation

ceremony?

If

not,

I’ll

give

you

a

little

reminder.

After

the

Archbishop

gives

the

prayer

of

anointing,

the

choir

sings

the

anthem,

Zadok

the

priest.

Zadok

was

the

biblical

figure

who

served

during

the

reigns

of

King

David

and

King

Solomon.

49:32

the

High

Priest.

His

name

means

righteousness.

So

for

King

David

to

be

anointed

and

told

he

is

now

a

priest

after

the

order

of

Melchizedek,

God

was

telling

David

that

he

was

not

only

a

priest

but

a

king

of

righteousness.

God

declared

in

that

moment

that

David

was

now

a

sacral

king

and

all

of

that

was

only

possible

because

of

the

sacred

myrrh

oil.

50:02

I

know

I’m

way

over

time

again,

but

I

can’t

leave

without

sharing

one

last

insight.

In

the

New

Testament,

in

John

chapter

12,

we

read

an

account

of

Mary

taking

a

pound

of

ointment

of

spikenard,

very

costly,

and

anointing

Christ

with

it.

Verse

3

says,

quote,

and

the

house

was

filled

with

the

odor

of

the

ointment.

50:30

on

a

pound

of

Spiknard,

which

was

a

Roman

pound,

and

so

it

was

equivalent

to

about

the

size

of

a

can

of

soda.

In

the

John

account,

she

uses

the

entire

bottle

to

anoint

Christ’s

feet.

In

other

accounts,

she

breaks

the

bottle

and

pours

it

on

Jesus’s

head.

Either

way,

Mary

used

an

entire

bottle

of

Spiknard

to

anoint

Christ.

This

would

be

kind

of

like

using

an

entire

bottle

of

perfume

on

one

person

in

one

sitting.

51:00

I’m

sure

that

Lazarus’

home

was

just

saturated

with

the

fragrance.

To

me,

Mary

was

declaring

in

the

best

way

she

knew

how,

that

the

tree,

the

tree

of

life

in

paradise

was

in

her

--- page 133 ---

home.

And

if

others

didn’t

recognize

it,

they

would

now

because

he

was

literally

soaking

in

the

fragrance

of

the

tree

of

paradise.

That

wraps

up

this

edition

of

the

Ancient

Tradition.

51:30

Thank

you

for

joining

me

and

I

hope

in

this

episode

that

you

learned

something

new

and

that

you’ve

been

given

something

to

ponder.

As

always,

I

leave

with

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare,

knowledge

is

the

wing

we’re

with,

we

fly

to

heaven.

I’m

Jack

Logan.

51:49

You’ve

been

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Episode

#9

-

The

Coronation

of

Charles

III

&

Camilla:

The

Green

Eye

of

Horus

https://theancienttradition.com/9-the-coronation-of-charles-iii-camilla-the-green-eye-of-horus/

00:00

Music

00:09

You’re

listening

to

The

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Music

provided

by

Joseph

McDade.

He

is

your

host,

Dr.

Jack

Logan.

00:25

Welcome

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

I’m

your

host,

Jack

Logan.

Glad

to

have

you

with

me

today.

We

have

a

great

program.

This

episode

is

packed

with

stuff

so

much

that

you

may

even

have

to

listen

to

it

twice

to

catch

it

all.

In

this

episode,

we’re

going

to

dive

into

some

of

the

most

profound

theological

tenets

of

the

ancient

tradition.

And

as

you

listen,

I

hope

you’ll

think

not

only

about

the

incredibly

interesting

parallels

we

find

between

the

religious

traditions

that

we’re

going

to

discuss.

--- page 134 ---

00:54

but

I

hope

you’ll

also

think

about

and

ponder

the

profound

spiritual

implications

of

what’s

gonna

be

taught

in

this

episode.

If

the

ancient

tradition

was

indeed

revealed

by

God

to

human

beings

in

the

beginning,

as

the

ancients

claimed,

then

these

are

the

spiritual

truths

that

we

should

all

be

pondering.

So

let’s

jump

in

where

we

left

off

in

the

previous

episode.

In

that

episode,

we

dove

into

the

extremely

ancient

01:22

and

really

highly

symbolic

nature

of

the

mysterious

recipe

used

to

produce

the

anointing

oil.

And

we

established

that

in

the

ancient

world,

the

primary

ingredient

in

the

anointing

oil

was

myrrh,

the

reddish

brown

resin

that

bleeds

from

the

Kamaphora

myrrh

tree.

And

it

means

bitterness.

It

exudes

this

sweet,

earthy

aroma.

Like

we

saw

in

episode

number

six,

where

the

king’s

scepter

01:50

symbolically

represented

a

branch

of

the

tree

of

life.

We

saw

in

the

previous

episode,

episode

number

seven,

that

the

oil

with

which

the

king

was

anointed

symbolically

represented

the

gift

given

by

the

tree

of

life

to

the

king.

The

gift

that

enabled

the

king

to

become

a

king.

You

know,

interestingly,

the

symbolism

expressed

by

Myrrh

is

reinforced

and

strengthened

by

the

02:20

the

anointing

oil.

If

you

go

to

Exodus

chapter

30

verse

24

it

tells

us

that

the

Israelites

were

to

use

olive

oil

and

hin

as

the

base

of

the

anointing

oil

and

that

symbolism

is

pretty

profound.

In

biblical

times

the

people

used

a

large

stone

mill

to

produce

olive

oil.

They’d

place

the

olives

on

a

stone

basin

and

then

they’d

roll

this

huge

stone

wheel

over

them

which

would

crush

the

olives

and

produce

oil.

02:49

So

here,

like

we

saw

with

the

myrrh

oil,

olive

oil

is

the

secretion

of

a

tree.

The

oil

is

the

tree’s

gift.

And

then

similar

to

the

myrrh,

which

bleeds

from

the

myrrh

tree,

olives,

after

having

been

crushed

under

a

great

weight,

secretes

oil.

So

the

two

chief

ingredients

in

the

special

anointing

oil

are

expressing

the

same

theological

idea,

and

they

should

conjure

up

in

the

minds

of

Christians.

03:16

--- page 135 ---

Luke

chapter

22

verse

44,

which

speaks

of

Christ’s

suffering.

And

it

reads,

quote,

and

being

in

agony,

he

prayed

more

earnestly,

and

his

sweat

was

as

it

were

great

drops

of

blood

falling

down

to

the

ground.

And

if

you’re

not

quite

convinced

yet,

we

have

a

couple

more

clues.

The

word

Gethsemane,

the

location

where

Christians

believe

Christ

atoned

for

the

sins

of

the

world

means

the

place

where

oils

03:46

pressed

or

oil

press

and

it’s

widely

believed

that

Christ

atoned

for

the

sins

of

the

world

in

a

sacred

grove

of

olive

trees

and

where

there

was

a

olive

press

and

let’s

not

forget

Enoch

among

others

whom

referred

to

the

oil

as

dew.

Let’s

think

about

this

for

a

minute.

Luke

chapter

22

verse

44

said

quote

his

sweat

was

as

it

were

great

drops

of

blood

04:15

falling

down

to

the

ground.

And

when

I

think

of

blood

falling

to

the

ground,

the

symbolism

of

dew

becomes

pretty

clear.

His

blood,

like

dew,

falls

to

the

ground

like

droplets

of

water,

which

little

by

little

refreshes

and

nourishes

and

revives

the

divine

nature

of

human

beings.

So

just

like

dew,

little

by

little,

refreshes

and

nourishes

and

revives

the

earth.

04:44

And

note

the

symbolism

for

the

anointing

oil

is

dew

and

not

downpour.

It

seems

that

this

dew

symbolized

by

the

anointing

indicates

a

process

of

spiritual

rebirth,

one

that

occurs

precept

upon

precept,

little

by

little,

until

one

acquires

the

divine

nature.

If

you

get

a

chance,

Google

a

couple

images

of

dew.

You’ll

notice

a

couple

of

things.

First,

you’ll

notice

that

the

leaves

or

blades

of

grass

are

covered

in

05:13

hundreds

of

tiny

little

droplets

of

water.

And

second,

you’ll

notice

that

the

leaves

or

blades

of

grass

glisten

as

a

result

of

the

dew.

I

love

it.

The

symbolism

here

is

amazing.

Do

you

recall

what

Enoch

said

of

the

dew?

He

said

in

chapter

22

of

the

book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch,

quote,

the

oil

was

bright

as

the

rays

of

the

sun,

cool

like

dew

and

smelled

like

myrrh.

05:41

I

saw

myself

and

I

saw

I

was

like

one

of

his

glorious

ones,

and

there

was

no

observable

difference.

See,

light

and

glory

was

added

to

Enoch

as

a

result

of

the

anointing

oil,

the

fragrant

dew

of

paradise.

With

the

dew

on

his

person,

Enoch

glistened

and

smelled

like

myrrh.

And

this

process

by

which

the

dew

or

anointing

oil

--- page 136 ---

06:10

or

makes

one

divine

as

the

Assyrian

king

Ashur-Nasir-Paul

II

claimed,

or

makes

one

glorious

as

Enoch

experienced,

will

become

more

clear

towards

the

end

of

today’s

episode.

I

want

to

take

a

moment

here

and

talk

about

how

many

of

the

theological

tenets

that

originated

in

the

ancient

tradition

show

up

in

pop

culture

and

in

other

places

in

much

more

degenerated

and

deteriorated

forms

than

we

see

in

the

British

coronation

ceremony.

06:40

The

British

coronation

ceremony

is

still

really

an

excellent

echo

of

the

original,

but

it

too

is

not

immune

to

degradation.

Over

time,

changes

have

been

made

to

the

British

coronation

ceremony,

which

have

kind

of

chipped

away

and

altered

the

form

it

took

when

Saint

Dunstan

pieced

it

together

from

a

variety

of

sources.

But

it’s

always

been

an

imitation

of

the

original.

It’s

never

been

the

original.

07:08

which

is

really

clearly

illustrated

by

the

fact

that

the

British

coronation

ceremony

has

never

been

performed

in

a

temple.

As

much

as

the

architects

of

Westminster

Abbey

tried

to

pattern

the

abbey

after

a

garden

temple.

This

process

of

degradation

as

Charles

alters

the

vestments

that

he

wears

or

he

makes

other

changes

07:30

those

will

continue

to

move

the

coronation

ceremony

kind

of

farther

and

farther

away

from

the

original

that

was

performed

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

sanctuary.

This

process

of

deterioration

isn’t

surprising,

you

know,

considering

the

ancient

tradition

was

revealed

to

human

beings

thousands

of

years

ago.

So

we’d

expect

to

see

remnants

of

the

original

in

a

somewhat

deteriorated

form

all

over

the

globe,

which

I

argue

that

we

do.

07:59

Deterioration,

however,

isn’t

necessarily

just

the

process

of

time.

Since

we’re

dealing

with

a

religious

tradition,

deterioration

and

degradation

of

the

original

teachings

of

the

ancient

tradition

is

also,

you

know,

probably

the

consequence

of

corruption,

disobedience,

apostasy,

just

like

what

we

saw

during

the

time

of

Noah.

The

inhabitants

of

the

earth

were

so

far

removed

from

the

things

of

God

that

they

were

wiped

from

the

earth.

08:27

--- page 137 ---

And

you

know,

we

can

only

imagine

how

those

people

corrupted

or

degraded

the

sacred

rituals

and

laws

that

God

had

established.

And

we

don’t

have

time

to

get

into

it

in

this

episode,

but

there’s

some

pretty

intriguing

accounts

of

all

places

in

the

Book

of

Enoch

or

One

Enoch,

which

gives

an

account

of

how

individuals

during

the

time

of

Enoch

intentionally

corrupted

the

ancient

tradition.

08:52

In

episode

number

six,

the

king

and

the

tree

of

life,

I

gave

you

an

example

of

the

deteriorated

form

of

the

king’s

scepter.

In

that

episode,

we

established

that

the

king’s

scepter

was

meant

to

be

understood

as

a

symbolic

representation

of

a

branch

or

twig

of

the

tree

of

life.

And

by

holding

the

branch

of

the

tree

of

life

in

his

hand,

the

new

king

was

conveying

to

the

people

over

whom

he

governed

that

he

had

received

the

power

and

authority

to

rule

over

them

from

God,

who

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

account.

09:22

was

symbolically

represented

by

the

Tree

of

Life.

With

a

branch

of

the

Tree

of

Life,

the

scepter

in

his

hand,

the

Righteous

King

could

use

the

power

of

God

to

work

signs

and

miracles.

And

in

that

episode,

I

asserted

that

the

original

doctrine

of

the

King’s

scepter,

a

branch

of

the

Tree

of

Life,

has

over

time

morphed

into

the

wand

that

we

see

used

by

witches,

warlocks,

sorcerers,

magicians,

09:52

wizards

like

Merlin,

as

well

as

the

staff

or

that

walking

stick

that’s

used

by

Gandalf

in

the

Lord

of

the

Rings,

and

the

walking

stick

that’s

used

by

Albus

Dumbledore

in

the

Harry

Potter

series.

And

according

to

Llewellyn’s

2007

magical

almanac,

it

says,

quote,

“‘Wands

are

made

from

a

fallen

tree

branch,

and

finding

such

a

tree

branch

should

be

thought

of

as

a

gift

from

nature.'”

10:22

Magic

wands

and

wizards

staffs

help

to

concentrate

and

direct

one’s

own

personal

power.

They

are

used

to

collect,

store,

direct,

and

finally

release

energy

to

and

from

a

certain

point.

Ancient

healers

would

often

use

a

wand-like

tool

such

as

a

twig

or

small

branch

to

help

them

cast

out

evil

spirits

from

the

bodies

of

their

patients.

So

you

can

see

here

how

this

is

a

clear

10:53

--- page 138 ---

We

have

the

branch

of

a

tree,

the

miraculous

power

of

the

branch

of

the

tree,

yet

unlike

the

king’s

scepter,

which

represents

not

the

king’s

personal

power,

but

the

power

of

God

bestowed

upon

the

king,

the

wizard’s

wand

represents

the

wizard’s

own

personal

power.

God

is

no

longer

part

of

the

picture.

Llewellyn’s

2007

magical

almanac

says

this

of

the

wood

that’s

used

to

make

the

wands

or

staffs.

11:23

The

wood

from

which

a

wander

staff

is

made

represents

the

power

and

energy

associated

with

the

type

of

tree

from

which

they

are

created.

And

then

the

author

goes

on

and

gives

all

the

special

properties

of

different

types

of

trees,

the

almond,

ash,

cedar,

elder

and

oak

trees.

In

every

case,

the

true

wand

or

the

wand

with

true

power

was

inextricably

tied

to

the

wood

or

the

branch

of

a

tree.

11:52

Very

few

people

recognize

that

the

wands

and

staffs

that

are

written

into

novels

and

wielded

on

the

big

screen

are

serious

degenerations

of

the

power

of

the

tree

of

life.

The

Judeo-Christian

Christ.

Individuals

who

believe

that

wands

and

staffs

have

real

power

should

probably

do

a

little

more

research

because

what

they’ll

find

out

is

that

they

are

a

degenerate

form

of

the

original.

They

are

mythical

theatrical

props.

12:21

completely

devoid

of

any

true

power.

They’re

a

poor,

usurped

imitation

of

the

original.

Not

that

they

can’t

be

fun

and

entertaining,

but

if

you

believe

they

have

true

power,

then

you

haven’t

done

your

homework.

All

right,

along

these

same

lines,

another

example

of

the

degeneration

of

a

theological

tenant

taught

by

the

ancient

tradition

is

the

formula

used

for

the

anointing

oil.

12:48

And

while

I

tell

you

about

this,

see

if

you

can’t

think

of

a

way

in

which

the

concept

of

the

anointing

oil

has

degenerated

into

something

that

we

also

see

in

novels

and

on

the

big

screen.

From

my

research

into

the

earliest

religious

writings

on

record,

like

the

ancient

Egyptian

pyramid

texts

and

the

cuneiform

writings

of

Mesopotamia,

the

anointing

oil

is

the

first

religious

concoction

that

I’ve

come

across.

13:14

--- page 139 ---

And

I

mentioned

in

the

previous

episode,

the

exact

recipe

for

the

special

anointing

oil

is

never

disclosed

because

it

was

considered

to

be

sacred.

Ingredients

included

in

the

oil

are

included

here

and

there,

but

the

exact

recipe

for

the

anointing

oil

is

never

disclosed.

Ancient

texts

mentioned

pine,

cedar,

myrrh

in

ancient

Egypt.

They

mentioned

cypress,

cedar,

juniper,

and

myrrh

in

Mesopotamia.

Cinnamon,

calamus,

cassia,

and

myrrh

among

the

Israelites.

13:44

And

I

wonder,

and

I

don’t

have

any

specific

evidence

for

this

assertion,

other

than

a

number

of

intriguing

and

completely

congruent

parallels,

if

this

special

recipe,

this

special

concoction,

which

according

to

Exodus

chapter

30

verse

25,

was

to

be

a

quote,

compound

after

the

art

of

the

apothecary,

was

the

original

source

for

what

would

become

the

magical

potion

or

the

witch’s

brew.

14:13

It

seems

perfectly

plausible

that

the

notion

that

one

could

take

various

ingredients

from

plants

and

trees

and

perfumes,

brew

them

together

to

obtain

magical

properties

could

be

the

degenerated

outgrowth

of

the

sacred

blending

of

the

beautiful,

fragrant

dew

of

paradise,

the

anointing

oil.

If

you’re

familiar

with

witches,

if

even

just

from

the

Halloween

festivities,

then

you

know

that

witches

use

the

branch

of

a

tree,

their

broomstick,

14:42

their

magical

brew,

which

to

me

of

course

is

very

fascinating.

According

to

a

15th

century

text

written

by

a

gentleman

by

the

name

of

Jordanes

de

Bergamo,

a

theologian

who

wrote

about

the

beliefs

of

early

pagans,

gives

us

this

really

interesting

tidbit

about

witches

and

their

brew.

This

is

what

he

says,

quote,

the

vulgar

believe

and

the

witches

confess

that

on

certain

days

or

nights

they

anoint

a

staff

15:10

ride

on

it

to

the

appointed

place

or

anoint

themselves

under

the

arms.”

Okay,

this

is

really

intriguing

because

it

tells

us

that

witches

took

their

special

staff,

which

we

refer

to

today

as

a

broomstick.

They

anointed

it

with

a

specially

blended

concoction.

The

witches

brew

or

ointment

and

then

they

anoint

the

broomstick

and

themselves.

And

this

gives

them

the

ability

to

ascend

to

the

15:40

--- page 140 ---

to

fly

up,

which

we

characterize

today

as

the

witch

flying

on

her

broomstick

to

the

top

of

a

chimney.

And

don’t

forget

that

the

wicked

witch

is

always

portrayed

as

green.

And

keep

all

those

things

in

mind

because

they’ll

become

even

more

relevant

as

we

continue

through

today’s

episode.

But

don’t

forget

what

I’m

arguing

here,

that

the

green

witch

along

with

her

magically

brewed

ointment

and

her

broomstick

made

from

the

branch

of

a

tree

are

degraded.

16:10

degenerate

counterfeits

of

what

was

originally

a

profound,

supernally

sacred

anointing

ritual

that

God

revealed

to

human

beings

in

the

Garden

Sanctuary.

So

in

this

slide,

those

who

believe

that

the

magical

properties

of

potions

or

witch’s

brew

are

in

the

same

category

as

those

who

believe

in

the

power

of

wands.

The

witch’s

brew

is

a

very,

very

poor

imitation

of

the

original.

The

oil

that…

16:38

may

or

may

not

have

had

special

properties,

but

it

was

most

definitely

meant

to

be

understood

symbolically.

The

ancients

taught

within

the

ancient

tradition

that

the

anointing

oil,

like

Dew,

had

the

ability

to

transform

a

human

being,

precept

upon

precept,

into

a

glorious,

joyful,

useful

being

who

became

like

the

divine

and

obtained

eternal

life.

And

that’s

powerful.

17:07

So

were

you

able

to

think

of

a

way

that

this

concept

has

degenerated

into

something

that

we

also

see

in

novels

and

on

the

big

screen?

Well,

it’s

a

big

one.

You’d

know

it

as

the

elixir

of

life

or

the

fountain

of

youth

or

in

alchemical

terms,

the

philosopher’s

stone.

So

this

notion

that

there’s

a

special

elixir,

the

notion

that

there’s

a

special

elixir

secreted

away

somewhere.

17:36

which

if

someone

drinks

it

grants

one

eternal

life

or

eternal

youth

seems

to

be

a

pretty

potent

echo

of

the

properties

that

are

associated

with

the

anointing

oil,

the

oil

secreted

by

the

tree

of

life.

If

we

look

at

the

Vedic

tradition,

the

fabled

elixir

of

life

was

known

as

the

soma.

And

this

soma

was

believed

to

have

really

powerful

transformative

effects

on

whoever

consumed

it.

The

divine

plant,

18:05

--- page 141 ---

a

tree

perhaps,

used

in

the

drink

was

believed

to

grow,

you

guessed

it,

in

the

mountains.

And

what

have

you

learned

about

mountains?

Temples

believed

to

be

found

in

the

temple

and

they

believed

it

could

only

be

harvested

by

priests,

which

is

very

interesting.

The

effects

of

the

summer

described

as

both

physical

and

spiritual.

It

gave

the

one

who

consumed

it

increased

strength

and

heightened

awareness.

18:35

and

a

feeling

of

union

with

the

divine.

So

it’s

clear

here

that

the

asoma

is

an

echo

of

the

original

anointing

oil.

If

we

look

at

the

Rigveda,

one

of

the

four

canonical

Hindu

texts,

it

says

this,

quote,

“‘We

have

drunk

the

asoma,

we

have

become

immortal,

we

have

gone

to

the

light,

we

have

found

the

gods.'”

In

ancient

Chinese

mythology,

several

emperors

went

to

great

lengths

19:04

and

find

this

fabled

elixir.

And

during

the

Qin

dynasty

one

of

the

myths

tells

us

how

the

Chinese

Emperor

sent

a

Taoist

alchemist

along

with

a

thousand

men

and

women

to

the

famous

Penglai

mountain.

Yes

we’re

back

to

a

mountain

named

the

Penglai

immortal

to

find

the

elixir.

And

according

to

this

famous

legend

immortals

were

believed

to

live

in

a

palace

there

on

the

mount

called

the

19:32

And

everything

there

was

believed

to

be

pure

white.

The

palace

was

made

of

gold

and

silver.

Jewels

grew

on

the

trees.

And

for

our

regular

listeners,

this

should

be

starting

to

sound

familiar.

A

mountain,

a

palace,

jeweled

trees,

and

immortality.

Unfortunately,

but

no

surprise,

the

Taoist

alchemist,

along

with

his

thousand

scouts,

were

unable

to

find

the

fabled

elixir.

20:01

So

many

ancient

myths

and

so

much

popular

literature

like

comic

books

and

novels

and

movies

are

remnants

of

the

ancient

tradition.

Some

are

much

closer

to

the

original

than

others.

And

as

the

occasions

arise,

I’ll

continue

to

point

these

out.

But

I

hope

you’re

beginning

to

see

how

the

ancient

tradition

continues

to

powerfully

ripple

through

the

21st

century,

which

I

think

speaks

to

the

power

of

the

original

tradition.

So

let’s

jump

back

to

the

coronation.

20:30

--- page 142 ---

From

the

scepter

in

the

myrrh

oil,

it

seems

pretty

clear

here

that

with

a

little

study,

Christians

were

to

make

the

connection

between

Christ,

the

anointed

one,

and

the

tree,

the

tree

of

life,

the

suffering

of

the

tree,

the

resin

of

myrrh,

and

the

gift

the

suffering

tree

granted

the

king,

and

the

possibility

of

taking

on

the

divine

nature

and

obtaining

eternal

life.

And

by

now

you’re

probably

picking

up

on

a

pattern.

21:00

So

everything

in

the

coronation

ceremony

of

kings

is

directly

connected

to

the

tree

of

life.

And

this

is

not

just

in

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition

because

we

can

see

this

in

Egypt,

Mesopotamia

and

among

the

Maya.

And

if

you

could

see

the

connection

between

kingship

and

the

tree

of

life,

then

you’re

starting

to

catch

on

that

symbolism

is

the

language

of

the

ancient

tradition.

And

you

should

also

be

seeing

the

theology

of

the

ancient

tradition

beginning

to

take

shape.

21:29

kings

in

the

ancient

world

were

not

secular

kings.

Kingship

was

not

an

isolated

civil

role.

Kingship

was

intricately

connected

to

and

played

a

central

role

in

the

theology

revealed

to

the

first

man

Adam

in

the

garden

sanctuary.

The

sophisticated,

rich,

profound

depth

of

this

theology

speaks

to

me

of

a

divine

origin.

So

let’s

take

a

look

at

the

sacred

anointing

right,

the

right

itself.

21:58

I

learned

a

couple

days

ago

that

Charles,

like

his

mother

Queen

Elizabeth,

will

not

allow

the

anointing

rite

to

be

televised.

I

was

really

glad

to

hear

this

because

had

he

allowed

it

to

be

televised,

it

would

have

served

as

yet

another

example

of

the

degeneration

of

the

original

rite,

which

was

originally

performed

outside

of

public

view

in

the

Holy

of

Holies.

So

on

May

6th,

the

Archbishop

of

Canterbury

22:25

He’ll

dip

two

fingers

into

the

specially

formulated

oil

that

the

Dean

of

Westminster

pours

on

a

silver

spoon

and

he’ll

anoint

Charles

the

Third

in

the

form

of

a

cross

on

his

hands,

head,

and

heart.

And

this

is

known

as

the

act

of

consecration.

This

rite

is

incredibly

ancient.

It’s

a

rite

that

we

can

trace

back

to

the

dawn

of

time.

22:51

--- page 143 ---

So

you

guessed

it,

we’re

gonna

head

right

back

to

the

sands

of

Egypt,

to

the

pyramid

of

King

Unus,

the

last

king

of

the

fifth

dynasty,

and

take

a

look

at

a

funerary

rite

that’s

mentioned

in

the

pyramid

text,

known

as

the

opening

of

the

mouth

ritual.

The

ancient

Egyptians

believed

that

the

mouth

was

the

conduit

for

breath,

and

that

it

was

necessary

for

the

deceased

person

to

have

their

mouth

opened

in

order

that

they

could

receive

breath.

So

take

a

moment

here.

23:21

taking

a

deep

breath.

Did

you

notice

when

you

did

this

that

you

naturally

opened

your

mouth

to

take

in

the

air?

Among

the

ancient

Egyptians

the

act

of

opening

the

mouth

was

seen

as

a

means

of

reviving

the

deceased

king

and

restoring

his

senses

so

he

had

the

ability

to

fully

participate

in

the

afterlife.

So

keep

this

in

mind

because

it

is

the

key

to

the

anointing

ritual.

23:49

In

the

physical

world,

we

know

that

without

the

breath

of

life,

we

die.

No

aspect

of

our

physical

body,

our

eyes,

our

ears,

our

nose,

our

limbs,

or

our

heart,

can

function

without

breath.

So

among

the

ancient

Egyptians,

the

entire

purpose

of

the

opening

of

the

mouth

ritual

was

to

restore

the

breath,

to

restore

the

vital

force

necessary

for

life.

And

it’s

easy

to

see

the

connection

between

breath

and

the

life

of

the

physical

body.

24:19

But

keep

in

mind

that

the

ancient

Egyptians,

as

well

as

the

Mesopotamians

and

Israelites,

had

a

lot

more

in

mind

by

way

of

this

rite

than

just

restoring

and

revitalizing

the

physical

body.

This

rite,

in

large

measure,

is

meant

to

be

understood

as

restoring

and

revitalizing

the

king’s

awk.

The

ancient

Egyptians

believed

that

in

order

for

the

king

to

live

and

mingle

with

the

gods

in

the

afterlife,

he

needed

to

be

awkified.

And

to

be

awkified

meant

that

24:48

an

aspect

of

the

king’s

soul

had

to

be

transformed,

a

transformation

that

was

identified

with

taking

on

light.

The

ancient

Egyptian

concept

of

the

soul

is

quite

complicated

and

I

don’t

have

time

to

get

into

it

all

right

now,

but

suffice

it

to

say

that

occification

was

only

available

to

those

who

lived

a

life

according

to

the

strictures

of

Maat,

the

ancient

Egyptian

concept

of

justice,

truth,

and

righteousness.

25:15

--- page 144 ---

And

by

way

of

the

occification,

the

king

became

an

enlightened

spirit.

So

let’s

jump

into

the

ritual.

In

ancient

Egypt,

a

sem

priest

would

use

a

special

instrument

known

as

the

ADZE,

ADIZ,

to

prop

open

the

mouth.

And

after

that,

the

priest

would

anoint

several

parts

of

the

dead

king’s

body

with

oil.

Alexander

Moray,

a

French

Egyptologist,

says

this

of

the

ritual.

25:45

quote,

one

was

anointed

on

the

mouth,

eyes,

ears,

and

different

parts

of

the

reconstituted

body.

Thus

the

mouth,

eyes

and

ears

can

breathe,

speak

and

eat,

see

and

hear,

the

arms

can

act

and

the

legs

can

walk.

The

anointing

reconstituted

the

body

and

it

prepared

it

for

the

afterlife

in

the

realm

of

the

gods.

So

in

this

light,

the

anointing

was

understood

as

a

rebirth

26:14

be

that

physical

or

spiritual.

And

if

you

ponder

that

in

terms

of

the

symbolic

meaning

of

the

anointing

oil,

the

myrrh

and

pressed

olives,

then

you

have

a

whole

lot

to

really

ponder.

This

gets

even

more

interesting

when

we

read

a

pyramid

text

incised

in

the

tomb

of

Petrus

Cyrus,

a

high

priest

of

Thoth

who

served

during

the

fourth

century

BC.

And

it

reads,

quote,

the

perfume,

the

perfume

opens

thy

mouth.

26:43

It

is

the

saliva

of

Horus,

the

perfume.

Here,

the

anointing

oil

is

compared

to

saliva

or

spit,

and

not

just

any

saliva.

The

king

is

anointed

with

the

saliva

of

Horus,

the

god

Horus.

All

right,

so

are

you

starting

to

see

some

striking

parallels

here

with

the

myrrh

oil?

I

don’t

wanna

point

them

all

out

for

you

because

I’m

hoping

you’ll

start

to

cultivate

the

ability

to

see

them

on

your

own

because

they

are

remarkable.

27:13

And

why

saliva?

This,

like

everything

we

see

in

the

ancient

tradition

is

probably

meant

to

be

understood

symbolically.

See,

saliva

contains

naturally

healing

properties.

If

we

go

to

the

National

Institute

of

Health,

it

says

this

of

saliva.

Saliva

creates

a

humid

environment,

thus

improving

the

survival

and

functioning

of

inflammatory

cells

that

are

crucial

for

wound

healing.

And

from

this

it’s

clear,

27:40

that

we

are

to

understand

the

God

Horus’

saliva.

The

anointing

oil

is

a

healing

balm.

The

oil

of

the

God

has

the

ability

to

heal,

to

restore

not

only

the

physical

body,

but

also

to

heal,

to

restore,

to

revitalize,

to

aquify

the

spirit,

to

induce

spiritual

rebirth.

To

the

point,

as

Enoch

--- page 145 ---

says

in

the

Book

of

the

Holy

Secrets

of

Enoch,

that

there

is

no

distinguishable

difference

between

oneself.

28:09

and

the

gods.

We

noted

this

in

the

previous

episode

when

we

saw

that

the

oil

had

the

ability

to

occupy

an

Egyptian

king.

In

pyramid

text

77

we

read,

and

this

is

referring

to

the

anointing

oil,

quote,

you

shall

occupy

him

wearing

you.

And

like

I

mentioned,

to

be

occupied

meant

that

the

king’s

essence

had

taken

on

a

higher

nature,

a

divine

nature

like

the

gods.

To

be

occupied

meant

that

one

had

become

complete.

28:38

And

in

today’s

vernacular,

we

might

just

use

the

word

perfect.

We

see

mention

of

this

in

Pyramid

Text

215,

where

the

text

compares

individual

parts

of

the

dead

king’s

body

to

the

parts

of

the

bodies

of

those

kings

who

have

gone

on

to

be

occupied

and

have

taken

on

a

higher

nature

and

have

become

full

of

light,

bright

like

an

imperishable

star,

which

is

the

Egyptian

synonym

for

deification.

And

it

reads,

quote,

29:07

You

are

distinguished,

they

said,

in

your

identity

of

a

god.

You

become

completed

as

every

god,

your

head

as

Horus

of

the

Duat,

an

imperishable

star,

your

face

as

eyes

forward,

an

imperishable

star,

your

ears,

a

tomb’s

twins,

an

imperishable

star,

your

eyes,

a

tomb’s

twins,

an

imperishable

star,

your

nose

as

the

jackal,

an

imperishable

star,

your

teeth.

29:36

Saptu,

an

imperishable

star,

your

arms,

hoppy

and

duatmeteth.

Whenever

you

demand

to

go

up

to

the

sky,

you

go

up.

Your

legs,

Imseedi.

Whenever

you

demand

to

go

down

to

the

under

sky,

you

go

down.

Your

limbs,

atums,

twins,

an

imperishable

star.

You

do

not

perish.

So

from

these

passages

you

can

see

like

the

British

anointing

ritual.

30:00

the

Egyptian

Sempriest

anointed

several

parts

of

the

dead

king’s

body

and

that

that

anointing

was

meant

to

bring

about

spiritual

and

physical

rebirth,

eternal

life.

As

a

result

of

that

anointing,

the

dead

king

would

go

on

to

live

in

the

afterlife

as

a

glorious

radiant

being

like

that

of

an

imperishable

star.

So

to

understand

this

right,

we

have

to

examine

one

of

the

most

important

myths

in

ancient

--- page 146 ---

30:29

battle

between

Set,

who

was

the

god

of

chaos,

and

Horus,

the

god

of

kingship,

healing,

protection,

and

heaven.

As

a

quick

aside,

you

should

start

keeping

tabs

of

how

many

of

the

world’s

myths

are

about

kings

and

royalty,

because

this

is

not

by

chance.

So

according

to

this

myth,

we

have

a

conflict

between

Set

and

Horus.

And

this

is

referenced

in

the

pyramid

text.

30:58

over

who

should

be

the

successor

to

the

throne

of

Osiris.

Note

how

this

myth

is

a

battle

over

kingship.

Throughout

the

story,

Set

challenges

Horus

to

a

series

of

contests

to

see

who

should

win

the

kingship.

In

each

of

these

contests,

Horus

successfully

beats

Set.

And

after

suffering

so

many

losses,

Set

engages

Horus

in

this

fierce

battle

during

which

Set

gouges

out

one

of

Horus’

eyes.

31:27

And

then

in

retaliation,

Horus

castrates

set.

This

injured

or

lost

eye

of

Horus

is

extremely

important

in

the

ancient

Egyptian

religion.

It’s

mentioned

in

about

a

quarter

of

the

ancient

Egyptian

pyramid

texts.

And

like

so

much

of

what

we’ve

seen

in

the

ancient

tradition

so

far,

the

eye

of

Horus

is

symbolic.

And

so

we

should

understand

it

in

that

light.

Although

there’s

a

lot

of

things

that

we

could

really

glean

from

the

symbolism

of

the

eye.

31:55

There

are

some

particularly

interesting

aspects

of

the

Eye

of

Horus

that

directly

relate

to

the

anointing

ritual.

And

that’s

what

we’re

gonna

focus

on

here.

But

know

that

like

all

symbols,

this

Eye

of

Horus

is

not

limited

to

one

interpretation.

Symbols

by

nature

are

meant

to

lend

themselves

to

multiple

layers

of

meaning.

32:16

So

to

explain

how

the

eye

is

connected

to

the

anointing

ritual,

I

need

you

to

envision

the

symbol

of

the

eye

of

Horus

as

it’s

depicted

in

the

Egyptian

hieroglyphs

and

it’s

depicted

as

the

left

eye.

The

Egyptians

divided

the

eye

into

six

parts.

You

have

the

eyebrow,

which

is

depicted

as

a

curved

line

above

the

eye.

Then

you

have

the

inner

corner

of

the

eye,

which

includes

part

of

the

eyelids.

You

have

the

outer

corner

of

the

eye,

which

includes

the

eyelids.

You

got

a

solid

black

pupil.

32:45

--- page 147 ---

Then

you

have

this

cheek

mark,

which

was

somewhat

of

a

vertical

line

that

extended

below

the

pupil

to

the

cheek.

And

this

mark

was

found

on

Falcons.

So

this

was

a

way

to

tie

the

eye

directly

to

the

Falcon

God

Horus.

And

then

last,

number

six,

you

have

a

curling

line

that

extended

from

the

pupil

to

the

outer

cheek

and

then

it

was

capped

with

a

solid

dot.

In

the

myth,

this

eye

is

destroyed

by

Set,

who

is

known

as

the

God

of

Storms.

33:13

or

disorder

and

violence.

Some

of

the

texts

refer

to

him

as

the

quote

evil

one.

In

ancient

Egyptian

myths,

he’s

portrayed

as

the

usurper,

the

one

who

wants

to

usurp

the

crown.

In

the

well-known

myth

of

King

Osiris,

a

jealous

Set

murders

Osiris

and

then

tears

his

body

into

a

bunch

of

pieces.

After

his

victory,

Set

mounts

the

usurped

throne.

33:39

and

he

reigns

as

the

new

king

of

the

Four

Corners.

But

his

reign

is

short-lived

because

Osiris’s

wife,

Queen

Isis,

gives

birth

to

a

royal

son,

Horus.

Set

must

now

contend

with

the

legitimate

heir

to

the

throne.

And

this

is

what

leads

Set

to

challenge

Horus

to

all

of

those

contests,

all

the

contests

that

Horus

wins.

So

he’s

furious

at

his

loss,

so

Set

gouges

out

the

eye

of

Horus.

34:09

And

now,

as

I

mentioned

a

couple

of

minutes

ago,

this

myth

could

be

interpreted

primarily

as

a

physical

battle.

Horace

needs

a

physical

repair

to

his

eye.

And

don’t

get

me

wrong,

this

is

probably

one

of

the

intended

meanings

of

the

myth,

the

power

of

God

to

heal

the

physical

body

and

to

resurrect

the

dead

to

a

perfect

incorruptible

body.

There

are

plenty

of

those

possibilities

here.

But

don’t

miss

the

greater

symbolism

of

this

myth

as

a

spiritual

battle.

34:39

between

Set

and

Horus.

This

is

a

battle

between

Horus,

the

rightful

king

who

emulates

Maat,

justice,

truth

and

righteousness,

and

Set,

the

one

who

is

the

antithesis

of

Maat,

the

one

who

personifies

injustice,

lies

and

unrighteousness.

In

order

for

Horus

to

reign

as

the

rightful

king

of

the

four

corners,

first,

his

spiritual

injuries.

35:04

all

of

the

injustice,

untruth,

and

unrighteousness

within

him

that

was

caused

by

this

battle

with

Set

must

be

abolished

from

him.

Otherwise,

he’s

an

unfit

king,

and

his

reign

will

only

lead

to

desolation,

and

destruction,

and

suffering

in

his

kingdom.

So

at

this

point,

what

does

--- page 148 ---

Horace

do?

With

this

injured

eye,

he’s

unfit

to

reign.

He’s

a

man

marked

by

spiritual

wounds.

35:32

Today’s

vernacular

we

might

call

those

spiritual

wounds

sins.

The

ancient

Egyptians

didn’t

use

the

word

sin,

but

they

did

have

what

is

referred

to

as

the

negative

confession,

which

was

essentially

the

same

idea

where

they

had

to

declare

that

they

lived

according

to

the

laws

of

Maat,

justice,

truth,

and

righteousness.

So

back

to

my

original

question,

how

does

Horus

obtain

healing

36:02

until

his

eye

is

healed.

Well,

for

this,

Horus

turns

to

Thoth.

Do

you

remember

who

Thoth

was?

If

you

don’t,

you

might

wanna

go

back

and

review

and

listen

to

episode

number

three,

where

we

talked

a

bit

about

who

he

is

and

his

association

with

the

ancient

tradition.

And

if

you

prefer

to

watch

episode

number

three,

rather

than

listen

to

it,

you

can

do

that

too.

Just

search

for

the

ancient

tradition

on

YouTube

and

search

for

episode

number

three.

The

video

has

a

lot

of

pictures

and

illustrations

that…

36:31

you

might

find

helpful.

Thoth

is

one

of

the

most

important

and

oldest

Egyptian

deities

in

the

ancient

Egyptian

pantheon.

In

all

of

the

texts,

Thoth

is

closely

associated

with

the

creator

god,

Ray.

He’s

a

friend

and

a

scribe

of

Ray.

And

as

such,

Thoth

writes

the

words

of

Ray

into

books

and

then

he

gives

those

books

to

the

king

and

the

king’s

priest

so

that

they

know

how

to

properly

perform

the

rites

within

the

Egyptian

temple.

36:58

Among

many

of

the

inscriptions

we

find,

Thoth

is

referred

to

as,

quote,

the

scribe

of

the

divine

book,

the

president

of

the

house

of

the

books,

the

lord

of

the

sacred

ceremonial.

Patrick

Bolan,

who

wrote

one

of

the

principal

books

on

Thoth,

says

this,

quote,

Thoth’s

epitaph,

Lord

of

the

Divine

Words,

implies

his

lordship

over

the

formulae

or

ritual

and

cult.

37:24

To

Thoth

was

assigned

the

duty

of

superintending

the

celebration

of

ritual

ceremonial.

There

is

abundant

evidence

in

the

text

that

to

Thoth

was

assigned

the

authorship

of

the

forms

of

cult.

From

this

we

can

deduce

that

the

creator

God

Ray

revealed

to

Thoth

a

temple

--- page 149 ---

tradition,

which

Thoth

then

wrote

down

in

book

form

and

gave

to

the

ancient

Egyptians.

So

as

the

messenger

of

Ray,

Thoth

was

viewed

as

the

37:53

principal

author

of

the

ancient

Egyptian

temple

tradition

and

all

of

the

rites

that

were

performed

there

Including

this

right

the

opening

of

the

mouth

We

learn

in

several

ancient

Egyptian

texts

that

Thoth

uses

a

special

temple

right

which

we

deduce

is

the

opening

of

the

mouth

ritual

to

heal

Horus’s

injured

eye

TCJ

Bali

in

the

Journal

of

Egyptian

Archaeology

quotes

Alexander

Murray

a

prominent

Egyptologist

38:21

who

argued

that

the

opening

of

the

mouth

represents

the

search

for

and

recovery

of

the

lost

Horus

eye.

Here,

Moray

establishes

a

direct

connection

between

the

opening

of

the

mouth

ceremony

and

the

recovery

or

restoration

of

the

eye.

Horus’s

injured

eye

is

healed

by

way

of

the

opening

of

the

mouth

anointing

performed

by

Thoth.

38:45

So

the

connection

here

between

the

anointing

and

the

healing

of

the

eye

is

clear

in

the

Egyptian

record.

And

here’s

a

few

examples.

The

Book

of

the

Dead,

chapter

17,

which

is

dated

to

around

1550

BC,

tells

how

Thoth

healed

the

injured

eye

of

Horus

by

spitting

on

it.

It

reads,

and

this

comes

from

the

Carol

Andrews

in

Raymond

Faulkner

translation,

quote.

39:10

I

restored

the

sacred

eye

after

it

had

been

injured

on

that

day

when

the

rivals

fought.

What

does

it

mean?

It

means

the

day

when

Horus

fought

was

set,

when

he

inflicted

injury

on

Horus’s

face.

It

was

Thoth

who

did

this

with

his

fingers.

It

was

Thoth

who

lifted

up

the

hair

from

it

when

he

fetched

it

in

a

good

condition

without

its

having

suffered

any

harm.

Otherwise

said,

it

means

that

his

eye

was

sick

when

it

wept

a

second

time.

39:39

and

then

Thoth

spat

on

it.

Spit,

like

the

word

do

among

the

Israelites,

is

used

interchangeably

here

for

the

anointing

oil.

Spit,

or

the

saliva

of

Horus,

as

we

mentioned

earlier,

was

supposed

to

conjure

up

in

the

minds

of

ancient

Egyptians

the

healing

properties

of

the

anointing

oil.

And

we

find

this

amazing

pyramid

text

on

the

walls

of

King

Pepe

II’s

pyramid.

--- page 150 ---

40:09

Pyramid

Text

637

makes

the

connection

between

the

injured

eye,

the

anointing

oil,

the

sweet

scent

of

the

oil,

the

healing

properties

of

the

oil,

and

the

occification

of

the

king

really

explicit.

But

it

also

mentions

one

more

vitally

important

element

of

this

process.

After

the

king’s

fully

healed

with

the

sweet

scent

of

the

anointing

oil,

he’s

then

told

that

he

is

qualified

to

wear…

40:39

the

crown

of

a

king.

He

is

now

a

true

king.

So

listen

closely,

this

is

what

it

says.

I

have

come

to

you

too,

that

I

might

fill

you

with

the

oil

that

comes

from

Horus’s

eye.

I

fill

you

with

it

so

that

it

will

tie

together

your

bones,

join

together

your

limbs

for

you,

and

collect

your

flesh

for

you,

and

release

your

bad

sweat.

When

you

have

received

its

scent,

41:08

upon

you,

your

scent

will

be

sweet

like

the

sun

when

it

comes

from

the

Ahch-Het,

and

the

Ahch-Het

gods

are

agreeable

toward

him.

Ho,

Pepe

Neferkari,

the

scent

of

Horus’s

eye

is

on

you,

and

the

gods

who

follow

Osiris

are

agreeable

toward

you.

Acquire

their

crown,

equipped

with

the

form

of

Osiris,

and

you

will

become

thereby

more

Ahch

than

the

Ox.

41:37

by

command

of

Horus

himself,

Lord

of

the

elite.”

Did

you

notice

that

the

crown

that

Pepe

is

told

to

acquire

isn’t

just

any

crown?

It’s

not

really

even

Pepe’s

crown.

The

crown

that

the

new

occupied

king

is

now

worthy

or

fully

qualified

to

wear

is

the

crown

in

the

form

of

Osiris.

Now

at

this

point

I

can

say

a

lot

about

the

parallels

here

between

the

crown

of

Osiris

and

the

crown

of

the

Christian

Christ.

42:06

but

that

would

take

us

too

far

from

the

main

objective

of

this

episode.

But

we’ll

come

back

to

it

in

a

couple

of

weeks

when

we

cover

the

actual

coronation

or

crowning

of

King

Charles.

There’s

also

a

lot

more

to

the

Eye

of

Horus

that

I

could

ever

cover

in

this

episode

and

a

lot

of

it’s

pretty

amazing

stuff,

especially

the

protective

properties

of

the

anointing,

but

we’ll

save

that

for

down

the

line

too.

There

are

however,

a

couple

more

aspects

of

the

Eye

of

Horus

that

I

want

to

mention.

First,

from

the

pyramid

texts.

42:35

--- page 151 ---

coffin

lids

and

a

number

of

hieroglyphic

inscriptions.

We

can

see

that

the

ancient

Egyptians

often

lined

the

eye

of

Horus

in

green

paint.

Pyramid

Text

79

says,

Osiris

Unus,

Horus’s

eye

has

been

painted

sound

on

your

face,

a

bag

of

green

paint,

a

bag

of

black

eye

paint.

43:04

green

eye.

They

used

the

color

green

because

it

symbolized

the

flowering

of

life,

vegetation,

fertility,

and

rebirth,

all

of

which

were

the

fruits

of

the

anointing

oil.

So

with

a

whole

complete

ochified

king,

the

kingdom

could

now

flourish.

And

to

make

this

green

paint,

the

ancients

would

grind

malachite,

which

was

a

copper

carbonate

mineral.

43:31

they

grind

it

into

a

powder

and

they

mix

it

with

a

binder

like

an

egg.

And

I

mentioned

this

because

Thoth,

the

lord

of

the

sacred

ceremonial

and

he

who

makes

full

the

eye,

he’s

often

depicted

with

a

satchel

of

malachite

on

his

person.

Pyramid

text

591

says

quote,

Thoth

has

arrayed

himself

with

his

malachite

sporen

that

strides

over

his

land

in

reconciliation.

44:00

If

you

don’t

know

what

a

sporn

is,

a

sporn

is

kind

of

like

the

leather

pouches

that

Scots

wear

with

their

kilts.

The

pouch

of

Malachite

symbolizes

that

Thoth,

in

particular

the

temple

tradition

he

authored,

was

to

be

understood

as

the

source

of

the

healing

power,

the

anointing

oil.

There’s

a

lot

here

to

think

about,

especially

as

you

reflect

on

this

symbolic

nature

of

the

anointing

oil

as

we

44:29

And

the

most

mind

blowing

is

that

the

ancient

Egyptians

associated

six

parts

of

the

eye

of

Horus,

the

pupil,

eyebrow,

et

cetera,

to

different

sense

organs.

So

the

eyebrow

represented

thought

or

the

ability

to

think.

The

inner

corner

of

the

eye

represented

the

nose,

the

ability

to

smell.

The

outer

corner

of

the

eye

represented

the

ear

or

the

ability

to

hear.

The

pupil

represented

the

eye

or

the

ability

to

see.

44:58

The

cheek

mark

represented

a

finger

or

the

ability

to

touch,

and

the

curling

line

that

extended

from

the

pupil

to

the

outer

cheek

represented

the

tongue

or

the

ability

to

taste.

And

if

you

look

at

a

drawing

of

the

eye

of

Horace,

each

of

these

six

parts

looks

like

the

sense

organ

they

represent.

The

curling

line

looks

like

a

tongue,

and

the

inner

corner

of

the

eye

looks

like

a

nose.

What’s

mind

blowing,

however,

is

if

you…

--- page 152 ---

45:25

superimpose

an

image

of

the

eye

of

Horace

upon

the

center

of

the

brain.

Each

of

the

six

parts

of

the

eye

corresponds,

believe

it

or

not,

to

the

anatomic

location

of

that

particular

human

sensorium.

And

believe

you

me,

I’m

not

making

this

up.

This

is

according

to

a

study

published

by

a

group

of

doctors,

the

primary

author

of

who

works

at

the

Mayo

Clinic.

What

this

means

is

that

when

we

superimpose

the

eye

of

Horace

on

the

brain,

45:55

the

inner

corner

of

the

eye,

the

section

of

the

eye

that

represents

the

nose,

corresponds

exactly

with

the

part

of

the

brain

that

controls

smell.

And

this

is

mind-boggling.

How

do

the

Egyptians

know

which

parts

of

the

brain

controlled

which

senses?

The

authors

conclude

the

study

by

saying

this,

quote,

although

we

recognize

the

liabilities

of

over

interpreting

a

symbolic

masterpiece

like

the

eye

of

Horus,

46:21

we

propose

that

the

anatomical

metaphors

in

the

Eye

of

Horus

are

not

by

coincidence

and

merit

discussion.

In

the

creation

of

the

Eye

of

Horus,

ancient

Egyptians

combined

their

artistic

abilities

and

knowledge

of

anatomy

with

their

deep

belief

in

mythology.

There

is

a

clear

influence

of

their

interpretation

of

human

senses

on

the

size

and

shape

of

the

eye.

This

is

an

amazing

feat

considering

the

unavailability

46:49

of

radiographic

and

computational

technology

in

that

era.

You

know,

if

you’re

interested

in

taking

a

look

at

this

article,

and

I

highly

recommend

you

do,

you

can

find

it

on

our

companion

website,

thea

Just

look

for

the

episode

under

evidence.

I

point

out

the

connection

between

the

Egyptians

stylized

version

of

the

Eye

of

Horus

and

the

sensory

faculties

of

the

human

body

to

point

out

and

emphasize

that

the

Eye

of

Horus

is

meant

to

represent

not

47:19

just

Horus’s

injured

eye.

The

eye

represents

all

of

the

ways

that

set

physically

and

spiritually

injured

the

rightful

king.

So

Horus’s

eye,

which

was

healed

by

Thoth

through

the

opening

of

the

mouth

ceremony,

where

he

anointed

each

of

the

king’s

sensory

organs,

eyes,

ears,

nose,

etc.,

was

meant

to

symbolize

the

full

physical

and

spiritual

47:47

--- page 153 ---

restoration

of

the

king’s

body

and

spirit.

But

how

did

the

anointing

oil

do

that?

In

the

ancient

record,

it’s

a

bit

difficult

to

discern.

We

know

from

the

Egyptian

record

what

the

oil

can

do,

we

just

don’t

necessarily

know

how

the

oil

accomplishes

what

it

does,

but

we

do

have

a

few

clues.

So

for

this

we’re

going

to

turn

to

the

Judeo-Christian

record

and

the

anointing

of

King

David.

48:12

1

Samuel

chapter

16

verse

13

in

the

King

James

version

of

the

Bible

reads,

quote,

then

Samuel

took

the

horn

of

oil

and

anointed

him

in

the

midst

of

his

brethren

and

the

spirit

of

the

Lord

came

upon

David

from

that

day

forward.

So

from

this

passage

it’s

clear

that

the

oil

of

gladness,

the

fragrant

dew

of

paradise,

48:42

for

the

transformative

power

of

the

Spirit

of

God.

When

one’s

anointed,

one

is

gifted

a

greater

portion

of

the

Spirit.

And

like

tiny

droplets

of

dew,

it

has

this

transformative

effect

on

the

one

who

wears

it.

Over

time,

they

take

on

more

and

more

and

more

of

the

divine

nature.

And

there’s

a

lot

to

think

about

there.

49:06

And

now

you

know

why

the

anointing

ritual

is

preceded

in

the

British

coronation

ceremony

by

the

anthem,

Come

Holy

Spirit.

So

did

the

ancient

Egyptians

believe

in

the

Spirit

of

God

in

a

manner

that

was

kind

of

similar

to

the

Israelites?

Well,

I

don’t

know.

It’s

kind

of

difficult

to

know,

but

there

is

some

interesting

interplay

between

the

word

breathe

and

the

word

spirit

in

both

the

English

language

and

the

Hebrew

language.

For

example,

if

you

recall,

49:34

the

opening

of

the

mouth

ceremony.

This

was

all

about

opening

the

mouth

so

the

dead

king

can

breathe.

In

the

English

language

we

call

breath

or

breathing

respiration.

The

root

word

in

respiration

is

spirit

or

to

re-spirit

the

body.

The

ancient

Egyptians

re-spirited

the

body

by

the

opening

of

the

mouth.

Spirit

is

also

the

root

word

of

the

English

word

inspiration.

50:02

inspiration

comes

by

drawing

the

spirit

into

one’s

being,

drawing

the

breath

of

God

into

one’s

being.

In

Hebrew

the

word

ruwa

means

breath,

spirit,

and

wind.

So

they

use

the

same

word

for

both

concepts,

breath

and

spirit.

When

God

breathes

on

something

that

thing

--- page 154 ---

becomes

living

like

we

see

happen

in

Genesis

chapter

2

verse

7

when

God

breathes

into

Adam’s

nostrils

and

he

becomes

a

living

being.

50:33

whether

the

Egyptians

considered

breath

and

the

spirit

to

be

similar

concepts,

I’m

not

sure,

but

we

know

that

in

ancient

Egypt,

the

anointing

during

the

opening

of

the

mouth

ceremony

was

meant

to

ochify

the

king.

And

the

och

was

understood

as

a

part

or

a

component

of

the

Egyptian

concept

of

the

soul.

Amazingly,

in

both

the

ancient

Egyptian

record

and

the

Judeo-Christian

record,

like

in

the

Bible,

one

of

the

chief

purposes

of

the

anointing

ritual

51:01

expressed

in

a

similar

manner.

The

removal

of

spiritual

blindness.

In

ancient

Egypt,

the

eye

of

Horus

was

associated

with

the

ability

to

see

beyond

the

physical

world.

Pyramid

text

748

reads,

quote,

Greetings

green

eye

paint

that

endows

Ha’s

eye.

Whenever

I

put

you

on

my

father’s

eyes,

he

sees

the

gods.

51:30

An

inscription

in

the

tomb

of

Tutankhamun

says

something

similar.

It

says,

quote,

I

open

thy

mouth

that

thou

mightest

speak

with

me,

thine

eyes

that

thou

mightest

behold

Ray.

Just

as

Thoth

spit

on

Horus’s

injured

eye

and

was

healed,

we

see

a

similar

story

about

Jesus

in

the

New

Testament.

You

can

read

in

John

chapter

nine,

Jesus

heals

a

man

who

was

born

blind.

And

how

did

he

do

this?

51:58

If

you

read

in

verses

five

and

six,

it

says,

quote,

while

I

am

in

the

world,

I

am

the

light

of

the

world.

When

Jesus

had

said

this,

he

spit

on

the

ground,

made

some

mud

and

applied

it

to

the

man’s

eyes.

Then

he

told

him,

go

wash

in

the

pool

of

Siloam.

So

the

man

went

and

washed

and

came

back

seeing.

Here

we

have

many

of

the

same

elements

we

see

in

ancient

Egypt.

52:26

spit,

as

we

mentioned

earlier,

is

another

symbol

for

the

anointing

oil.

And

this

anointing

makes

it

possible

for

the

blind

man

to

see.

And

if

you

miss

the

spiritual

interpretation

of

the

story,

which

is

Christ

healing

spiritual

blindness,

Christ

gives

us

a

clue

to

this

interpretation

in

the

beginning

verse

when

he

says,

quote,

I

am

the

light

of

the

world.

Recall

how

the

anointing

oil

made

one

bright,

full

of

life.

--- page 155 ---

52:56

The

story

here

is

much

more

than

about

the

healing

of

a

man’s

physical

blindness.

You

know,

astute

readers

are

supposed

to

see

the

parallel

here

to

Christ’s

ability

through

the

sweet

fragrance

of

his

anointing

myrrh

oil,

which

we

pointed

out

in

the

previous

episode

as

a

sublime

symbol

of

Christ

to

heal

spiritual

blindness.

The

connection

between

the

anointing

oil,

the

tree

of

life,

and

light

is

brought

beautifully

together.

53:25

in

the

seven

branched

lampstand

of

pure

gold

that

was

placed

in

King

Solomon’s

temple.

And

we

know

this

is

the

menorah.

The

symbol

clearly

connects

the

fragrant

anointing

oil

directly

to

the

tree.

And

when

the

priests

lit

the

oil,

one

can

only

imagine

how

the

flames

glistened

and

reflected

off

of

the

gilded

branches

of

the

lampstand

and

illuminated

the

room.

Kind

of

makes

you

think

of

the

burning

bush.

53:55

Chapter

11

in

the

Odes

of

Solomon

verses

14

and

15

put

it

all

together

and

it

reads

quote,

my

eyes

were

enlightened

and

my

face

received

the

dew

and

my

breath

was

refreshed

with

the

pleasant

fragrance

of

the

Lord.

In

both

the

Egyptian

tradition

and

in

the

Judeo-Christian

tradition

the

eye

is

used

symbolically

to

represent

spiritual

54:23

knowledge,

the

ability

to

see

beyond

the

physical

world.

Andre

Orlov,

a

prominent

Enochian

scholar

who

I

mentioned

previously,

refers

to

this

as

ocular

epistemology,

which

is

where

the

eye

is

used

as

a

symbol

to

express

one’s

ability

to

see

or

to

know,

to

obtain

direct

knowledge

of

the

spiritual

realm.

We

talked

about

the

ability

to

know

God

quite

a

bit

in

episode

number

two.

54:50

if

you

haven’t

had

a

chance

to

listen

to

it,

it’s

worth

a

listen.

In

that

episode,

I

argued

that

the

epistemological

philosophies

of

Locke

and

Hume

and

Kant

need

to

be

rejected

because

they

teach

that

it’s

impossible

to

obtain

direct

knowledge

of

God.

But

here

you

have

the

ancients

not

only

telling

us

it

is

possible

to

obtain

direct

knowledge

of

God,

they’re

telling

us

exactly

how

to

obtain

that

55:20

--- page 156 ---

anointing

with

the

oil

of

the

tree,

the

fragrant

dew

of

paradise.

If

you’re

really

listening

to

what

the

ancients

are

saying,

it’s

only

through

this

process

that

one’s

spiritual

eyes

can

be

fully

opened.

Dr.

Orlov

says

it

like

this,

quote,

visual

apprehension

plays

a

pivotal

role

in

the

acquisition

of

heavenly

knowledge.

55:48

The

tendency

to

describe

the

reception

of

divine

knowledge

as

visual

experience

occurs

in

stories,

where

the

Israelites’

ability

to

receive

divine

disclosures

is

rendered

through

the

symbolism

of

open

and

closed

eyes.

To

behold

with

open

eyes

is

the

apex

of

all

divine

knowledge,

God’s

theophany.

This

ability

to

visually

apprehend

divine,

legal,

and

theophanic

knowledge

does

not

remain

with

Israel

long,

56:16

quickly

lose

their

sight

due

to

idolatry.

Blindness

is

here

equated

with

straying

from

the

way

which

one

has

known.

The

impairment

of

divine

perception

is

expressed

through

the

metaphor

of

blindness.

To

be

in

darkness

hints

at

a

character’s

lack

of

access

to

divine

knowledge.

And

so

in

this

light,

the

Eye

of

Horus

is

the

quintessential

ancient

Egyptian

symbol.

56:44

precisely

because

it

symbolizes,

I

mentioned

earlier,

the

ability

of

one

to

quote,

behold

Ray.

The

anointing

performed

in

the

opening

of

the

mouth

ceremony

is

what

bestowed

upon

the

new

king

divine

sight.

I

hope

you’ve

seen

from

this

exercise

in

comparative

religion,

I

hope

you’re

beginning

to

see

and

to

recognize

the

astounding

parallels

between

the

ancient

Egyptian

tradition

and

the

Judeo.

57:13

Christian

tradition.

And

these

aren’t

just

surface

trivial

parallels.

These

are

sophisticated

doctrinal

parallels.

It’s

astounding

and

it

speaks

to

me

of

an

ancient

tradition.

I

don’t

have

time

in

this

episode

to

go

through

the

religious

traditions

where

we

find

a

similar

anointing

ritual,

but

I

do

want

to

leave

you

with

a

couple

examples.

In

Mesopotamia

in

a

hymn

to

Nana,

who

was

the

Sumerian

moon

god,

we

find

a

similar

ritual.

57:42

Though

I

have

to

say

the

whole

hymn

is

just

amazing

and

I

wish

I

had

time

to

go

through

it

with

you

line

by

line,

but

I’ll

save

it

for

when

we

talk

about

the

creation.

I’ll

start

with

line

--- page 157 ---

41,

which

reads,

quote,

“‘For

the

temple,

the

oil

is

purified

“‘and

held

in

readiness,

“‘and

the

arms,

hands,

and

feet

are

touched.

“‘The

Ekkish

Nugal

on

the

sacred

exalted

throne,

“‘perfected

in

the

exalted

great

mes

of

the

universe.'”

58:10

When

you

have

sprinkled

the

mountain

oil

on

your

holy

body.

Did

you

catch

that

mountain

oil?

Which

is

essentially

saying

temple

oil

on

your

holy

body.

Oh,

Nana,

when

you

have

been

placed

on

your

exalted

throne,

girded

with

a

fine

linen

garment,

the

exalted

oil,

the

oil

of

regality,

the

oil

of

your

great

storehouse

on

the

holy

body

and

sides.

Pretty

great

stuff

there.

58:37

This

rite

also

seems

to

have

been

practiced

among

the

early

Christians.

Searle

of

Jerusalem,

he

was

a

theologian

and

a

bishop

of

Jerusalem

in

the

early

church,

and

lived

around

313

to

386

AD,

said

this,

But

we

too

have

been

anointed

with

oil,

While

symbolically

on

our

foreheads

and

senses,

Our

bodies

are

anointed

with

this

oil

that

we

see.

59:04

souls

are

sanctified

by

the

Holy

and

Life-giving

Spirit.

Interestingly,

Cyril

claims

that

this

anointing

rite

came

down

through

the

Apostles,

the

original

Apostles.

I

find

this

quite

intriguing

so

we’ll

definitely

have

to

look

into

this

in

a

future

episode.

All

right,

we

also

see

a

similar

rite

among

the

Hopi

Indians

of

the

American

Southwest.

The

author

of

the

Hopi

Indians,

Walter

Hugh,

59:34

He

says,

it

is

no

small

task

to

include

all

the

fields

and

the

blessings

asked

by

the

flute

priests,

since

the

circuit

must

exceed

20

miles

each

day.

Shickia

Boutoma,

wearing

an

embroidered

kilt

around

his

loins,

his

long

glossy

hair

hanging

free

stands

before

the

flute

priests,

a

brave

sight

to

behold.

They

fasten

a

small

pouch

of

sacred

meal

at

his

side

and

anoint

him

with

honey.

01:00:03

on

the

tip

of

the

tongue,

the

forehead,

breast,

arms,

and

legs.

Then

he

receives

the

prayer

sticks

and

away

he

goes.”

The

use

of

honey

here

is

quite

intriguing

because

we

find

a

similar

use

of

honey

in

a

text

known

as

Joseph

and

Azaneth.

And

this

refers

to

Joseph

of

Egypt

and

his

wife,

Azaneth.

And

I’m

going

to

save

that

story

for

when

we

talk

about

the

coronation

of

--- page 158 ---

Camilla,

but

tuck

the

anointing

oil

as

honey

in

the

back

of

your

mind

because

we

will

come

back

to

it.

01:00:34

Before

I

close

out

this

episode,

I

want

to

make

one

last

observation.

In

the

previous

episode,

we

pointed

out

that

the

Hebrew

word

messiah

means

the

anointed

or

the

one

who

is

anointed.

The

title

Christ

is

actually

the

Greek

translation

of

messiah,

meaning

to

anoint.

And

I

think

the

fact

that

the

chief

moniker

or

title

used

for

Jesus

even

today

is

a

reference

to

his

status

as

an

anointed

one.

01:01:01

speaks

to

the

tremendous

significance

of

this

anointing

right.

And

I

also

think

that

this

title

should

give

most

Christians

pause.

When

one

claims

to

be

a

Christian,

what

one

is

really

claiming,

though

I’m

guessing

that

most

Christians

have

no

idea

that

this

is

what

they

are

claiming,

they

are

claiming

that

they

too

have

been

anointed,

that

they

have

been

anointed

in

the

same

manner

as

Christ.

To

say,

I

am

a

Christian

is

the

same

as

saying,

I

am.

01:01:31

anointed.

That’s

literally

what

it

means.

Branches

of

Christianity

that

still

perform

an

anointing

rite

are

more

closely

tied

to

the

original

religious

tradition.

Those

branches

of

Christianity

that

have

discontinued

the

anointing

rite

or

who

marginalize

it

as

unimportant

or

non-essential

have

moved

far

from

the

original

religious

tradition.

01:01:57

And

I

invite

them

to

continue

searching

the

Judeo-Christian

scriptures

because

the

power

and

essential

nature

of

the

anointing

rite

are

right

there

in

holy

writ

for

all

those

who

have

eyes

to

see.

From

what

we’ve

seen

in

the

ancient

record,

the

anointing

rite

was

not

only

an

essential

characteristic

of

the

world’s

oldest

religious

tradition,

it

was

a

central,

indispensable

rite.

01:02:25

because

it

was

through

this

rite

that

one

accessed

the

gift

of

the

tree

of

life

and

became,

as

the

ancient

Egyptians

said,

ochified

or

became

like

God.

Wow,

we

packed

a

ton

into

this

episode.

So

you

have

a

lot

to

think

about

and

a

lot

to

ponder,

which

of

course

I

hope

you

do.

You

know,

if

you

enjoyed

today’s

episode

or

you’re

a

regular

listener,

--- page 159 ---

01:02:54

I

encourage

you

to

take

a

minute

at

the

conclusion

of

this

episode

to

leave

a

review

on

Apple

podcasts

or

on

the

platform

you’re

using.

And

this

review

isn’t

for

me.

I

find

the

ancient

tradition

fascinating

no

matter

what.

But

I’d

like

a

few

reviews

so

that

others

who

are

searching

for

spiritual

truths

might

know

where

they

can

find

a

few

answers.

That

caps

this

edition

of

the

ancient

tradition.

As

always,

I

leave

you

with

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare.

But

this

time

when

you

listen

to

his

words.

01:03:23

Think

of

the

anointing

oil

and

spiritual

knowledge.

In

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare,

knowledge

is

the

wing

we’re

with

when

we

fly

to

heaven.

I’m

Jack

Logan.

01:03:40

You’ve

been

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Episode

#10

-

The

Greatest

Mystery

in

the

World

https://theancienttradition.com/10-the-greatest-mystery-in-the-world/

00:00

Music

00:10

Listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.

Music

provided

by

Joseph

McDade.

Here’s

your

host,

Dr.

Jack

Logan.

00:25

Welcome

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

I’m

your

host,

Jack

Logan.

The

podcast

is

doing

very

well.

We

are

now

the

number

one

comparative

religion

podcast

in

the

cybersphere.

So

thank

--- page 160 ---

you

for

listening

in.

I

watched

the

coronation

of

Charles

and

Camilla

and

I

was

blown

away

by

one

particular

aspect

of

the

ceremony,

which

I’ll

tell

you

about

in

just

a

second.

00:49

I

had

originally

planned

to

do

three

additional

episodes

on

the

coronation,

do

one

on

the

investiture,

one

on

crowns,

and

one

on

queenship.

But

if

you’ve

been

following

the

coronation

of

Charles

and

Camilla,

you

may

be

a

little

bit

like

me,

a

little

burned

out.

So

I’ve

decided

to

save

those

topics

for

future

episodes.

And

believe

me,

they

will

come

up

because

kingship,

as

I’ve

mentioned

many

times,

is

a

quintessential

feature

of

the

world’s

original

religious

tradition.

01:19

But

I

hope

the

four

episodes

that

we

did

do

on

the

coronation

gave

you

a

much

deeper

and

broader

spiritual

and

religious

context

for

the

coronation

rites.

If

you’re

a

regular

listener

to

this

program,

I’m

wondering

if

you

caught

what

I

caught

during

the

anointing.

Did

you

notice

what

was

on

the

screen

that

was

placed

in

front

of

the

congregation

when

Charles

was

anointed?

This

seriously

blew

me

away.

If

you

did,

01:47

You’re

not

only

an

astute

listener,

you’re

also

an

astute

viewer,

and

you’re

on

your

way

to

seeing

the

hidden

connections

between

the

symbolism

that’s

used

and

the

more

profound

spiritual

realities

that

those

symbols

are

meant

to

convey.

If

you

didn’t

notice

what

was

on

the

screen,

that’s

okay

too.

This

is

a

learning

process

for

all

of

us.

In

preparation

for

the

anointing,

several

young

men

brought

out

four

screens.

02:15

and

they

placed

one

on

each

side

of

Charles,

who

was

seated

on

King

Edward

I’s

wooden

coronation

chair.

And

they

did

this

to

preserve

the

sacred

nature

of

the

anointing,

and

they

wanted

to

protect

it

from

public

view.

And

like

I

mentioned

in

episode

number

eight,

this

is

done,

whether

they

realize

it

or

not,

to

create

a

holy

of

holies,

the

sacred

location

where

God

anoints

kings

and

queens,

where

God

anointed

Adam,

a

king

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

temple.

02:44

So

on

the

screen

facing

the

congregation,

stitched

in

the

fabric

was

a

beautiful

blue,

the

color

of

lapis

lazuli,

mind

you,

tree

of

life.

And

like

stars

glistening

against

the

night

sky,

--- page 161 ---

there

were

five

pointed

blossoming

flowers

or

fruit

that

dotted

all

of

the

leaves.

Now

I

don’t

know

if

the

artist

purposely

made

these

flowers

or

fruit

five

pointed,

03:14

The

symbolism

is

in

complete

conformity

with

symbolism

that’s

used

by

the

ancient

Egyptians.

Do

you

recall

in

our

previous

episode,

in

episode

number

nine,

when

we

talked

about

how

the

anointing

oil

had

the

power

to

occupy

the

king

or

make

him

like

the

gods?

Well

if

you

do,

you’ll

recall

that

when

the

king

was

occupied

by

the

holy

anointing

oil,

he

was

referred

to

symbolically

as

an

imperishable

star.

A

glorious

being

of

03:43

perpetual

light.

And

what’s

remarkable

is

that

the

tombs

of

King

Unus,

King

Tete,

King

Pepe

I,

and

King

Pepe

II,

who

are

the

kings

of

the

5th

and

6th

dynasty,

where

we

find

the

ancient

Egyptian

pyramid

texts,

the

ancient

Egyptians

covered

the

ceilings

with

gold-colored

five-pointed

stars.

And

they

did

this

to

represent

the

king

joining

the

imperishable

stars,

the

glorious

gods

in

the

afterlife.

04:10

And

this

same

symbolism

was

also

depicted

during

the

coronation

ceremony

when

Charles,

after

he’d

been

anointed,

he

slipped

into

the

back

room

and

he

put

on

glorious

golden

robes,

which

symbolized

that

the

anointing

oil

had

transformed

him

from

a

humble

man,

which

was

symbolized

by

the

plain

gown

that

he

wore

for

the

anointing,

to

an

exalted

deified

being

dressed

in

the

robes

of

glory.

04:39

a

glorious

being

of

light,

like

an

imperishable

star.

There’s

a

lot

of

symbolism

attached

to

five-pointed

stars,

which

I’ll

have

to

tell

you

about

in

a

future

episode.

But

I’m

pretty

impressed

with

whomever

decided

to

stitch

them

into

the

tree

of

life.

Because

in

the

Christian

tradition,

the

fruit

of

the

tree

of

life

symbolizes

eternal

life.

It

is

the

fruit

promised

to

all

those

who

are

anointed

with

the

myrrh

oil.

05:08

the

suffering

tree

and

there’s

a

lot

to

ponder

there.

If

you

take

a

closer

look

at

this

screen,

you’ll

also

notice

that

King

Charles’

monogram

is

stitched

directly

on

the

base

of

the

trunk

of

the

tree,

which

is

a

pretty

strong

way

of

declaring

that

King

Charles

is

to

be

understood

as

--- page 162 ---

God’s

emissary

on

Earth.

You

know,

and

let’s

not

forget

that

the

Tree

of

Life

is

meant

to

be

understood

primarily

as

the

quintessential

symbol

of

God,

or

05:38

Christ

in

the

Christian

tradition.

So

I’m

pretty

impressed

with

whomever

decided

to

stitch

the

tree

of

life

on

this

screen

which

serves

to

shield

the

profane

public

kind

of

like

a

veil

from

the

fiery

glory

of

God’s

Holy

throne

in

the

Holy

of

Holies.

Either

this

is

coincidental

or

someone

working

for

the

crown

knows

a

whole

lot

more

about

kingship

and

the

ancient

tradition

than

I

ever

thought

they

did.

06:06

And

of

course,

I’d

love

to

talk

to

them.

So

much

of

the

British

coronation

ceremony

is

modeled

after

the

anointing

and

coronation

of

Adam

and

Eve

in

the

Garden

of

Eden

temple.

And

I

hope

you’re

able

to

see

that

connection

now.

With

the

coronation

complete,

I

wanna

start

building

the

ancient

tradition

from

the

ground

up.

And

this

means

we

need

to

start

from

the

very

beginning.

And

we’re

gonna

do

this

by

tackling

the

greatest

mystery

in

the

world.

06:36

life

came

to

be.

This

is

one

of

the

greatest

questions

ever

put

forth

by

human

beings.

Mircea

Eliade,

one

of

the

formal

scholars

of

comparative

religion,

whom

I

introduced

you

to

in

the

first

episode,

says

this,

quote,

“‘The

appearance

of

life

is

the

central

mystery

of

the

world.'”

Have

you

ever

had

one

of

those

existential

moments

where

you’re

like,

how

did

I

get

here?

How

did

any

of

us

get

here?

07:06

This

is

the

greatest

mystery

out

there.

How

did

we

come

into

being?

How

did

life

start?

How

did

any

of

this,

the

trees,

the

chirping

birds,

beautiful

sunsets,

verdant

snow-capped

mountains,

how

did

any

of

this

come

into

existence?

I’ve

had

surreal

moments

here

and

there

when

I’ve

been

struck

by

how

truly

odd

it

is

to

actually

be

here,

to

actually

be,

to

be

alive.

07:36

How

in

the

world

did

I

get

here?

And

furthermore,

why

am

I

here?

I

call

these

existential

moments

because

that’s

exactly

what

they

are.

The

word

existential

comes

from

the

root

exist

and

means

of

or

relating

to

existence.

Now,

how

all

of

this

and

all

of

us

came

to

be

is

--- page 163 ---

the

central

existential

question

or

mystery

of

the

world.

You

know,

modern

scientists,

they’ve

been

working

on

this

mystery

every

day.

08:03

and

they’ve

come

up

with

a

lot

of

different

theories

to

explain

the

origin

of

life.

But

every

single

one

of

them

remains

theoretical.

Charles

Choi

and

Scott

Dutfield

of

Live

Science

wrote

in

February

of

2022,

quote,

“‘Science

remains

undecided

and

conflicted

as

to

the

exact

origin

of

life.'”

Which

means

they

don’t

know

how

life

came

to

be.

It

remains

a

total

mystery.

08:33

Now,

the

theories

they’ve

come

up

with

are

pretty

interesting

though.

So

let’s

take

a

look

at

a

few

of

them,

but

keep

in

mind

that

these

are

theories

about

how

life

came

to

be.

The

scientific

community

has

not

been

able

to

successfully

produce

life

through

any

of

these

methods.

The

first

theory

hypothesizes

that

life

started

by

a

lightning

strike,

which

theoretically

generated

amino

acids

and

sugars,

which

created

the

building

blocks

of

life.

It’s

a

pretty

interesting

idea,

but

when

scientists

try

and

use

lightning

to

produce

life,

09:03

They

get

nothing.

Another

theory

argues

that

clay

crystals,

because

clay

crystals

stick

together

when

they’re

exposed

to

different

environments,

that

they

could

theoretically

trap

other

molecules,

which

may

lead

to

life

producing

patterns

like

DNA.

But

again,

this

theory

has

never

been

replicated

by

science.

A

third

theory

hypothesizes

that

life

began

in

deep

sea

vents.

09:29

And

this

theory

hypothesizes

that

life

may

have

begun

in

the

submarine

hydrothermal

vents,

which

theoretically

could

have

spewed

elements

key

to

life,

such

as

carbon

and

hydrogen

into

the

water,

which

I’m

not

sure

how

well

that

would

go

with

such

a

high

salt

content

in

the

ocean,

but

that’s

just

some

elementary

thinking

on

my

part.

Another

theory

argues

that

ice

may

have

facilitated

the

birth

of

life.

Jeffrey

Bada.

09:58

at

the

University

of

California

argues

that

key

organic

compounds

are

more

stable

at

lower

temperatures.

So

ice

may

have

been

a

way

to

preserve

the

fragile

organic

compounds

that

were

necessary

for

life.

Again,

this

remains

a

theory

since

it’s

never

been

replicated

by

--- page 164 ---

modern

science.

A

fifth

theory

argues

that

the

origin

of

life

may

reside

in

RNA,

which

can

store

information

kind

of

like

DNA,

and

it

can

serve

as

an

enzyme

like

10:27

protein

and

this

protein

is

needed

for

many

of

the

processes

of

life.

This

theory

hypothesizes

that

life

began

with

a

simple

RNA

molecule

that

had

the

ability

to

copy

itself

without

the

help

of

any

other

molecules.

Now

this

theory

might

be

one

of

the

more

promising

theories

because

scientists

have

engineered

an

RNA

molecule

that’s

capable

of

self

replicating

and

then

diversifying

and

then

adding

complexity.

10:55

It

remains

to

be

seen,

however,

if

these

self-replicating

RNA

molecules

can

evolve

to

the

level

where

life

can

be

produced.

A

sixth

theory

hypothesizes

that

life

might

have

begun

with

tiny,

simple

molecules

that

interacted

with

other

tiny

molecules,

and

then

over

time

they

developed

more

and

more

complex

molecules.

When

labs

try

to

do

this,

it

doesn’t

produce

anything

lifelike

at

all.

11:24

said

it

like

this,

quote,

researchers

are

starting

to

realize

it’s

like

trying

to

build

a

car

by

making

a

chassis

and

hoping

that

wheels

and

an

engine

will

spontaneously

appear.

11:39

The

final

theory,

the

last

theory

is

that

life

came

to

earth

from

somewhere

else.

It’s

called

pen

spermia,

quite

the

name

via

meteorites.

This

suggests

that

meteorites

could

have

carried

microbes

with

them,

microbes

that

could

survive

the

blazing

hot

entry.

And

this

of

course

seems

quite

implausible

to

me,

but

even

if

it

were,

it

still

doesn’t

explain

how

life

originated

somewhere

else.

12:06

A

more

recent

theory

argues

that

life

began

with

a

chemical

Big

Bang.

And

this

theory

argues

that

life

emerged

kind

of

fully

formed.

And

I’ve

read

up

on

this

and

I’m

not

quite

sure

if

they

believe

this

was

like

coincided

with

the

Big

Bang,

the

original

Big

Bang,

or

if

this

was

a

separate

Big

Bang,

chemical

Big

Bang,

I’m

not

exactly

sure.

All

of

the

chemicals

necessary

for

life

then

were

understood

to

be

produced

and

began

at

the

Big

Bang

and

not

after

it.

12:35

--- page 165 ---

Scientists

have

come

up

with

more

than

these

theories,

but

these

are

pretty

much

the

main

ones

and

sometimes

I

think

we

forget

that

these

are

theories

most

of

them

contradict

each

other

and

sometimes

I

think

theories

are

presented

as

fact

by

Scientists

and

the

media

gives

them

an

even

greater

perception

of

concrete

truth

and

is

really

intellectually

honest.

These

are

theories

Completely

theoretical

the

riddle

of

the

origin

of

life

is

not

even

close

to

being

solved

by

science

13:05

Now

I

personally

hope

someday

it

will

be.

I

don’t

have

any

problem

believing

that

a

supreme

being

operates

according

to

universal

laws.

So

why

does

any

of

this

matter

in

terms

of

the

ancient

tradition?

Well,

because

when

we

scour

the

ancient

record,

we

find

that

the

ancients

gave

a

remarkably

consistent

account

of

the

origin

of

life.

You

know,

where

we

would

expect

to

find

considerable

variability

in

cosmogonies,

13:34

which

are

accounts

of

the

origin

of

life

and

the

beginnings

of

the

universe,

we

actually

find

the

opposite.

We

find

that

the

ancients

were

telling

a

single

story

all

over

the

globe,

and

we

don’t

see

a

lot

of

substantive

variability,

which

suggests

that

these

stories

came

from

a

common

source.

And

on

this

podcast,

we

refer

to

that

source

as

the

ancient

tradition.

13:59

And

it’s

here

that

I

have

to

tell

you

about

one

of

my

favorite

scholars,

a

scholar

by

the

name

of

Marinus

van

der

Sluis.

Van

der

Sluis

has

a

degree

in

comparative

and

historical

linguistics

from

Leden

University

in

the

Netherlands.

And

he

used

to,

and

I’m

not

sure

if

he

still

does,

worked

as

a

consulting

scholar

at

the

University

of

Pennsylvania

and

Ivy

League

here

in

the

United

States.

In

2011,

he

published

this

amazing

four

volume

work

on

traditional

cosmology.

14:29

Basically

what

he

did,

because

he’s

an

extremely

patient

and

diligent

researcher,

is

he

scoured

the

entire

planet

for

the

oldest

cosmogonies

in

the

world.

And

he

used

almost

exclusively

primary

sources.

And

from

those

sources,

he

compiled

a

systematic

and

pretty

much

comprehensive

catalog

of

the

world’s

traditional

cosmologies.

14:55

--- page 166 ---

I

think

van

der

Sloos

should

be

really

commended

for

his

work

because

this

is

the

first

time

anyone

has

ever

attempted

to

compile

a

comprehensive

catalog

of

archaic

cosmogonies.

I

personally

couldn’t

even

comprehend

the

magnitude

of

such

a

scholarly

undertaking,

especially

tracking

down

all

of

those

primary

sources.

And

once

van

der

Sloos

gathered

all

of

the

cosmogonies

together,

he

then

categorized

their

central

parts.

15:22

He

categorized

them

into

themes

and

motifs.

And

what

he

found

was

remarkable.

He

writes,

quote,

it

emerges

that

practically

all

cultures

sustain

surprisingly

similar

notions

about

the

origin,

the

constitution,

and

the

destiny

of

the

cosmos.

A

single

template

can

be

distilled

from

the

thousands

of

individual

cosmologies

collected

worldwide.

15:51

story

told

around

the

globe.

Some

of

you

may

be

familiar

with

Joseph

Campbell

and

he

said

something

very

similar.

He

said

quote,

the

cosmogonic

cycle

is

presented

with

astonishing

consistency

in

the

sacred

writings

of

all

the

continents.

You

know

what’s

remarkable

is

that

after

van

der

Sloe’s

finished

compiling

his

inventory

of

traditional

cosmologies

16:17

He

realized

that

the

same

cosmological

tradition

was

being

told

basically

everywhere,

all

over

the

planet,

in

every

corner.

And

he

writes,

quote,

“‘It

emerges

that

people

of

all

creeds

and

colors

have

sustained

surprisingly

similar

notions

about

the

origin

of

the

cosmos.

The

majority

of

motifs

identified

in

this

work

recur

on

different

continents

and

enjoy

practically

universal

attestation.'”

16:46

This

justifies

one

to

speak

of

a

globally

consistent

set

of

traditional

ideas

concerning

cosmology,

a

unified

archaic

cosmology.

Archaic

cosmologies

worldwide

display

a

striking

uniformity

rarely

appreciated.

It’s

a

cross-culturally

consistent

mythology.

Wow,

there’s

no

mincing

words

there.

17:12

This

is

the

guy

who

rounded

up

every

single

origin

story

he

could

find,

sorted

through

all

of

them,

and

found

that

the

ancients

all

over

the

world

told

the

same

story

about

how

life

came

to

be.

There

is

no

greater

authority

on

traditional

cosmology

on

the

planet

than

Marinus

van

--- page 167 ---

der

Sloes,

and

here

he

is

telling

us

that

from

his

research

he

found

a

quote,

globally

consistent

set

of

traditional

ideas

concerning

cosmology.

A

unified

17:42

archaic

cosmology.

In

other

words,

Vander

Sluis

found

that

cultures

all

over

the

globe

told

the

same

story

about

how

the

cosmos

were

born,

how

the

earth

was

created,

how

life

emerged.

The

same

story

from

the

Yoruba

of

Nigeria

to

the

Inuit

of

New

Foundland,

to

the

Cherokee

of

Native

America,

to

the

Maya

of

Guatemala,

to

the

ancient

Sumerians

and

Mesopotamians.

You

get

the

picture.

And

I

don’t

know

about

you,

but

I’ve

got

questions

at

this

point.

18:11

How

is

this

possible?

How

is

it

possible

that

the

same

traditional

cosmology

or

origin

story

is

being

told

all

over

the

planet

in

regions

that

are

separated

by

thousands

of

miles

and

in

time

separated

by

hundreds,

even

thousands

of

years?

As

you

can

imagine,

this

in

and

of

itself

is

a

mystery.

And

in

a

future

episode,

we’ll

dive

into

this

question

head

first,

but

suffice

it

to

say

here

that

Vandersloos

found

this

to

be

the

case

that

quote,

archaic.

18:41

cosmologies

displayed

a

striking

uniformity.

And

I’ll

be

referring

to

Vandersloos’s

research

often.

So

if

you’re

interested

in

learning

more

about

him,

his

methodology,

his

research,

and

his

inventory

of

ancient

cosmologies,

be

sure

to

visit

theancienttradition.com,

theancienttradition.com

and

search

for

him

under

scholars.

And

for

the

record,

I

have

zero

affiliation

with

Vandersloos.

I’m

not

compensated

in

any

way.

In

fact,

I

actually

disagree

with

him

on

some

things.

19:10

especially

his

hypothesis

about

the

origin

of

the

said

traditional

cosmology.

Vander

Sluis’s

research

is

extremely

important

to

a

reconstruction

of

the

world’s

oldest

religious

tradition,

the

ancient

tradition,

because

it

establishes

that

a

single

cosmology

was

disseminated

somehow

throughout

the

world

and

that

that

cosmology

had

its

roots

in

deep

antiquity.

And

Vander

Sluis

says

it

like

this,

quote,

19:40

The

very

fact

that

it

proved

possible

to

deduce

the

model

from

so

many

sources

is

a

strong

argument

in

favor

of

a

homogeneous

origin

of

this

body

of

traditions.

This

is

extremely

--- page 168 ---

important

because

this

ancient

cosmology

provides

much

of

the

scaffolding

or

the

framing

upon

which

the

ancient

tradition

is

built,

especially

the

symbolism

that’s

used

to

express

the

sacred.

20:09

And

Vandersleuth

says

it

like

this,

quote,

as

a

worldview,

a

traditional

cosmology

typically

functions

as

the

conceptual

background

against

which

other

ideas

and

practices,

including

religious

and

spiritual

ones,

are

developed.

So

if

we

don’t

start

with

the

established

motifs

of

archaic

cosmology,

then

we’re

going

to

miss

some

extremely

important

spiritual

teachings.

So.

20:37

Let’s

start

with

the

ancient

conception

of

the

cosmos

as

cataloged

by

van

der

Sloes.

Ancient

cosmology

always

begins

with

a

description

of

the

state

of

the

universe

before

the

creation.

So

according

to

the

ancients,

according

to

this

unified

arcade

cosmology,

what

was

the

universe

like

before

the

creation

took

place?

What

did

it

look

like?

Was

there

anything

there?

21:05

Was

it

empty?

Was

it

full?

Was

it

light?

Was

it

dark?

Well,

as

Vander

Sluis

points

out,

the

ancients

all

over

the

world

described

the

pre-creative

universe

in

the

same

way.

And

sometimes

they

even

use

the

same

words.

Most

often,

the

ancients

describe

the

state

of

the

universe

before

the

creation

as

water.

And

here’s

a

sampling

of

the

ways

the

ancients

describe

it

in

the

origin

stories

that

21:32

Vandersloos

gathered

and

these

are

just

excerpts

I

pulled

out.

Saltwater

sea,

a

sea,

a

watery

mass,

water,

the

waters,

water

everywhere,

pooled

water,

a

sea

of

water,

water

covered

everything,

there

was

nothing

but

salt

water.

The

earth

had

been

covered

with

water,

all

open

sea.

In

the

beginning

the

world

was

all

marshy

and

watery.

The

world

existed

in

the

waters.

Ocean

of

milk,

only

the

sea.

The

world

was

submerged.

22:02

Scholars

today

refer

to

the

ancients

description

of

the

pre-creative

state

of

the

universe

as

the

primordial

waters

or

sometimes

the

primeval

sea

or

the

cosmic

ocean

But

those

are

our

--- page 169 ---

interpretations

of

this

and

the

waters

are

often

described

as

being

accompanied

by

the

absence

of

light

And

here’s

a

sampling

of

how

they

describe

it.

There

was

no

light

22:30

No

moon,

no

sun,

no

stars.

All

was

darkness.

It

was

a

continuous

thick

darkness.

In

the

beginning,

our

world

was

dark.

The

world

lay

in

blackness,

darkness

before

there

was

sun.

It

was

a

time

of

black

darkness,

a

dark

black

night.

The

sun

did

not

shine.

A

time

when

the

universe

was

only

darkness,

there

was

a

thick

darkness.

The

world

was

not

light.

There

was

infinite

night

in

the

dark

in

the

night.

22:57

And

so

scholars

today

refer

to

this

as

the

cosmic

night.

Van

der

Sluis

notes,

quote,

darkness

and

water

emerge

as

the

two

most

salient

ingredients

of

the

precreative

state

of

the

universe.

So

this

conception

of

the

precreative

state

of

the

universe

as

a

dark

cosmic

sea

is

universally

attested

to

all

over

the

globe.

And

to

demonstrate

this,

let’s

start

with

some

of

the

oldest.

23:24

ancient

examples

and

then

we’ll

work

our

way

to

more

recent

times.

And

let’s

start

with

some

very

important

texts

which

I’ve

noted

in

previous

episodes

are

dated

to

between

2400

and

2300

BC

and

I’ll

talk

about

them

in

much

greater

detail

in

a

couple

of

weeks

because

like

I’ve

mentioned

I

think

they’re

fantastic.

But

suffice

it

to

say

that

there’s

internal

evidence

that

suggests

that

the

content

of

the

texts

is

much

much

older

than

2400

BC.

So

they

likely

represent

the

world’s

23:53

oldest

known

reference

to

the

primordial

waters

of

creation.

The

ancient

Egyptians

personified

the

primordial

waters

in

the

deity

Nuh,

and

it’s

spelled

N-U,

which

means

watery

one

or

noon.

These

primordial

waters

or

Nuh

or

noon

are

mentioned

46

times

in

the

pyramid

text.

24:18

As

you

listen

to

the

words,

tuck

them

in

your

pocket

because

you’re

gonna

hear

nearly

the

same

thing,

practically

word

for

word,

in

various

other

corners

of

the

earth.

Like

we

mentioned,

thousands

of

miles

away

from

Egypt.

The

text

I’m

about

to

read,

pyramid

text

--- page 170 ---

486,

is

found

in

King

Pepe

I

pyramid

in

Saqqara,

Egypt.

These

are

passages

that

were

to

be

uttered

by

King

Pepe,

and

it

reads,

quote,

I

was

born

in

new.

24:47

when

the

sky

had

not

yet

come

into

being,

when

the

earth

had

not

yet

come

into

being,

when

the

establishment

of

the

world

had

not

yet

come

into

being.

So

in

this

text,

we

have

two

really

important

doctrines

being

expressed.

The

first

is

that

the

ancient

Egyptians

described

the

state

of

the

universe

before

the

creation

of

the

world

as

water,

and

they

refer

to

this

water

as

new.

In

this

passage,

new

or

the

primordial

waters

existed

before…

25:16

anything

had

been

created.

In

other

words,

the

ancient

Egyptians

contended

that

something,

some

sort

of

substance,

some

kind

of

matter,

something

existed

in

the

universe

before

the

earth

was

created.

Now

this

is

really

pretty

interesting

because

it

counters

the

contention

by

some

that

the

universe

emerged

out

of

nothing,

that

there

was

nothing

in

the

universe

before

the

creation.

And

this

theory

is

known

as

creation

ex

nihilo.

If

the

ancients

lived

today

they

would

25:46

wholeheartedly

disagree

with

the

notion

of

creation

ex

nihilo.

The

ancients

tell

us

time

and

time

again

that

there

was

something

in

the

universe

before

the

creation

of

the

world

and

that

this

substance

was

somehow

similar

to

water.

People

who

are

not

familiar

with

how

the

ancients

used

language

and

symbols

might

contend

that

the

ancient

Egyptians

actually

believed

that

the

universe

before

the

creation

was

filled

with

water,

actual

water.

26:15

but

they

would

be

incorrect.

The

language

of

the

ancient

world

was

highly

symbolic

and

we

have

to

hone

our

symbolism

literacy

to

recognize

that

water

is

used

here

by

the

ancients

as

a

symbol

for

what

actually

existed

in

the

universe

before

the

creation.

But

why

use

a

symbol?

Why

not

just

say

what

it

was?

What

was

out

there?

Well,

that’s

because

symbols

are

a

way

not

only

to

express

some

physical

realities,

like

saying

it

smells

like

26:44

a

rose

or

it

looks

like

a

basketball.

But

more

importantly,

symbols

are

used

to

express

inexpressible

spiritual

realities.

And

you’ll

see

as

we

continue

to

dive

into

this

that

the

ancients

are

using

water

here

to

express

not

only

some

of

the

physical

characteristics

of

the

--- page 171 ---

pre-creative

state

of

the

universe,

but

more

importantly,

to

convey

important

spiritual

principles

and

realities.

27:12

So

the

ancients

used

water

to

describe

the

pre-creative

state

of

the

universe

because

water

was

a

useful

way

to

convey

many

of

the

important

properties

of

this

primordial

substance

to

something

that

human

beings

could

relate

to.

The

primordial

substance

wasn’t

water,

but

it

had

characteristics

and

properties

that

were

similar

to

water.

So

I

dug

around

into

this

and

an

Egyptologist

out

of

Poland,

Dr.

Joanna

Popielska,

27:41

Krubowska,

who

has

studied

the

concept

of

new

in

the

pyramid

texts

says

this,

quote,

the

primeval

waters

is

primordial

matter,

where

life

came

into

being.

New

is

an

incorporation

of

primordial

matter

and

potential.

And

she

goes

on

to

say

that

the

primordial

waters

are

quote,

the

elements

of

creation.

28:07

In

other

words,

the

primordial

waters

are

new,

represent

a

sea

or

ocean

of

elements,

the

building

blocks

of

creation,

elements

that

were

basically

everywhere

in

the

universe,

just

like

an

ocean,

but

they

had

not

been

arranged

or

organized

or

formed

into

what

we

would

call

a

creative

state,

like

the

creation

of

the

Earth.

So

keep

this

in

mind

that

the

primordial

waters

actually

refer

to

an

ocean

of

unorganized

28:36

Elements

as

we

go

through

the

next

couple

of

creation

accounts

because

this

will

help

you

interpret

the

accounts

But

also

keep

this

in

mind

because

it

will

be

important

in

our

next

episode

And

one

more

thing

I

want

to

point

out

about

pyramid

text

486

and

let

me

read

it

to

you

one

more

time

I

was

born

in

new

when

the

sky

had

not

yet

come

into

being

when

the

earth

had

not

yet

come

into

being

when

the

Establishment

of

the

world

had

not

yet

come

into

being

this

29:03

pyramid

text

is

really

important

because

it

indicates

the

ancient

Egyptians

believed

the

king,

in

this

case

King

Pepe

I,

was

first

born

in

new,

before

he

was

born

on

earth.

He

says

it

right

there,

quote,

I

was

born

in

new

when

the

sky

had

not

yet

come

into

being

when

the

earth

had

not

yet

come

into

being.

The

whole

objective

of

this

pyramid

--- page 172 ---

29:33

before

the

creation

of

the

earth

Susan

Bickel

who

is

a

Egyptologist

out

of

Switzerland

wrote

a

book

on

Egyptian

cosmogony

and

she

argued

that

new

represented

in

part

the

concept

of

pre-existence

So

in

this

light

new

represents

not

only

the

primordial

elements

needed

to

create

the

material

world

but

it

also

represents

the

doctrinal

belief

among

ancient

Egyptians

of

a

30:02

pre-existence.

We

find

the

same

belief

in

a

pre-existence

reiterated

in

Pyramid

Text

number

211,

which

this

time

refers

to

King

Unus,

who

was

the

last

king

of

the

Fifth

Dynasty.

And

King

Unus

is

speaking

here

and

he

says,

quote,

I

was

conceived

in

the

night.

I

was

born

in

the

night.

I

was

conceived

in

noon.

I

was

born

in

new.

So

in

this

text,

the

reference

to

birth

in

the

pre-existence

state

30:32

as

conceptualized

by

new

is

mentioned

four

times.

Conceived,

born,

conceived,

born.

And

Dr.

Popoleska-Kirbawska

says

this,

quote,

he,

the

king

was

born

there

referring

to

a

pre-existence

before

anything

else

came

into

being

and

consequently

existed

before

anything

else

and

will

exist

continuously

and

forever.

30:58

So

it’s

pretty

clear

from

this

pyramid

text

that

the

ancient

Egyptians

believed

the

king

as

a

being

was

essentially

conceived

and

born

in

some

other

place

way

before

the

earth

was

created

and

way

before

he

was

born

physically

into

the

material

world.

And

this

suggests

that

the

Egyptians

believed

the

king’s

consciousness

or

what

we

might

call

an

intelligence

or

soul

came

to

be

or

was

born

in

a

pre-existent

place.

31:27

before

it

took

on

flesh

and

bone

on

earth.

We

might

not

be

too

far

off

if

we

referred

to

the

king’s

initial

birth

as

a

spiritual

birth,

when

his

spirit

or

soul

or

ba,

as

the

ancient

Egyptians

referred

to

it,

was

originally

born.

Then

when

he

came

to

earth,

he

experienced

a

second

birth,

a

physical

birth

where

his

soul

took

on

a

material

body.

And

we

know

the

ancient

Egyptians

believed

that

a

person’s

ba

or

soul

31:57

--- page 173 ---

would

separate

from

their

body

at

the

time

of

death

and

then

continue

to

exist

in

the

afterlife.

So

from

these

texts

it

seems

the

ancient

Egyptians

believed

the

Ba

also

existed

before

physical

birth

and

was

itself

eternal.

Now

as

remarkable

as

pyramid

text

211

is,

it

kind

of

leaves

us

hanging.

It

doesn’t

tell

us

how

the

king’s

soul

or

Ba

was

conceived

in

new

in

this

pre-existent

state.

32:26

Just

how

was

it

that

the

king’s

soul

was

conceived?

How

was

he

born

in

this

pre-mortal

state?

How

did

the

king’s

soul

initially

come

to

be?

Just

how

did

the

king

suddenly

become

a

living

entity

way

before

he

was

born

physically

on

earth?

And

these

are

profound

existential

questions.

When

we

examine

the

religious

traditions

of

today,

we

find

the

belief

in

a

pre-mortal

existence

in

Hinduism,

Buddhism.

32:53

in

the

Kabbalah,

which

is

the

mystical

tradition

within

Judaism.

We

find

it

in

Shintoism

and

among

many

Native

American

religions.

But

this

doctrine

of

a

pre-mortal

existence

is

not

believed

by

the

vast

majority

of

Christian

denominations.

This

is

interesting

because

if

you’ve

ever

listened

to

or

read

accounts

of

near-death

experiences,

one

of

the

most

universal

themes

in

these

accounts

is

a

reference

to

a

pre-mortal

existence.

These

individuals.

33:22

give

accounts

of

having

mapped

out

their

life

plans

with

a

council

or

group

of

individuals

before

they

came

to

earth,

and

that

upon

their

death,

they

felt

an

overwhelming

feeling

of

having

come

home.

They

felt

that

where

they

went

after

death

was

their

true

home,

like

they’d

been

there

before.

As

one

person

put

it,

quote,

it

felt

like

the

real,

real.

33:48

Okay,

but

back

to

our

original

question,

how

was

the

king

conceived

and

born

in

this

pre-mortal

existence

state?

How

did

he

come

into

being?

Well,

luckily

for

us,

there

are

more

pyramid

texts

and

we

find

the

answer

in

a

text

inscribed

on

the

walls

of

King

Pepe

the

first’s

pyramid.

And

this

is

pyramid

text

571.

And

this

text

spells

out

just

how

this

conceiving

and

birthing

of

the

king’s

soul

or

Ba

took

34:18

in

a

pre-mortal

existence.

And

at

first,

you

may

find

this

hard

to

believe,

but

as

we

continue

examining

the

records

of

the

ancient

world,

this

doctrine

will

begin

to

make

more

and

more

--- page 174 ---

sense.

So

let’s

read

the

answer

in

Pyramid

Text

571.

It

reads,

quote,

My

mother

became

pregnant

with

me.

Who

is

in

the

under

sky?

34:43

and

I

was

given

birth

by

my

father

Atum

before

the

sky

came

into

being,

before

the

earth

came

into

being,

before

death

came

into

being.

Did

you

catch

that?

This

text

is

telling

us

that

in

new

in

a

pre-mortal

existence,

Pepe’s

soul

was

conceived

through

two

parents,

his

mother,

a

female

deity

associated

with

the

underworld

or

the

world

of

the

dead

and

his

father

Atum,

the

God

associated

with

the

creation

of

the

world.

35:14

In

other

words,

King

Pepe’s

Ba

or

soul

was

created

in

a

pre-existent

state

through

some

sort

of

creative

process

like

our

physical

bodies

that

required

both

a

male

and

female.

In

this

pyramid

text,

King

Pepe

clearly

speaks

of

these

deities

as

the

source

of

his

conception

and

birth.

They

are

the

parents

of

his

eternal

soul.

35:44

Heritage

his

soul

was

literally

born

of

godly

parents

I’ve

kind

of

deviated

from

the

main

point

of

today’s

episode

but

I

wanted

to

point

out

the

association

between

new

the

primordial

waters

and

the

concept

of

a

pre-existence

here

in

this

episode

because

according

to

the

ancients

a

lot

of

very

Interesting

things

happened

in

this

pre-mortal

existence

and

we’ll

dive

into

the

theology

of

this

in

an

in

an

upcoming

episode

36:11

It

definitely

merits

a

serious

discussion.

For

the

present,

however,

let’s

return

to

examining

a

few

more

creation

stories

where

we

see

the

precreative

state

described

as

water

and

associated

with

darkness.

So

before

I

leave

ancient

Egypt,

let’s

take

a

look

at

one

last

passage

in

an

ancient

Egyptian

hymn

from

around

2000

BC,

which

also

speaks

of

the

emergence

of

the

earth

from

a

primordial

ocean.

And

it

reads,

quote,

36:41

thou

hast

stood

as

king

on

the

land

during

its

lassitude

thou

has

taken

it

out

of

the

primeval

waters

so

here

you

see

reference

to

the

creation

of

the

earth

coming

out

of

the

primordial

waters

inside

the

temple

of

karnak

complex

and

i

have

been

there

but

it’s

been

a

very

long

time

ago

which

is

near

modern

day

luxor

in

egypt

--- page 175 ---

37:06

Tourists

can

see

an

artificial

sacred

lake

and

it’s

the

largest

known

artificial

sacred

lake

in

Egypt

and

today

it’s

still

filled

with

water.

This

lake

was

built

by

King

Thutmose

II

sometime

between

1473

and

1458

BC.

And

you

might

have

surmised

that

this

sacred

lake

represents

the

primordial

waters

of

new

and

it

was

used

by

the

king

to

purify

himself

before

he

performed

sacred

rituals.

37:35

So

he

would

go

and

dip

in

this

water

almost

daily.

And

keep

that

in

mind,

especially

for

our

next

episode.

These

sacred

lakes

were

built

as

important

features

of

many

Egyptian

temple

complexes,

like

the

Temple

of

Mut

and

the

Temple

of

Basset.

Let’s

move

on

now

to

ancient

Mesopotamia,

to

the

Enuma

Elish.

The

Enuma

Elish

contains

the

Babylonian

creation

story

or

cosmogony.

38:01

And

this

ancient

record

changed

our

knowledge

of

the

ancient

world

because

it

gave

us

a

much

clearer

picture

of

ancient

Mesopotamian

beliefs

and

worldview.

Most

of

what

had

been

understood

previous

to

the

Enuma

Elish

relied

on

classical

sources

which

proved

to

be

unreliable.

So

the

Enuma

Elish

is

a

pretty

important

record.

I

think

the

background

stories

of

how

some

of

these

ancient

texts

were

found

are

pretty

interesting.

So

I’ll

share

them

here

and

there

as

they

come

up.

As

for

the

Enuma

Elish,

38:31

Sometime

between

1848

and

1876,

an

archeologist

by

the

name

of

Austin

Laird

and

an

Assyriologist

by

the

name

of

Hormoud

Rassam

were

excavating

a

mound

in

Nineveh,

which

today

is

in

modern

day

Mosul,

Iraq.

And

this

mound

turned

out

to

be

the

royal

palace

of

the

Assyrian

King,

Ashurbanipal,

who

lived

about

668

to

626

BC.

39:01

and

he

was

considered

to

be

the

last

great

Assyrian

king.

In

these

palace

buildings,

King

Ashurbanipal

kept

this

really

large

library.

And

today

we

refer

to

it

as

the

Library

of

Ashurbanipal.

There,

Layard

and

Rassam

found

over

24,000

clay

tablets

that

were

written

in

Sumerian

Akkadian

cuneiform

script.

That’s

the

little

wedge-like

shaped

impressions.

39:29

--- page 176 ---

Apparently,

King

Ashurbanipal

had

sent

scribes

all

over

the

world

to

kind

of

collect

and

copy

records.

So

most

of

these

tablets

that

were

found

date

to

around

650

BC.

The

Anuma

Elish

was

one

of

the

records

that

were

preserved

on

these

clay

tablets.

And

it’s

basically

an

Assyrian

translation

of

a

much

earlier

Babylonian

record

that

chronicled

the

beginning

of

creation.

39:59

24,000

tablets

is

a

lot

of

tablets

to

translate.

So

the

Anuma

Elish

wasn’t

found

until

many,

many

years

later

when

in

a

serologist

by

the

name

of

George

Smith

was

hired

by

a

newspaper

to

go

through

all

those

tablets

to

see

if

he

could

find

the

missing

parts

of

the

Babylonian

flood

story.

And

can

you

imagine

this

really

is

a

needle

in

the

haystack,

but

he

found

records

for

the

flood

and

he

found

the

Anuma

Elish.

And

Smith

published

the

Anuma

Elish

for

the

first

time

in

English

in…

40:28

1876.

If

you’re

interested

in

taking

a

look

at

some

of

the

clay

tablets

that

were

found

in

the

Library

of

Asher

Bonipul

or

the

Enuma

Elish,

you

can

find

them

at

the

British

Museum

in

the

Assyrian

section.

And

you

can

also

find

pictures

of

them

on

our

companion

website,

theancienttradition.com.

Just

search

for

this

episode.

Scholars

date

the

composition

of

the

original

Enuma

Elish

to

around

40:58

possibly

even

earlier.

Scholars

argue

this

because

illustrations

have

been

found

at

some

of

the

content

of

the

Enuma

Elish

as

early

as

about

1600

BC.

The

text

is

essentially

an

epic

and

the

title

Enuma

Elish

means

quote,

when

on

high.

And

these

are

the

first

couple

of

words

in

the

text.

Like

van

der

Sluis

has

found

all

over

the

world,

the

creation

story

begins

before

the

creation

with

a

description

of

the

pre-creative

state

of

the

universe.

41:28

The

Enuma

Elish

reads,

quote,

when

on

high

the

heavens

did

not

exist,

nor

the

earth

below.

Apsu,

the

freshwater

ocean

was

there,

the

first,

the

begetter.

Apsu

is

the

Sumerian

Akkadian

description

for

the

primordial

waters.

In

the

Enuma

Elish,

the

Apsu

is

depicted

as

a

deity,

a

personification

of

the

primordial

waters.

A

cylinder

sill

found

at

Ur,

41:58

--- page 177 ---

which

is

in

modern

day

Iraq,

depicts

the

god

Aya

enthroned,

receiving

another

god

encircled

by

Apsu,

the

primeval

waters.

We’ll

come

back

to

more

of

this

creation

myth

in

a

future

episode

because

there’s

a

lot

of

great

stuff

in

it,

but

for

now

it

establishes

the

presence

of

the

primeval

waters

in

the

Babylonian

creation

myth.

If

you’d

like

to

listen

to

the

full

English

translation

of

the

Enuma

Elish,

42:26

the

Mesopotamian

creation

story.

You

can

find

that

on

our

sister

podcast,

the

ancient

tradition

audio

writ,

and

you

can

find

it

on

this

platform

or

any

place

that

you

get

your

podcasts.

Now

let’s

turn

to

the

Hebrews.

Right

up

front

in

the

second

verse

of

the

Hebrew

Bible,

Genesis

chapter

one,

verse

two,

in

the

King

James

version,

it

refers

to

the

watery

pre-creative

state.

It

says,

quote,

and

the

earth

was

without

form

and

void

42:55

darkness

was

upon

the

face

of

the

deep.

In

this

passage

we

see

a

clear

reference

to

the

two

characteristics

associated

with

the

pre-creative

state

that

we

seem

to

find

everywhere

darkness

and

water.

In

the

Genesis

account

this

water

is

referred

to

as

quote

the

deep.

The

Hebrew

word

for

deep

here

is

techom.

Elcott’s

Bible

commentary

notes

that

techom

comes

from

a

root

quote

43:24

and

is

poetically

applied

to

the

ocean,

as

in

Psalm

42,7,

from

the

restless

motion

of

the

waves,

but

is

used

here

to

describe

that

chaos

as

a

surging

mass

of

shapeless

matter.

Most

scholars

think

the

present

form

of

the

Book

of

Genesis

was

composed

during

the

post-exilic

period,

which

dates

to

around

537

BC,

when

Jews

returned

from

Babylon.

43:52

However,

like

the

pyramid

text,

the

enuma

al-ish

is

likely

composed

from

much,

much

older

stories

which

had

been

passed

down.

Next,

what

do

we

find

in

Islam?

How

does

the

Quran

describe

the

pre-creative

state

of

the

universe?

The

Quran,

which

is

a

compilation

of

revelations

given

to

Muhammad,

which

were

written

down

by

the

first

caliph

Abu

Bakr,

44:18

Sometime

between

644

and

656

AD

also

speaks

of

these

primordial

waters.

In

2130

it

states

that

Allah

quote

made

from

water

every

living

thing.

2554

reads

and

it

is

he

who

created

--- page 178 ---

humans

from

water.

2445

reads

quote

Allah

has

created

every

moving

living

creature

from

water.

44:48

Let’s

move

on

now

to

the

Maya

of

Central

America

and

the

Popol

Vuh.

The

Popol

Vuh

is

the

sacred

book

of

the

K’iche

Maya

in

Guatemala.

Again,

in

a

future

podcast,

I’ll

talk

more

about

this

important

text,

but

for

now

it’s

important

to

know

that

it

contains

the

Mayan

creation

story

as

it

was

recorded

before

the

Spanish

conquest.

The

oldest

surviving

account

of

the

Popol

Vuh

we

have

dates

to

about

1701

AD,

but

it

was

originally

written

down

from

oral

traditions.

45:18

in

1550

AD.

And

this

is

what

the

Popol

Vuh

says

of

the

pre-creative

state

of

the

universe.

Quote,

whatever

there

is

that

might

be

is

simply

not

there.

Only

the

pooled

water,

only

the

calm

sea,

only

it

alone

is

pooled.

Whatever

might

be

is

simply

not

there,

only

murmurs,

ripples

in

the

dark

in

the

night.

So

here

again

we

see

the

pre-creative

state

of

the

universe

45:47

darkness

and

there

are

literally

hundreds

of

these

examples

all

over

the

world

but

let

me

add

just

a

couple

more

so

you

get

a

feel

for

the

cross-cultural

expanse

of

this

motif.

In

the

Matsya

Purana

which

is

a

sacred

book

of

the

Hindu

which

preserves

the

Purana

and

Purana

means

ancient

or

old

the

Purana

Sanskrit

literature

gives

an

account

of

creation

starting

with

the

pre-creative

state

and

it

reads

46:15

Matya

said

that

during

the

period

of

great

dissolution,

the

universe

was

enveloped

in

darkness

and

was

in

a

state

of

trance

as

it

were,

inconceivable,

still

and

undefiable

with

the

desire

of

creating

the

universe

first

created

water

and

planted

the

seed

of

creation

in

it.

The

importance

of

the

primeval

waters

is

further

envisioned

as

the

Kishirasagara

or

ocean

of

milk

in

the

Puranic

legends.

46:44

So

according

to

these

legends,

divas

who

are

exalted

beings

and

asuras

who

are

demigods

churned

the

primeval

ocean

of

milk

as

a

necessary

precursor

to

obtaining

Amrita,

the

ancient

elixir

of

immortality.

And

at

this

point

you

should

be

thinking

of

episode

number

--- page 179 ---

nine

where

we

associated

these

elixirs

of

immortality

with

the

sacred

anointing

oil.

One

of

these

preronic

legends

reads,

quote,

the

Lord

47:12

has

the

sea

of

milk

as

his

abode.

And

another

Vedic

text

estimated

to

have

been

written

by

a

Vedic

sage

sometime

between

the

eighth

and

sixth

century

BC

says,

quote,

“‘Verily

in

the

beginning

this

universe

was

water,

“‘nothing

but

a

sea

of

water,

“‘for

the

water

is

the

foundation

of

this

universe.'”

A

wonderful

depiction

of

the

churning

ocean

of

milk

can

be

seen

on

the

exterior

of

Angkor

Wat.

47:42

which

is

a

vast

temple

complex

built

in

Cambodia,

sometime

between

1122

and

1150

AD.

It

originally

began

as

a

Hindu

temple,

but

it

was

later

converted

into

a

Buddhist

temple.

And

Angkor

Wat

is

a

Cambodian

national

treasure,

and

it’s

presently

on

the

register

of

UNESCO

World

Heritage

Sites.

The

bas

relief

depicts

88

divas,

those

benevolent,

shiny,

divine

beings,

and

92

asuras,

demigods.

48:12

churning

the

primordial

sea.

Vishnu,

the

supreme

being

at

the

center

of

the

Hindu

creation

myth,

is

depicted

in

the

center.

And

note

that

he

resides

in

the

center

with

the

asuras

on

one

side

and

the

divas

on

the

other.

At

the

center

is

a

churning

stick

which

churns

the

primordial

milk

when

the

48:41

giant

serpent

kind

of

like

a

rope

and

there

are

other

more

modern

depictions

of

this

as

well.

In

addition

to

the

depictions

of

the

churning

of

the

milk

of

the

primordial

waters

on

the

exterior

of

the

temple

if

you

get

an

aerial

view

of

the

entire

temple

complex

of

Angkor

Wat

it

reveals

that

it’s

surrounded

by

a

giant

moat

of

water

which

no

surprise

symbolizes

the

primordial

waters

just

like

the

sacred

lake

did.

49:11

in

ancient

Egypt.

If

you’d

like

to

see

pictures

of

the

churning

milk

and

the

moat

around

Angkor

Wat,

you

can

find

them

on

our

companion

website,

theancienttradition.com.

If

we

turn

to

Africa,

we

can

find

the

Pre-Creative

State

described

in

the

same

way.

Let’s

take

a

look

at

the

Kuba

people

of

Central

Africa

in

the

Democratic

Republic

of

the

Congo.

The

--- page 180 ---

Kuba

Kingdom

flourished

between

1600

to

the

late

1800s

AD.

So

it

was

a

pre-colonial

kingdom

in

Central

Africa.

49:40

In

the

legend

of

Bombo,

who

was

the

creator,

we

read,

quote,

in

the

beginning,

there

was

Bombo

or

Bumba,

the

creator,

along

with

water

and

darkness.

Among

the

Tuamotu

of

Polynesia,

which

is

modern

day

French

Polynesia,

we

find

the

same

thing.

The

Tuamotu

creation

myth

says

this,

quote,

when

Tain

the

gushing

waters

created

the

world

here,

the

world

existed

in

the

waters.

Te

via

Puna

Ariki.

50:10

There

was

no

sand,

no

bedrocks,

no

ocean,

no

sky,

and

deep

darkness

was

upon

the

froth

of

the

waters.

Scholars

believe

the

French

Polynesian

islands

were

settled

sometime

between

900

and

1200

AD.

To

cap

off

our

examples,

let’s

turn

to

the

Cherokee

Indians

of

Native

America

who

reside

today

in

the

Eastern

and

Southeastern

United

States.

50:35

In

1975,

during

a

Cherokee

Treaty

Council

meeting

in

New

York

City,

the

elders

gave

an

account

of

the

creation,

and

they

started

with

this,

quote,

in

the

beginning

also,

water

covered

everything.

There

are

hundreds

of

examples

like

these

all

over

the

globe,

indicating

the

ancients

had

a

unified

understanding

of

the

pre-creative

state

of

the

universe,

and

they

described

that

state

as

water

and

covered

in

darkness.

51:05

That

caps

this

episode

and

our

next

episode

will

decipher

what

the

ancients

meant

to

convey

by

water,

its

symbolic

meaning.

And

we’ll

take

a

fascinating

look

into

the

scientific

community’s

answer

to

the

same

mystery.

How

did

it

all

begin?

If

you’re

interested

in

learning

more

about

the

evidence

presented

in

this

episode,

visit

theancienttradition.com,

theancienttradition.com,

and

search

for

this

episode

under

evidence.

51:33

You

can

also

check

out

our

YouTube

channel

where

you’ll

find

visual

presentations

of

our

past

episodes.

For

now,

remember

in

the

words

of

William

Shakespeare,

knowledge

is

the

wing

wherewith

we

fly

to

heaven.

I’m

Jack

Logan.

I’ll

see

you

on

the

next

episode

of

the

ancient

tradition.

--- page 181 ---

51:56

You’ve

been

listening

to

the

Ancient

Tradition.

A

Wonk

Media

Production.